Mapeh 8 Music and Arts

Objctives: evaluate the quality of your own and others‘ performances and improvisations of Southeast Asian music using developed criteria explore ways of producing sounds on a variety of sources that would simulate instruments being studied  improvise simple rhythmic/harmonic accompaniments to selected Southeast Asian music  perform available instruments from Southeast Asia, alone and/or with others.  explain the distinguishing characteristics of representative Southeast Asian music in relation to history and culture of the area  relate Southeast Asian music to the lives of the people  analyze examples of Southeast Asian music and describes how the musical elements are used  perform using the music of Southeast Asia  analyze the music of Southeast Asia OBJECTIVES At the end of this module, you as a learner are expected to: 1.

2 INTRODUCTION It‘s more fun in the Philippines! These words remind us of our wonderful experience in studying Philippine music in our Grade 7 lessons. Truly we should be proud to be Pinoy for having a very rich culture especially in music and arts. We will now move on to our friendly neighbors in Southeast Asia. You will notice that our music is very similar to that or our neighbors. In this module, you will find different activities where you can learn and show your understanding of the basic concepts and principles of Southeast Asian music. You will also discover how people from the Southeast Asian countries express their feelings towards each other, towards the environment, and their history and beliefs through vocal or instrumental music.

2.

evaluate the quality of your own and others‘ performances and improvisations of Southeast Asian music using developed criteria explore ways of producing sounds on a variety of sources that would simulate instruments being studied  improvise simple rhythmic/harmonic accompaniments to selected Southeast Asian music  perform available instruments from Southeast Asia, alone and/or with others.  explain the distinguishing characteristics of representative Southeast Asian music in relation to history and culture of the area  relate Southeast Asian music to the lives of the people  analyze examples of Southeast Asian music and describes how the musical elements are used  perform using the music of Southeast Asia  analyze the music of Southeast Asia 3 OBJECTIVES At the end of this module, you as a learner are expected to:

3.

4 PRE-ASSESSMENT Before we formally begin our lesson, let‘s find out if you know something about the Southeast Asian countries. Up next are a few activities that will assess what you know, what you can do, and what else you need to learn to achieve your targets for this module. Are you ready? Let‘s travel! Now, wouldn‘t it be fun to visit different places? In Southeast Asia, there are eleven countries to visit. If you were given a chance to visit these countries, which one would you visit first? Why? In your notebook, make a list of Southeast Asian countries you want to visit. Arrange it according to your top priorities down to the least and write the reason why you chose to arrange it in that way. Use the map to guide you in exploring Southeast Asia.

4.

5

5.

6 A. Vocal / Instrumental music: Can you recall the differences between Vocal music and Instrumental music? Write their differences in your notebook. ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ When you travel especially in a foreign country, you need to have an idea about their culture. You need to know what kind of food they have, their mode of transportation, type of clothes to wear, important sights or places to visit, the religion, music, and so many other things. Why do you need to know about the country‘s culture before travelling? Each country has its distinct characteristics and knowing about them will help you adapt and cope with their culture. One way of learning culture is through their music. Are you ready to learn Southeast Asian culture through music? Let‘s start! We will be discussing music in two categories: Vocal and Instrumental. It is time to find out if you are familiar with Southeast Asian music.

6.

7 B. Vocal Music The songs listed below belong to the different countries in Southeast Asia. Check the box beside the songs that are familiar to you. Burung Kaka Tua Rasa Sayang Chan Mali Chan Ru Con Bahay Kubo Loi Loi Krathong Can you sing any of these songs? No need to worry if you don‘t know all of them. We just want to see if you are familiar with any Southeast Asian songs. Maybe you know some of the instruments on the next page. Let‘s check them out! Were you able to identify the differences of Vocal music and Instrumental music? Vocal music is music made specifically for voices. It may be performed with or without instruments while Instrumental music is made solely for instruments. In the next activity, you will find out if your answer above is correct.

7.

) beside the instrument to indicate if you think you can play it.8 C. Instrumental Music 1._____________________________ 2._____________________________ 3.__________________________ 4. ______________________________ Are you familiar with the instruments below? Look at each picture and try to guess its country of origin and identify how it is played. Try to remember the Hornbostel-Sachs classification of instruments that you learned in Grade 7. Is it an aerophone, chordophone, idiophone, membranophone, or an electrophone? Put a ―smiley‖ face (

8.

9 5. ___________________________ 6. ______________________________ 7. ____________________________ 8. _____________________________ 9.____________________________ 10. _____________________________

9.

10 LEARNING GOALS AND TARGETS At the end of this module, I would like to know about __________________________________ I would like to be able to ___________________________________ I would like to understand __________________________________ I would like to perform _____________________________________ How many instruments were you able to name? Were you able to guess how they sound and how they are played? You can check your answers as we go on with the lessons. The instruments in the previous activity will be discussed later on. Now, based on your answers in the pre-assessment activities, what do you think you should learn about Southeast Asian music? Write your specific goals in your notebook following the guide below. Good job! You‘re done writing your goals for this quarter. It‘s time to formally start our lessons. As we move along, try to look back at your pre-assessment activities and check if you were able to learn the things that you were not able to answer before. Turn to the next page.

10. 11 11. 14 Gamelan The Gamelan or Gamelan orchestra is the most popular form of music in Indonesia. There are many types of Gamelan but the famous Javanese and Balinese Gamelan are the most famous. It contains a variety of instruments such as metallophones, xylophones, kendang and gongs; bamboo flutes, bowed and plucked strings. Vocal music is used as ornamentation of the Gamelan. It is as important as gamelan. 1. Pesindhen is a female soloist singer who sings with a Gamelan 2. Gerong refers to the unison male chorus that sings with the gamelan Remember: Karawitan is the term for every kind of gamelan music in Java. Gamelan orchestras - are used to accompany dances, songs, and Wayang Kulit - are believed to possess supernatural powers - consider their instruments sacred, therefore stepping over the instrument is a sign of disrespect - musicians bow before playing the instruments to show respect 12. 15 PARTNER ACTIVITY: After watching/listening to the Javanese and Balinese gamelan, write down your description of each musical ensemble in a sheet of paper. You may use the guide questions below. As soon as you‘ve finished answering, compare your answers with your partner. Check if you have the same description. The Gamelan Music of Indonesia http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c1AiCTJ9t8g The Balinese Gamelan http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BmlAZxha8Pw The Javanese Gamelan http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HfrOSJRCsfM QUESTIONS: 1. In 3-5 sentences, describe how the Javanese and Balinese musicians play their instruments. 2. How many instrument players are needed to form each ensemble? 3. Are their instruments made of wood or metal? You‘re probably wondering how you can distinguish the Javanese gamelan from the Balinese gamelan. Follow the links below each TV screen icon. Watch and listen to how they play. 13. 19 Malaysia Malaysia is a constitutional monarchy in Southeast Asia. It is divided into two regions: 1. West Malaysia – also known as Peninsular Malaysia 2. East Malaysia consists of thirteen states and three federal territories. Chinese and Indian cultural influences made their mark when trade began in the country. Trading also increased when immigrants flocked to Malaysia. The country is multi- ethnic and multi-cultural, which plays a large role in developing their culture. The constitution declares Islam the state religion while protecting freedom of religion. Multiracial groups that influenced Malaysia‘s music genre: 1. Malay 2. Chinese 3. Indian 4. Iban 5. Dayak 6. Kadazandusun 7. Eurasians Malaysian music is largely based around percussion instruments. It has multi- cultural influence and is believed to have originated in the Kelantan-Pattani region with a mixture of Indian, Chinese, Thai, and Indonesian influences. The music of Malaysia may be categorized into two types: 1. Classical and Folk music emerged during the pre-colonial period and still exists in the form of vocal, dance, and theatrical music. 2. Syncretic or Acculturated music developed during the post-Portuguese period (16th century). It contains elements from both local music and foreign elements of Arabian, Persian, Indian, Chinese, and Western musical and theatrical sources. PAHANG STATE MOSQUE 14. 20 Malaysian Musical Instruments Musical instruments of Malaysia are greatly associated with their culture and roots. Due to colonization, the stages of development of Malaysian instruments are great. They share some common features with Indian musical instruments. After the colonization of Malaysia by the British, the musical development was influenced by Western music. Musical ensembles and types of performances in Malaysia: 1. Agung and Kulintang This is a gong-based musical ensemble commonly used in funerals and weddings in East Malaysia. This type of ensemble is similar to the kulintang of the Philippines, Brunei, and Indonesia. http://www.themalaysiantimes.com.my/?p=53218 2. Kertok This is a musical ensemble from the Malay Peninsula that consists of xylophones played swiftly and rhythmically in traditional Malay functions. http://pelanconganterengganu.blogspot.com/2010/09/perkampungan-budaya.html 15. 21 3. Dikir Barat This is a type of musical form that is important to Malaysia‘s national culture. It is performed by singing in groups and often in a competitive manner usually with percussion instrumental accompaniment or sometimes without instruments at all. http://www.agefotostock.com/en/Stock-Images/Rights-Managed/PILM01810764 4. Silat Melayu This is a form of martial art that is similar to t‘ai chi. It originated in the Malay Peninsula

since the Christian Era and is a mixture of martial arts, dance, and music usually accompanied by gongs, drums, and Indian oboes. http://www.flickr.com/photos/isham/2072688466/ 16. 22 Thailand Formerly known as Siam, Thailand is known for being the sole nation in Southeast Asia that has never been ruled by a Western power. It is for this reason that the country is also called ―Muang Thai,‖ which means ―Land of the Free.‖ History and geography indicates that Thai music is a conglomeration of Asian influences. Its musical principles and elements are basically derived from Chinese music, while its musical instruments are inspired from the Indian and Indonesian strings and gong-chimes. The Thais combined and adapted these to their culture and created their own unique music. Music is theoretically based on the five-tone or seven-tone scale system. It is not only confined to the royal courts but is also used extensively in dance, theatre, and in ceremonies. Thai folk music consists of simple songs with simple melodic lines. Its main focus in singing is the articulation of the text rather than the style or technique of execution. Cambodia, Indonesia, Myanmar, and Malaysia have instrumental ensembles and vocal music. Have you noticed that these musical performances are used in different manners in their culture? They have a specific type of music for festivals, religious events, weddings, and funerals. Do you think the other countries have this too? Do they use instrumental and vocal music for their cultural or religious events? Let‘s keep on reading. AYUTTHAYA RUINS 17. 23 Songs of Thailand have inherently poetic lyrics which allow a singer or performer to easily define the melodic lines. It provides the singer the opportunity to improvise song text to suit the given occasion. The interpretation of a singer gives meaning to the sacred and spiritual essence of songs with free rhythm while melodies may either be interpreted or written in the high or low register with long or short durations. Thailand has three primary instrumental ensembles that are similar to the other ensembles in Southeast Asia. 1. Piphat - It is a mid-sized orchestra that is performed in either outdoor style with hard mallets or indoor style with padded mallets. This ensemble has different types but the highly ornate one is traditionally associated with funerals and cremation ceremonies. Other versions of the piphat ensemble are used to accompany specific forms of traditional Thai drama such as the large shadow puppet theatre (nang yai) and the khon dance drama. www.pianofortephilia.blogspot.com 2. Khrueang Sai – It is an orchestra that combines some of the percussion and wind instruments of the Piphat with an expanded string section. This group is primarily used for indoor performances and for the accompaniment of stick- puppet theater. www.tube.7s-b.com 18. 24 3. Mahori – This ensemble is traditionally played by women in the courts of Central Thailand and Cambodia. Because of this, instruments for this ensemble are historically smaller. However, regular-sized instruments are used today. A vocalist performing with the Mahori is usually accompanied by the so sam sai. www.thailandmusicproject.weebly.com Laos This country is an independent state of Southeast Asia and officially known as Lao People‘s Democratic Republic. It is formerly part of the Indochinese Union, also known as French Indochina. Wat Pha That Luang, Vientiane is one of its famous landmarks. The classical music and dance of Laos is highly influences by India, Cambodia, and Thailand. Themes are drawn from Hindu mythology, the Buddhist Jatakatales, and local legends. The royal entourage of Lao kings traditionally included musicians, and a typical orchestra improvised songs with sets of tuned gongs, xylophones, a bamboo flute, and other wind instruments. The Lao orchestra can be divided into two categories: 1. Sep Nyai - This is similar to the Piphat of Thailand with instruments that are strictly percussive but also integrates the use of an oboe. WAT PHA THAT LUANG 19. 25 2. Sep Noi – This is also known as the Mahori of Thailand. However, it incorporates the use of several Khene which is a large bamboo mouth organ and is the most popular folk music instrument of Laos. Traditional music, called Mor lam, is largely based around the khene. Wow! It looks like most of the countries in Southeast Asia have a lot of similarities in their musical instruments and types of music performed. Their musical influences are similar to one another as well. Isn‘t it amazing? Let‘s see if the last two countries to be discussed have the same similarities to the other countries. 20. 26 Vietnam Vietnam is officially known as the Socialist Republic of Vietnam. This country is located on the eastern coast of the Indochinese Peninsula. Vietnamese music (nhạc Việt Nam) refers to the ethnic music that originated from the "Kinh" people of Vietnam. This term is also used to address the music of any of the numerous ethnic minorities including the Montagnard, Degar, Tay, Cham, and others. Although Vietnam is geographically part of Southeast Asia, ten centuries of rule by the Chinese to the north have made the culture much closer to Far East than to its Southeast Asian neighbors. Thus, early music theory was either based upon or adapted to the prevailing Chinese theory, and the majority of instruments used in the royal court were of Chinese origin. On the other hand, other influences can be seen with the ethnic minorities, such as the Chàm or Montagnard peoples. This is possibly due to interaction with the other countries of Southeast Asia. Vietnamese music shows signs of Indian influences, noticeable in improvisation preludes of chamber music (known as rao in the South and dao in the north) as well as usage of onomatopoeia in drum playing. Traditional and Folk Music Vietnamese traditional music can be separated into a few major categories, divided predominantly by the way in which were used in the people's cultural lives. THIEN MU

21. 27 Categories of Vietnamese Music: 1. Imperial court music – The most popular of this kind is the Nha nhac that was popularly performed during the Tran Dynasty to the Nguyen Dynasty. This form of classical music is also performed in honour of the gods and scholars in temples. Other classical music falling into this category include the Dai Nhac (―great music‖) and the Tieu Nhac (―small music‖) which was performed as chamber music for the king. www.vietnamonline.com 2. Folk music - This category is extremely diverse because it includes music performed both indoors and outdoors. Performers of this category are also diverse. They may be professional musicians down to the blind artists in the streets who perform to earn their living. Vietnamese folk music are performed in different occasions depending on its sub-category. It may be performed in musical theaters, streets, courtship rituals, and ceremonies for invoking spirits. They are sometimes also influenced by Western elements. Some Vietnamese music only makes use of female singers and some have both male and female singers. www.tuoitrenews.vn 3. Religious and Ceremonial music – This is music performed in religious rituals or at funerals. 22. 28 Singapore The Republic of Singapore is an independent republic in Southeast Asia, comprised of one main island and about 50 small adjacent islands off the southern tip of the Malay Peninsula. About three-fourths of the people of Singapore, known as Singaporeans, are Chinese, but there are significant Malay and Indian minorities. Singapore‘s cultural life reflects its colonization by the British Empire and its diverse population. Being the melting pot of different cultures in Asia, folk music of this country reflects the culture and traditions of specific groups. The ethnic groups which made a prominent place in the musical world of Singapore have been Chinese, Indian Malays, and Tamils. Other minority Asian ethnic groups which have also made a mark in the folk culture of Singapore are the Cantonese, Hokkien, and Malay Bangwasan. Through the years, the music industry in Singapore grew having Westerninfluenced performances by the Singapore Symphony Orchestra as well as ethnic music performances mainly by the Singapore Chinese Orchestra. Other performing groups with Malay and Indian influence are still prevalent until today. MERLION That‘s Southeast Asian music! Isn‘t it amazing how rich their culture is? Aren‘t you proud that our country is part of this Asian region? It is time to learn how to perform Southeast Asian music! But first, let us see if you can describe Southeast Asia in your own words. Do the following activities on your own. 23. 29 INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITY 1: In your notebook, write words that describe Southeast Asian music that starts with the letters spelling out Southeast Asia. S _____________________________________________________________ O _____________________________________________________________ U _____________________________________________________________ T_____________________________________________________________ H_____________________________________________________________ E_____________________________________________________________ A_____________________________________________________________ S_____________________________________________________________ T_____________________________________________________________ A_____________________________________________________________ S_____________________________________________________________ I_____________________________________________________________ A_____________________________________________________________ INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITY 2: Direction: On a sheet of paper, write the country which is associated with the following word. ________________1. Khene _________________6. Hsaing Waing ________________2. Nha nhac _________________7. Saung Gauk ________________3. Gamelan _________________8. Kulintang ________________4. Pinpeat _________________9. Mahori ________________5. Piphat _________________10. Orchestra Good job! You‘ve finished answering the individual activities. To know more about Southeast Asian performances, you may follow the online links on the following page. 24. 30 Suggested online materials Resources: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1IdleRSML-o Ranad (Traditional Thai Music Instruments) http://www.youtube.com/watch?NR=1&v=S4rUVL81bZI&feature=endscreen http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iGhcbyhBxXo http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=13CPOuYEOK4 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I4cVualDqgE http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lvLt7UaZYZ8 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IqDWbNS74Ac Laos Traditional Song Song sung by man of this village. The description of the song given to me was "December is coming. Should we get married to stay warm?‖ Resources (Web sites, Software, etc.): International Folk Songs. (1997) Hal Leonard Anderson, William and Patricia Campbell. (1996). Multicultural Perspectives in Music Education, 2nd ed. Virginia, USA: MENC. Eugenio, Damiana. (1998). Anthology of Philippine Literature. Manila: Dela Salle University Press. Eugenio, Damiana. (2008). Anthology of Philippine Literature, 2nd ed. Quezon City: University of the Philippines Press. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Music_of_Thailand http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Music_of_Cambodia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Music_of_Myanmar http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Music_of_Laos Now, it is time to experience Southeast Asian music! Some musical ensembles in Southeast Asia have singers performing with them. Remember the songs we asked you about in the Pre-assessment? Let us see if we can sing and perform some of the songs.

25. 31 PART II: PROCESS TEACHER ASSISTED ACTIVITY: Directions: Watch videos and listen to some songs from Indonesia and Malaysia. With the guidance of your teacher, learn how to sing the two songs. Burung Kaka Tua: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iTCFS0pgBps&feature=related Burung Kakatua (Bahasa Indonesia) Burung kakatua Hinggap di jendela Nenek sudah tua Giginya tinggal dua Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Burung kakatua Giginya tinggal dua Nenek sudah tua Hinggap di jendela Seperti kakatua! Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Burung kakatua The Cockatoo (English ) The cockatoo Sits on the window sill My grandmother is already old And she only has two teeth Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Burung kakatua She only has two teeth left Grandma is already old She sits on the the window sill Like the cockatoo! Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Tredung, tredung, tredung tra la la Burung kakatua 26. 32 27. 33 Rasa Sayang: http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=endscreen&NR=1&v=MQn SM7_kssM Rasa Sayang (Malay) Rasa sayang hey! Rasa sayang sayang hey! Hey lihat nona jauh Rasa sayang sayang hey! Buah cempedak di luar pagar Ambil galah tolong jolokkan Saya budak baru belajar Kalau salah tolong tunjukkan Pulau pandan jauh ke tengah Gunung daik bercabang tiga Hancur badan dikandung tanah Budi yang baik dikenang juga Dua tiga kucing berlari Mana sama si kucing belang Dua tiga boleh ku cari Mana sama abang seorang Pisang emas dibawa berlayar Masak sebiji di atas peti Hutang emas boleh dibayar Hutang budi dibawa mati I‘ve Got That Lovely Feeling (Literal English translation) I‘ve got that loving feeling hey! I‘ve got that loving feeling hey! See that girl in the distance I‘ve got that loving feeling hey! The cempedak tree is across the fence Please take a stick and poke it down for me I‘m just a new guy trying to learn So if I‘m wrong then please tell me Pandan island far in midst With the three peaked Daik mountain While the body decomposes in earth Good deeds remain to be remembered Two or three cats are running around With the striped one which can vie Two or three men woo I may Which of them with you can vie Pisang emas brought on a journey One ripens on a box If gold is owed, it can be repaid But if it is gratitude, it is carried to the grave 28. 34 29. 35 GROUP ACTIVITY: 1. Form a rhythmic instrumental ensemble using improvised instruments or any available musical instruments that sound like instruments from Southeast Asia. You may use metal discs that sound like gongs, bamboo flutes, guitars, piano keyboards, etc. 2. Perform the songs again using the available instruments in your group. INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITY: Sing the song ―Bahay Kubo‖ or accompany it using an improvised musical instrument. Your accompaniment should imitate the rhythmic patterns heard in the music of Southeast Asia. Part III: REFLECT AND UNDERSTAND TEACHER-ASSISTED ACTIVITY: Loi Loi Gratong is an example of a folksong from Thailand. Visit www.youtube.com to watch the video presentation or listen to the sample music provided by your teacher to answer the question given below. Write your answers in your notebook. 1. Describe the voice quality. 2. How was the music performed? 3. Is the performance style effective in bringing about the message? 4. How were the varied musical elements used in bringing about the message of the music? Were you able to sing the two songs just like the Indonesians and Malaysians? It‘s time to learn how to accompany the songs. What is easier for you, singing Southeast Asian songs or playing improvised instruments? In the next part, you will be able to check if you have fully understood what Southeast Asian music is about. Let us see if you can analyze some of the sample music. 30. 36 31. 37 GROUP/PAIR WORK 1: Using the music sheet and table as your guide, listen to the ways the music was performed. In a cartolina or manila paper, write down the differences and similarities of the performing styles as observed by your group or partner. Characteristic http://www.youtu be.com/watch?v= XV1KOwF1pUo Chan Mali Chan (Lagu Rakyat) http://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=LEEey0G_aC4 &feature=related Chan Mali Chan The Stylers (1982) http://www.youtube.com/wa tch?v=1q06n7OOdEY Chan Mali Chan Marsiling Chinese Orchestra Background / Function Tempo Meter Tonality Texture Form 32. 38 GROUP/PAIR WORK 2: Your class will be divided into two groups. Each group will be given five minutes to discuss and share ideas about the characteristics of Javanese and Balinese Gamelan. Each group will use graphic organizers as illustrated below or make their own organizer to present ideas effectively. 33. 39 INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITY 1: Listen to the song ―Ru Con‖. Analyze the song by answering the questions below. You may access the music sample through http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z2BCBrHE- dw. Draw and sing the scale used in the song ―Ru con‖: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________ Guide Questions: 1. What scale is used in this song? 2. What feeling is being conveyed upon hearing the song? 3. How is it similar to the Filipino song ―Sa Ugoy ng Duyan‖? 34. 40 INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITY 2: Gamelan is very popular in Indonesia. It is similar to the Kulintang of the Philippines. On a sheet of paper, make a Venn Diagram that can describe both musical ensembles. Use the guide below. PART IV. TRANSFER GROUP ACTIVITY: ―Sing it! Move it!‖ Your teacher will organize your into five groups. Each group will sing one Southeast Asian song either learned from class or through research. Enhance your group performance with the use of improvised musical instruments as accompaniments and incorporate body movements. Please refer to the criteria given below. Before performing, briefly explain your answers to the questions: 1. Describe how a musical element reflects the culture of each country. 2. What is the difference between the traditional and contemporary folk songs of Southeast Asia? Gamelan Functions Tuning System Religious Beliefs Kulintang Functions Tuning System Religious Beliefs Are you ready to share what you know about Southeast Asian music? You may choose any of the two activities that would suit you. 35. 41 Criteria 5 4 3 2 1 Correct expression and style Accurate rhythm Appropriateness of accompaniment and movements Correct pitch Sensitive phrasing Well-defined dynamic level Creativity Rubrics for Designing an Instrument Substitute Basic Developing Approaching Proficiency Proficient Inappropriate; Messy and incomplete materials; Sound quality lacks similarity with that of the original instrument. Most materials appropriate; Decorated but messy; Neat but fragile; Sound quality somewhat similar but not exactly similar to that of the original instrument. Appropriate materials; decorated, neat; Sound quality almost similar to that of the original instrument Appropriate and creatively modified materials; Decorated within the context of the instrument; Neat and Durable; Sound quality most similar to that of the original instrument. INDIVIDUAL/PAIR ACTIVITY: Make a scrapbook of Southeast Asian musical instruments. Carefully organize the pictures in your scrapbook and include a brief description about each instrument. Please refer to assessment rubric for the criteria. Criteria: Scrapbook Rubrics Points 4 3 2 1 Earned Assessment Advanced Approaching Proficiency Developing Beginner Self Teach er Content Information is complete and is enhanced by accurate and appropriate details Main points are covered but lack some details Some main points and details are missing. Main points are not complete and are greatly lacking in detail 36. 42 Pictures, photographs, or other similar devices add to overall effectiveness of the scrapbook; captions are relevant and explanatory. Number and types of visuals are adequate, as are captions. More and better visuals could be used; captions only identify and label rather than explain. Very little pictorial representati on is present; caption are incomplete. Space, shapes and colors provide information themselves and add to the overall effectiveness of scrapbook. Design elements and principles used are adequate. Shows evidence of use of some design elements and principles. There is no consideratio n of design elements and principles. All sources are properly and thoroughly cited; the number/types of sources are exceeded. The minimum number/types of sources are present and are cited properly. Sufficient number/types of sources are lacking; not all citations are formatted properly. The list of sources is inadequate in number/typ es and format of items. Theme There is wholeness about the scrapbook; the theme is consistent throughout. The cover clearly identifies the theme. Most of the information relate to the theme of the scrapbook. The cover is relevant to the contents. Only a portion of the information relates to the theme of the scrapbook. The cover is unclear in its message. Confusing and/ or inconsistent . Overall effective -ness The requirements of the assignment have been exceeded. The scrapbook is All the requirements of the assignment have been fulfilled. The scrapbook is neat and Only some of the assignment requirements are fulfilled. The scrapbook lack neatness. Few of the assignment requirement s have been met. The presentatio n as a whole lacks 37. 43 very creative and interesting. presentable. neatness. SUMMARY/SYNTHESIS/GENERALIZATION The music of Southeast Asia has been present since 2nd - 3rd Century BC. Music is an important part of their lives because they use it for rituals, ceremonies, courting, and entertainment. Instruments in Southeast Asia can be classified according to the Hornbostel- Sachs classification. Most of the instruments are percussive with an exception of some aerophones and chordophones. Each country‘s musical instruments and even some songs are somewhat similar to each other due to their history of trading and migration. Songs from Southeast Asia commonly use pentatonic (5tone) scales or heptatonic (7-tone) scales. Glossary Aerophone any musical instrument that produces sound primarily by causing body of air to vibrate Chordophone any musical instrument that makes sound by way of a vibrating string or strings stretched between two points Form the structure of a musical composition Idiophone any musical instrument which creates sound primarily by way of the instrument's vibrating by itself. Kulintang an ancient instrumental form of music composed on a row of small, horizontally-laid gongs that function melodically,

accompanied by larger, suspended gongs and drums. Membranophone any musical instrument which produces sound primarily by way of a vibrating stretched membrane 38. 44 Meter the pattern of beats that combines to form musical rhythm Rasa Sayang a song literally means "loving feeling". This Malay folk song is popular in Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore. Tempo the speed or pace of a given piece. Texture the effect of the different components of a piece of music such as melody, harmony rhythm, or the use of different instruments. Timbre the quality or color of tone of an instrument or voice Tonality the relationship between the notes and chords of a passage or work that tends to establish a central note or harmony as its focal point. References: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iTCFS0pgBps&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=endscreen&NR=1&v=MQnSM7_kssM http://cmtk3.webring.org/l/rd?ring=indoring;id=7;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww%2Emamalis a%2Ecom%2F%3Fp%3D532%26t%3Dec%26c%3D73 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rasa_Sayang http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c1AiCTJ9t8g http://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=3vezWaMh3M0 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BmlAZxha8Pw Encarta Encyclopedia Notation in Vietnamese court music http://www.vnmusicologyinst.vnn.vn/english/information/bai_HTkyamtrongANCD_7_08.htm Share the Music: McMillan/McGraw-Hill Publishing Company New York Ru Con:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z2BCBrHE-dw 39. 45 40. the different cultural and musical practices of Japan, China and Korea as expressed through their feelings towards each other, to the environment, their history, and culture; how the music of East Asian Countries (Japan, China and Korea) reflect the different aspects of East Asian culture through its timbre, rhythm, melody, texture and form /style;  the prominent features of the vocal and instrumental music of East Asian Countries(Japan, China and Korea); 46 INTRODUCTION In this module, you will learn about: 41. Evaluate music and music performances of East Asian Countries applying knowledge of musical elements and style. Evaluate the quality of their own performances and others‘ performances and improvisations of East Asian music using developed criteria.  Perform the improvised musical composition using musical instruments or sound sources that can be used to produce sounds that are similar to the sound of East Asian music with the awareness of its musical elements and style.  Play/improvise simple melodic and rhythmic accompaniments to selected East Asian music.  Sing accurately representative songs from East Asia simulating their singing style.  Compare and classify the musical instruments.  Analyze representative songs from East Asia and describe how the musical elements are used.  Describe how the musical elements reflect East Asian Culture.  Identify similarities and differences of the music of East Asia.  Identify through music listening the characteristics of East Asian (Japan, China and Korea) Music in relation to their history and culture. 47 OBJECTIVES At the end of this module, you as a learner, are expected to: 42. 48 PRE- ASSESSMENT Directions: From the pictures of costumes, folk symbols, artworks, scenery and other aspects of culture of the East Asian countries (Japan, China and Korea), identify the origin of the objects. Write your answers on the spaces provided at the left side of each picture. 1. 2. 3. 4. 43. 49 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 44. 50 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 45. 51 LEARNING GOALS AND TARGETS At the end of this module, I would like to know about ________________________ I would like to be able to ________________________ I would like to understand __________________________________ I would like to perform _____________________________________ PART I: WHAT TO KNOW Activity 1: Graffiti Wall Directions: Using colorful markers and large poster paper, create an attractive design of a Graffiti Wall showing what you know about Japan, China and Korea. Throughout the unit, you may write, draw or add pictures showing additional information gained from the lesson. 46. 52 Activity 2: Music Listening/ Video Presentation Directions: Listen/Watch to examples of traditional instrumental and vocal music of Japan, China and Korea. For you to understand and enjoy this activity, use the guide questions provided. Japan - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8tj-37nvWMw&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MC29w9iHJbo&feature=related China http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ssjYy9H7dVM&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=85Fc2amPf34&feature=relmfu Koreahttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6km6PeWEncY&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cY1qCuTZqY&feature=related Based on the videos, answer the guide questions in your notebook: 1. Share your impressions about the music you have heard. 2. What instruments are used in the music samples? 3. What mood or

feeling does it express? 4. How do the instruments help express the mood of the piece? 5. Is the song fast, slow or does the tempo vary? 47. What similarities with other East Asian countries can you identify in these objects? How do these pictures show aspects of Japanese culture?  Relate how these aspects of Japanese culture are influenced by history. 53 Activity 3: Picture Web Directions: Form a group and make a picture web on the music and culture of Japan, China, and Korea. Analyze your output using the guide questions after each section. Music Costumes Arts and Crafts Culture 48. What similarities with other East Asian countries can you identify in these objects? How do these pictures show aspects of Chinese culture?  Relate how these aspects of Chinese culture are influenced by history. 54 Music Costumes Arts and Crafts Culture 49. What similarities with other East Asian countries can you identify in these objects? How do these pictures show aspects of Korean culture?  Relate how these aspects of Korean culture are influenced by history. 55 Music Costumes Art and Crafts Culture 50. Identify similarities and differences of your music and culture with the Philippines? Japan China Korea Philippines Similarities Differences What is the relevance of music in their society? __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________  How does music reflect the different aspects of their culture? __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ 56 Activity 4: Getting to Know the Culture Directions: Divide yourselves into three groups (Japan, China, and Korea). Each group will visit a Chinese school, Japanese Embassy and a Korean Community. Interview them about their music and culture using the guide questions below. Present your findings to the class as a group. 51. 57 Lesson 1: Japanese Music Through this lesson, you will discover the traditional music of Japan through their vocal (folk songs) and instrumental music. Japanese vocal music is quite different from the Western vocal music, and is based on the intervals of human breathing rather than mathematical timing, and how Japanese musicians show their spiritual self-mastery in mastering his or her instrument more than simply perfecting a technique of some sort and how they give value to their performance and composure. Instrumental music of Japan Traditional Japanese music is basically meditative in character. Its performance is highly ritualized, as much in the music itself, as in the composure of the musicians when performing it. Japanese chamber and solo music have a slow meditative pace. The performance of Japanese music has traditionally been of a spiritual character, similarly to martial arts and other forms of art such as the tea ceremony and calligraphy. It is usually about religious festivals, work, dance, love, and regional songs. Audiences are looking for this self-mastery in musicians. This is the reason why music has become highly ritualized. Musicians must show this spiritual self-mastery in their performance and composure. They work on an inner strength in mastering his or her instrument, more than simply perfecting a technique of some sort and providing entertainment. 52. 58 Percussion Instruments (Membranophone): 1. Odaiko- (big drum). The physical energy and sheer excitement of an Odaiko performance is an integral part of many Japanese matsuri (festivals). http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gkeqlQeyqK0 2. Tsuzumi (hourglass-shape) – There are two varieties, the smaller kotsuzumi and the larger otsuzumi. They are used in both noh and kabuki performances. The kotsuzumi is held on the right shoulder and the player alters the tone by squeezing the laces. The otsuzumi is placed on the left thigh. Like all other traditional arts in Japan, there are several schools of tsuzumimatsuri (festivals). http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FDq2y2Jq9PA&feature=related 3. Tsuridaiko – a large hanging barrel drum 53. 59 4. Taiko - is a Japanese drum that comes in various sizes and is used to play a variety of musical genres. It has become particularly popular in recent years as the central instrument of percussion ensembles whose repertory is based on a variety of folk and festival music of the past. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8zSa6Z z2Zrs&feature=related String Instruments (Chordophone) 1. Koto - is a 13-string zither, about two meters long and made of Paulownia wood. It is plucked using picks on the thumb and first two fingers of the right hand, while the left hand can be used to modify pitch and tone. Koto is used in an ensemble in gagaku or as a solo instrument. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L24Nb4CJzV4&feature=rel ated 2. Shamisen- is a plucked stringed instrument. Its construction follows a model similar to that of a guitar or a banjo, employing a neck, and strings stretched across a resonating body. The neck of the shamisen is fretless, and is slimmer than that of a guitar or a banjo. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w5rs7pfZuPs

54. 60 3. Biwa - is a Japanese short-necked fretted lute, often used in narrative storytelling. The biwa is the chosen instrument of Benten, the goddess of music, eloquence, poetry, and education in Japanese Shinto. Wind Instruments (Aerophone) 1. Shakuhachi- the most famous flute made from bamboo. It has 4 or 5 finger holes on the front face and a thumbhole on the rear face. As with other instruments above, it was imported from China for gagaku. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7s-wXZWT5o&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZE8WTIB4kP0 2. Nokan - a parallel, bamboo flute (fue) is the only melodic instrument used in noh. The melody of the flute has no specific pitch relationship with the melody of the chanting. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1nOATkFsBOQ&f eature=related 3. Hichiriki - is a double reed Japanese fue (flute) used as one of two main melodic instruments in Japanese gagaku music, the other being the ryūteki. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CYdCt9XbA8w 55. 61 4. Sho - is a Japanese free reed musical instrument that was introduced from China during the Nara period. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CYdCt9XbA8w http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yUpr1F1dZt0&feature=rel ated 5. Shinobue – also called takebue in the context of Japanese traditional arts) is a Japanese transverse flute or fue that has a high-pitched sound. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=57jwbZbQDpU 6. Ryūteki - literally "dragon flute" is a Japanese transverse fue made of bamboo. It is used in gagaku. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e7lQb4Nx3Sg Lesson 2: Chinese Music For several thousand years Chinese culture was dominated by the teachings of the philosopher Confucius, he conceived music in the highest sense as a means of calming the passion of dispelling of unrest and lust, rather than as a form of amusement. 56. 62 Traditionally the Chinese have believed that sound influences the harmony of the universe. Significantly, one of the most important duties of the first emperor of each new dynasty was to search out and establish that dynasty‘s through standard of pitch. A result of this philosophical orientation was that the Chinese theoretically opposed music performed solely for entertainment. Chinese Musical Instruments Listening/ Film Viewing Directions: Watch and Listen a musical video clip about the instruments of China. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HBeiYrJo9WE 1. Yueqin - Moon-shaped lute with shorter neck and four strings, played with a spectrum, used for accompanying local operas. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZrttPkk8f38 2. Pipa - Four-stringed lute with 30 frets and a pear-shaped body. This instrument has an extremely wide dynamic range and remarkable expressive power. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-ZmAgFyVo48 3. Erhu - Two-stringed fiddle and one of the most popular Chinese instruments. It is used as a solo instrument as well as in small ensembles or large orchestra, and by various ethnic groups. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rm7NodUdEks&feature=related 57. 63 4. Yunluo - Literally "cloud gongs" or "cloud of gongs", the yunluo is a set of ten small tuned gongs mounted in a wooden frame. The yunluo's gongs are generally of equal diameter but different Thicknesses. The thicker gongs produce a higher pitch. 5. Sheng - Sheng, or Chinese mouth organ, looks like a set of panpipes, with 12 to 36 bamboo pipes. Each pipe is of different length with a brass reed at the bottom and a hole that must be blocked in order for the note to sound. This makes it possible to sound several notes simultaneously, so chords and melody can be performed at the same time. Sheng is one of the oldest Chinese musical instruments. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_iR-KrbeFs0&feature=related 6. Dizi - Dizi is the traditional Chinese flute. It can have a membrane over an extra hole to give the characteristic rattle effect. The player plays the Dizi by blowing across the mouthpiece and produces the different notes by stopping the six holes found in the rod. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w9LRN5naG4s&featur e=fvwrel 7. Zheng - An ancient Chinese instrument that has an arched surface and an elongated-trapezoid with 13 to 21 strings stretched over individual bridges. Its playing range spans three to four octaves. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsCAw- ilf_c&feature=related 58. 64 8. Pengling These are two small bells made of high-tin bronze, without internal clappers, and hemispheric or bottomless gourd-like in shape. The instrument has a delicate, clarion and melodious tone. It is a coloring rhythmic instrument, either in ensembles or in theater music, bringing an effect of peaceful dreams. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WeNRwIFoZR0 Lesson 3: Korean Music Korea's folk music tradition, with its generous use of bright rhythms and melodies, offers a more energetic and capricious contrast to the nation's collection of classical music works. Folk music represents the soul and sound of traditional Korean villages with an eclectic array of music forms including numerous folk songs, various forms of instrumental pieces, pansori, and shaman ritual music. Chong-ak means literally "right (or correct) music", and its tradition includes both instrumental and vocal music, which were cultivated mainly by the upper-class literati of the Joseon society. Chong-ak also refers to ensemble music for men of high social status outside of the court. In this category, three important terms are a-ak, tang-ak, and hyang-ak. Sog-ak or minsogak is a category of Korean music traditionally associated with the lower classes or for the general public and are vibrant and energetic. It includes genres such as pansori and minyo. Pansori is a kind of music presented to audiences by skilled vocal singers and drummers. But even the unskilled could sing these songs. They sang when they worked in the rice paddy or fields, sang when they went off their lover and sang when their life was troubled and weighing them down. 59. What kind of feeling or mood does it express? Examples: 1. Changgo http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o8wHBwyofLw 2. Haegum- http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s7ZeSumH004 3. Komunggo - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nZZAsbAzx6M 4. Kayagum - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gNR-

_hH_qOM 5. Piri – http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fq8R-SPyHUM Classify the instrument heard into string, percussion, or wind. 65 Instrumental music of Korea Korean music especially in South Korea has a rich vocal tradition, and diverse instruments and music forms. Folk songs, religious works, court music, and shaman rituals all express the soul of a nation whose history is filled with colorful and fascinating tales. Traditional Korean music represents a world of captivating rhythms and melodies whose sounds draw listeners in like a breath. Koreans sang songs when they could not hold their sadness in. Traditional Korean instruments can be broadly divided into three groups: string, wind, and percussion instruments . http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AZZtzYD2MK8 Activity 1: Listening Directions: Find a partner and prepare a pen and a paper for this activity. Listen to recordings of different instruments of Korea. Each recording should last about 30 seconds to 1 minute. Here are the questions to be answered: &feature=related 60. 66 String Instruments 1. Kayagum (gayageum) - is a traditional Korean zither-like string instrument, with 12 strings, although more recently variants have been constructed with 21 or more numbers of strings. It is probably the bestknown traditional Korean musical instrument. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tFe8nHQottI 2. Geomungo - Sixstring plucked zither is a traditional Korean stringed musical instrument of the zither family of instruments with both bridges and frets. Scholars believe that the name refers to Goguryeo and translates to "Goguryeo zither" or that it refers to the colour and translates to "black crane zither". http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nZZAsbAzx6M 3. Haegum (two-string vertical fiddle) – It has a rodlike neck, a hollow wooden soundbox, two silk strings, and is held vertically on the knee of the performer and played with a bow. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZsyIvJg_Dh8&feature=relat ed 61. 67 4. Wind Instruments Piri - used in both the folk and classical (court) music of Korea. It is made of bamboo. Its large reed and cylindrical bore gives it a sound mellower than that of many other types of oboe. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5MWuIb_BqXA&feature=related Percussion Instrument Changgo - is the most widely used drum used in the traditional music of Korea. It is available in most kinds, and consists of an hourglassshaped body with two heads made from animal skin. The two heads produce sounds of different pitch and timbre, which when played together are believed to represent the harmony of man and woman. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iXrcY-tXiv4 PART II: WHAT TO PROCESS After listening and watching videos and recordings of traditional instrumental and vocal music of Japan, China, and Korea, we can easily say that the different cultural and musical practices of East Asia are revealed through the musical elements used. Vocal Timbre – nasal and throaty Rhythm – duple, triple, quadruple Melody – pentatonic scale, diatonic scale Texture – monophony (a capella); homophony (with chordal accompaniment); heterophony (same melody but ornamented by several instruments) Form – Strophic (using the same tune on different verses) 62. 68 Lesson 1: Vocal Music of East Asia The main tone of Japanese music has two modes: The Yo-sen and the In-sen. Both consist of five primary tones based on a scale with seven tones. The two remaining tones are considered as auxiliary tones. The ancient melody of Japanese music is commonly based on these modes. However, one melody is not always in one mode alone. The melody of Japanese music is commonly shifts on both modes. They often give emphasis on the second or fourth tone of the mode. Yosen mode Insen mode Activity 1: Song Analysis Directions: Sing the Yosen scale and the song ―Sakura‖. Analyze the different musical elements used. Sakura - Cherry Blossoms is a traditional Japanese folk song depicting 63. 69 spring, the season of cherry blossoms. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IKTRnO7SV68 Sakura Sakura sakura yayoi no sorawa mi-watasukagiri kasumika kumoka nioizo izuru izaya zaya mini yukan Cherry Blossoms Cherry blossoms, cherry blossoms, Across the Spring sky, As far as you can see. Is it a mist, or clouds? Fragrant in the air. Come now, come, Let‘s look, at last 64. 70 Answer the following questions: 1. What is the message and function of the song? ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ 2. Describe how the musical elements reflect Japanese culture. 3. Based upon your answers, what can you conclude from the musical elements in the song in relation to the characteristics of Japanese music? ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ MUSICAL ELEMENTS TIMBRE DYNAMICS RHYTHM MELODY FORM 65. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=za-V_2FBpTU Mo Li Hua Mo Li Hua is a traditional Chinese song with a beautifully gentle and lyrical melody. The lyrics about the jasmine flower also turn it into a love song. The song describes a custom of giving Jasmine flowers, popular in the southern Yangtze Delta region of China. Another version describes

the fear of plucking the flower.71 Activity 2: After singing ―Sakura‖ let us listen to a traditional Chinese song ―Mo Li Hua‖. 66. How did the varied musical elements bring out the message of the song? Describe the folk song through the use of its musical elements. Musical Elements Description Timbre Rhythm Meter Melody Harmony Texture Form 72 Translation What a beautiful jasmine flower What a beautiful jasmine flower Sweet-smelling, beautiful, stems full of buds Fragrant and white, everyone praises Let me pluck you down Give to someone's family Jasmine flower, oh jasmine flower Melody and tone color are prominent expressive features of Chinese music and great emphasis is given to the proper articulation and inflection of each musical tone. Most Chinese music is based on the 5 tone or the pentatonic scale though heptatonic scale is also used. Play the pentatonic scale (do-re-mi-so-la) on the piano keyboard, lyre or guitar. Hum the pentatonic scale using ―loo‖. 67. Describe how the musical elements reflect Chinese culture. Activity 3: Listen to one of Korea‘s famous folk songs, ―Arirang‖. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gkM_LXUCMeA What is the function and message of the song? 73 &feature=related Arirang is a Korean folk song, sometimes considered the unofficial national anthem of Korea. It is used as a symbol of Korea and Korean culture. Arirang is in essence a song of farewell. The origin of the word 'Arirang' is ‗the hill‘. With Korea‘s land being mountainous, there are also many foothills throughout the country. Most Koreans had partings on a number of such hills. An emotion of deep regret is imbued in the rhythm of Arirang. The song evokes the feeling of the tears shed by Koreans and the remembrance of their sad stories. Arirang 68. 74 Arirang,Arirang, Arariyo... Arirang gogaero neommeoganda. Nareul beorigo gasineun nimeun Simrido motgaseo balbbyeongnanda. English Translation Arirang arirang arariyo Crossing over Arirang Pass Dear who abandoned me will not even walk even ten Li before his/her feet hurt Guide Questions: Answer the following questions. 1. What is the message and function of the song? _________________________________________________________________ 2. What instruments were used in the music as heard in the song? _________________________________________________________________ 3. Describe how the musical elements reflect the culture of Korea? _________________________________________________________________ 4. Describe the folk songs through the use of its musical elements. 5. Based upon your answers, what can you conclude above the musical elements in the songs? ________________________________________________________________ MUSICAL ELEMENTS TIMBRE DYNAMICS RHYTHM MELODY FORM 69. Correct pitch and correct rhythm Activity 5: Express Yourself Directions: On an oslo paper, draw a creative illustration on the relationship of man and nature as reflected in three folk songs you have learned. Present and describe your illustration to the class. Criteria for Critique: Critical, Insi Correct expression and style  Clear tone quality 75 Activity 4: Sing these folk songs based on the following criteria: ghtful and Revealing Activity 6: Listening/ Film Viewing Directions: Watch and listen to musical video clips of Instruments of Japan. You can choose from the sample videos provided. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j8AiZgpIGE4 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5uO9Mo0WUb4&feature=relmfu http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YNmXNc95ncU&feature=related Activity 7: Compare and Classify Directions: From the video clips you have seen, identify the instruments‘ country of origin of each instrument and classify each using the Hornbostel-Sachs classification. Musical Instruments Identify-Classify 1. 70. 76 2. 3. 4. 5. 71. 77 Activity 8: Guessing Game Directions: Form a circle and sit down. A box with different pictures of instruments and other musical terms written in folded papers will be passed around. Each one of you will pick one paper and describe the picture or term you got. Explain how the different pictures or terms were used to reflect the music of East Asia. PART III. REFLECT AND UNDERSTAND Activity 1: Sharing Directions: Form a circle and sit down. A box with different pictures of instruments and other musical terms written in folded papers will be passed around. Each one of you will pick one paper and discuss the importance of the instrument to the lives of the people from that country? What do you feel when you hear this instrument? Activity 2: Directions: Group yourselves into three. From the folk songs that you have heard, create movements that would interpret the message, idea or feeling of the song as applied to East Asian folk music. Rubrics: 5- Demonstrates well developed ability to interpret ideas and feelings and translate movement 4 - Demonstrates considerable ability to interpret ideas and translate into movement 3Demonstrates some ability to interpret ideas and translate into movement 2- Demonstrates limited ability to interpret ideas and translate into movement 1- Needs improvement 72. 78 Activity 3: Direction: Group Activity: The teacher will divide the class into three groups (Japan, China, and Korea). Each group will create or improvise a musical instrument from each country assigned like drums (taiko), metal bells, pan pipes, cymbals, and chimes, from found objects in the environment such as aluminum containers, strings, bamboo or plastic pipes. These instruments can be used in the next activity. PART IV: TRANSFER Activity Musical

Composition/ Performance In this activity, you will improvise and perform a musical composition with simple rhythmic patterns and melody using improvised musical instruments/ instruments that are similar to the sound of instruments of Japan. This activity will develop your musical awareness and appreciation of East Asian Music. Requirements: 1. Improvised musical instrument or any instrument that is similar to the sound of the instruments of Japan, China and Korea. Examples are Bongos (taiko), bamboo flute (shinobue, piri) guitar-played by plucking only (biwa, shamisen, pipa). 2. blackboard 3. chalk 4. sheets of paper 5. pens Create three groups (Japan, China and Korea). Have each group use their instruments to produce sounds depicting the music of each country while singing their folk song. The group will write down their sound as if they were creating a musical score, this could serve as a memory aid. Groups can do the notation in notes, words, or symbols. Here is an example of what the score might look like if a group has three instruments and voices. 73. 79 MUSICAL SCORE Rubrics for musicianship 5 = Includes very original idea, unusual or imaginative musical ideas. Explores and uses at least two musical elements. 4 = Involves some original aspect(s) or manipulation(s) of musical idea(s). Explores and uses at least one musical element. 3 = Musical idea is neither familiar nor a cliché. However, there is no development, variety, or exploration of musical elements. 2 = Musical idea is familiar or a cliché. No variety or exploration of musical elements (range, timbre, dynamics, tempo, rhythm, melody). 1 = Musicianship could be improved. Bongos Bamboo flute Guitar ♪♫♫♫♫♫ Voice oohh Sakura Sakura …………… 74. 80 SYNTHESIS JAPAN Japanese Vocal music is quite different from the Western vocal Music, and is based on the intervals of human breathing rather than mathematical timing, and how Japanese musicians show their spiritual selfmastery in mastering his or her instrument more than simply perfecting a technique of some sort and how they give value to their performance and composure. Traditional Japanese music is basically meditative in character. Its music and performance are highly ritualized, as is the composure of the musicians when performing it. Japanese chamber music and solo music have a slow meditative pace and use concrete elements, which serve to represent natural sounds and the sounds of life. The main tone of Japanese music has two modes: the Yosen and the In-sen. Both consist of five primary tones based on a scale with seven tones. Japanese music has three general types of instruments - percussion instruments (odaiko, tsuzumi, shoko, tsuridaiko, taiko), string instruments (koto, shamisen, biwa), and wind instruments- mostly flutes (shakuhachi, nokan, sho, hichiriki). Compared to our music, Japanese music is very simple. They sing melodies in unison and they never repeat the same melody in a song. CHINA Chinese vocal music has traditionally been sung in a thin, non-resonant voice, or in falsetto Chinese vocal music is usually solo rather than choral. All traditional Chinese music is melodic rather than harmonic. Chinese music uses the pentatonic scale as can be heard in the song ―Mo Li Hua‖. Xiaodiao, or short tunes, are popular music in Chinese urban areas. Chinese musical instruments are classified according to the materials by which they are made: animal skins, gourd, bamboo, wood, silk, earth/clay, metal, and stone. Pipa is a four-stringed lute with a pear-shaped body. It has an extremely wide dynamic range and remarkable expressive power. Erhu is a two-stringed fiddle and one of the most popular Chinese instruments. 75. 81 Dizi is the traditional Chinese flute. Pengling are two small bells used as a coloring instrument either in ensembles or in theater music because they produce a ―peaceful dream‖ effect. Sheng is a Chinese mouth organ, with 12 to 36 bamboo pipes. It produces several notes simultaneously, so chords and melody can be performed at the same time. It is also one of the oldest Chinese musical instruments. KOREA Korean music has a slow tempo, giving it a very peaceful and pensive character. Chong-ak has a literal meaning of ―music for the noble classes‖. Arirang is a Korean folk song used as a symbol of Korea and Korean culture. It evokes the feeling of the tears shed by Koreans and the remembrance of sad stories specifically partings. Sog-ak or minsogak is a category of Korean music traditionally associated with the lower classes or for the general public and it is vibrant and energetic. Pansori is a kind of music presented to audiences by skilled vocal singers and drummers. Kayagum is a traditional Korean zither-like string instrument, with 12 strings, probably the best known traditional Korean musical instrument. Haegum a two-string vertical fiddle, with a rod-like neck and a hollow wooden sound box. Changgo is the most widely used drum used in the traditional music of Korea. 76. 82 SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT I. Choose the correct answer: Write the letters only on the space provided. _____1. How is Chinese music described? a. It is gentle and lyrical. b. It is slow in tempo and is very peaceful. c. It is meditative and highly ritualized. d. It is slow and melancholy. _____2. Which of the following is one of China‘s most popular instruments? a. haegum b. erhu c. koto d. shamisen _____3. What meter is used in the Japanese song ―Sakura‖? a. Quadruple b. Triple c. Duple d. Compound _____4. Which of the following does not belong in the group? a. tsuzumi b. odaiko c. taiko d. changgo _____5. Which Korean music category is traditionally associated with the lower class? a. tang-ak b. chong-ak c. sog-ak d. a-ak _____6. How is the ―Arirang‖ song classified? a. welcome song b. love song c. song for spring d. parting song 77. 83 _____7. What melody is used in the folk song ―Mo Li Hua‖? a. melodic b. pentatonic c. diatonic d. harmonic _____8. Which Japanese instrument is the counterpart of the kayageum? a. koto b. geomungo c. shamisen d. zheng _____9. Which Japanese instrument is called the ‖dragon flute‖? a. shimobue b. hichiriki c. ryuteki d. shakuhachi _____10. Which of the following statements about the changgo is correct? a. It is a single headed drum whose tone

is altered by squeezing its laces. b. It is a Japanese drum that has become the central instrument of percussion ensemble c. It is large hanging barrel drum d. An hour glass-shaped double headed drum made from animal skin. 78. 84 II. MATCH THE PICTURES 1. a. haegum 2. b. erhu 3. c. taiko 79. 85 4. d. zheng 5. e. biwa Glossary 1. Arirang is a Korean folk song used as a symbol of Korea and Korean culture. It evokes the feeling of the tears shed by Koreans and the remembrance of sad stories specifically partings. 2. Biwa- is a Japanese short-necked fretted lute, often used in narrative storytelling. The biwa is the chosen instrument of Benten, goddess of music, eloquence, poetry, and education in Japanese Shinto. 3. Changgo- an hourglass-shaped drum, it is played with two hands - the left hand strikes the left side while the right hand is strikes the other side with a stick 4. Ching - a huge gong played by means of a padded stick. 5. Chong-ak - has a literal meaning of ―music for the noble classes‖. 80. 86 6. Clarion–the sound of such an instrument or any similar sound; clear and ringing and inspiring 7. Ensembles - a work for two or more vocalists or instrumentalists. 8. Form- refers to the overall structure or plan of a piece of music,[1] and it describes the layout of a composition as divided into sections 9. Gagaku– ancient imperial court music and dance is a type of Japanese classical music that has been performed at the Imperial Court in Kyoto for several centuries. 10.Haegum - a two-stringed plucked instrument made of bamboo 11.Heterophony– Is a type of texture characterized by the simultaneous variation of a single melodic line. 12.Hitchiriki - is a double reed Japanese fue (flute) used as one of two main melodic instruments in Japanese gagaku music, the other being the ryūteki. The hichiriki is difficult to play, due in part to its double reed configuration 13.Homophony - is a texture in which two or more parts move together in harmony, the relationship between them creating chords. 14.Idiophone - a percussion instrument, such as a cymbal or xylophone, made of naturally sonorous material 15.Improvisation- a performance given extempore without planning or preparation; something improvised, especially a musical passage or a dramatic skit. 16.Kabuki- is a classical Japanese dance-drama. Kabuki theatre is known for the stylization of its drama and for the elaborate make-up worn by some of its performers. 17.Kayagum- an instrument with 12 strings which is also similar to the koto of Japan and the chin of China. 18.Komunggo - a zither that is similar to the koto of Japan. This serves as the principal instrument for a small group of players 19.Koto- is a 13-string zither, about two meters long and made of Paulownia wood. It is plucked using picks on the thumb and first two fingers of the right hand, while the left hand can be used to modify pitch and tone. Koto is used in an ensemble in gagaku or as a solo instrument. 81. 87 20.Lute - a stringed instrument having a body shaped like a pear sliced lengthwise and a neck with a fretted fingerboard that is usually bent just below the tuning pegs. 21.Membranophone - a musical percussion instrument; usually consists of a hollow cylinder with a membrane stretched across each end 22.Min‘yo –the folk song of Japan. 23.Monophony – a musical texture that consists of a single melodic line 24.Nokan- a parallel, bamboo flute (fue) which is the only melodic instrument used in noh. The melody of the flute has no specific pitch relationship with the melody of the chanting. 25.Odaiko (big drum) - the physical energy and sheer excitement of an Odaiko performance is an integral part of many Japanese matsuri (festivals). 26.Pansori - is a kind of music presented to audiences by skilled vocal singers and drummers. 27.Pentatonic scale - is a musical scale or mode with five notes per octave in contrast to a heptatonic (seven note) scale such as the major scale and minor scale. Pentatonic scales are very common and are found all over the world. 28.Piri - is a Korean double reed instrument, used in both the folk and classical (court) music of Korea 29.Pentatonic - is a musical scale or mode with five notes per octave 30.Ryūteki (literally "dragon flute") is a Japanese transverse fue made of bamboo. It is used in gagaku, the Shinto classical music associated with Japan's imperial court. 31.Sakura - (Cherry Blossoms) is a traditional Japanese folk song depicting spring, the season of cherry blossoms. 32.Shakuhachi - the most famous flute made from bamboo. It has four or five finger holes on the front face and a thumb hole on the rear face. As with other instruments above, it was imported from China for gagaku. 33.Shamisen-is a plucked stringed instrument. Its construction follows a model similar to that of a guitar or a banjo, employing a neck, and strings stretched across a resonating body. The neck of the shamisen is fretless, and is slimmer than that of a guitar or banjo. 82. 88 34.Shinobue - is a Japanese transverse flute or fue that has a high-pitched sound. 35.Shinto or Shintoism - is the indigenous spirituality of Japan and the people of Japan. It is a set of practices, to be carried out diligently, to establish a connection between present day Japan and its ancient past. 36.Shō- is a Japanese free reed musical instrument that was introduced from China during the Nara period (AD 710 to 794). It is modeled on the Chinese sheng, although the shō tends to be smaller in size. It consists of 17 slender bamboo pipes, each of which is fitted in its base with a metal free reed. 37.Sog-ak or minsogak is a category of Korean music traditionally associated with the lower classes or for the general public and are vibrant and energetic. 38.Strophic - is the simplest and most durable of musical forms, elaborating a piece of music by repetition of a single formal section. This may be analyzed as "A AA". 39.Taiko- is a Japanese drum that comes in various sizes and is used to play a variety of musical genres. 40.Texture - is the way the melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic materials are combined in a composition thus determining the overall quality of the sound in a piece. 41.Timbre - tone color or tone quality is the quality of a musical note or sound or tone that distinguishes different types of sound production, such as voices and musical instruments, string instruments, wind instruments, and percussion instruments. The physical characteristics of sound that

determine the perception of timbre include spectrum and envelope. 42.Tone color - is the timbre of a singing voice or an instrument. 43.Tsuridaiko - a large hanging barrel drum 44.Tsuzumi- (hourglass-shape). Is of two varieties, the smaller kotsuzumi and the larger otsuzumi which are used in both noh and kabuki performances. The kotsuzumi is held on the right shoulder and the player alters the tone by squeezing the laces. The otsuzumi is played resting on the left thigh. Like all other traditional arts in Japan, there are several schools of tsuzumi. Resources: http://www.mustrad.org.uk/articles/japan.htm http://www.farsidemusic.com/historyJa.html 83. 89 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Taiko_drum.jpg http://kendrik2.wordpress.com/2007/09/27/pre-assessmentstrategies/ http://www.lmu.edu/about/services/academicplanning/assessment/Assessment_Resour ces/Rubrics/Example_Rubrics/Music_Composition_Example_Rubric.htm https://owa.ocps.net/exchweb/bin/redir.asp?URL=http://www.saskschools.ca/curr_conte nt/constructivism/how/preassessment.html http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shinobue References of China http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DuHMCFYIC9E&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vOzG6DWK9vg&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9M4gca_uLB4&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y7hdZ5rYd2E&feature=related http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Music_of_China http://worldmusic.nationalgeographic.com/view/page.basic/genre/content.genre/chinese _traditional_709/en_US http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pentatonic http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Phra_Maha_Chedi_Chai_Mongkol_Naga_emerging_ from_mouth_of_Makara.jpg Resources of Korea http://www.angelfire.com/alt/koreanmusic/index.html http://english.visitkorea.or.kr/enu/CU/CU_EN_8_1_6_1.jsp http://stereogum.com/983191/the-20-best-k-popvideos/franchises/listomania/ http://www.korea.net/AboutKorea/Culture-and-the-Arts/UNESCO-Treasures-in-Korea Recordings/ Videos: Sakura - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=chwADnoFDng http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IKTRnO7SV68 Taikohttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8zSa6Zz2Zrs&feature=related 84. 90 ODaiko - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gkeqlQeyqK0 Tsuzumihttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FDq2y2Jq9PA&feature=related Kotohttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L24Nb4CJzV4&feature=related Shamisenhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w5rs7pfZuPs Shakuhachi- http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7swXZWT5o&feature=related Shinobue - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=57jwbZbQDpU Sho and hichiriki http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CYdCt9XbA8w Ryūteki-http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e7lQb4Nx3Sg Nokanhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1nOATkFsBOQ&feature=related Biwahttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZE8WTIB4kP0 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k_UhaSi46NQ kamunggo video with explanation - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZZzeNjyGs2I Changgo http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iXrcY-tXiv4 Haegumhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZsyIvJg_Dh8&feature=related Komunggo http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nZZAsbAzx6M Kayagum - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tFe8nHQottI 85. 91 86. Evaluate music and music performances applying knowledge of musical elements and styles Time to travel again! Did you enjoy learning and experiencing the music of East Asia? Then let us experience how music is performed in South, Central, and West Asian countries. In this module, you will learn things about vocal and instrumental music of India, Pakistan, Israel, and West Asian countries. You will also get a glimpse of their cultural context, social functions, and performance styles in their music compositions. Sing vocal music from Central, South, and West Asian countries alone and/with others.  Explore ways of producing sounds on a variety of sources that would simulate instruments being studied.  Improvise simple rhythmic/harmonic accompaniments to music from selected Central, South, and West Asian countries.  Perform using available instruments from Central Asia, South Asia and West countries alone and/or with others.  Explain the distinguishing characteristics of representative Central, South Asian and West countries‘ music in relation to the culture of the area.  Analyze examples of music from Central, South Asia and West countries and describe how the elements are used.  Relate Central, Southern, and West Asian countries‘ music in the lives of the people.  Listen to songs from Central Asia, South Asia, and West Asian countries alone and/or with others. 92 INTRODUCTION OBJECTIVES 87. 93 Before you start the lesson, let us find out what you know about South, Central and West Asia. Here are some activities prepared for you. Are you ready? PRE-ASSESSMENT Activity : ― Where in the World is…‖ You will need: blank map and coloring materials Directions: 1. Listen to the different music samples listed below. You may find them on the internet or let your teacher provide them for you. Match the music with the Asian region it came from. 2. Color each region with: Central Asia – VIOLET South Asia – RED West Asia – GREEN Carnatic Music Punjabi Music Hindustani Music Arabic Music

88. 94 Vocal Music Asia is a big continent consisting of several countries. Are we going to study all of them? We cannot, but we can focus on a few representative ones from each region. ACTIVITY: Countries are written on the concept map below. On a sheet of paper, share your ideas about their vocal music. Copy the diagram. INDIA • __________ PAKISTAN • ___________ ISRAEL • ____________ CENTRAL ASIA SOUTH ASIA WEST ASIA Were you able to match the music to its region? How about naming the countries in each region? Can you name them? In your notebook, make a table similar to the one shown below and write the names of the countries that you know in the table. Do you remember vocal music and instrumental music? As we have discussed in the previous quarters, Asia is rich in these two types of music. Answer the following activities to check what you know. Have you been to any of these countries? If you have, then you are very lucky! Take the time to share about the countries you visited with your classmates. 89. 95 Instrumental Music It was very nice of you to share your ideas about the vocal music of the countries above. What about Asian music instruments? Are you familiar with these instruments? Name as many as you can! So do you now have an idea of the things that we will be learning this quarter? It‘s time to make your learning goals and specify the things that you would want to learn about the music of Central Asia, South Asia, and West Asian countries. Write your goals in your notebook. Follow the guide below. 90. 96 LEARNING GOALS AND TARGETS PART I. WHAT TO KNOW Music has always been viewed as a universal language. In the vast region of Asia, religious music has been a common ground in uniting people with different languages, cultures, and norms. Lesson 1: INDIA India is the largest country in South Asia. Its music is as vast as its geographic location and as large as its demographic population. The music of India reflects different aspects of Asian culture through its timbre, rhythm, melody, texture, form, and style. In general, Indian music remains fundamental to the lives of the people of India as a source of spiritual inspiration, cultural expression, and entertainment. Now that you have written your goals for this quarter, it‘s time for us to officially start the lesson. At the end of this module, a. I would like to know about __________________________________ b. I would like to be able to do the following:______________________ c. I would like to understand __________________________________ d. I would like to perform or produce____________________________ 91. 97 Galaxy of Musicians by Raja Ravi Varma VOCAL MUSIC India's classical music tradition, includes Carnatic and Hindustani music which have developed over many centuries. Music of India also includes several types of folk and popular music. One aspect of vocal music uses melismatic singing with nasal vocal quality, when compared with the Philippine music which uses melismatic singing is only used in chanting epics and the pasyon. Singing based on a set of pitches was popular even during the Vedic times. The Samagana style of singing developed into a strong and diverse tradition over several centuries, becoming an established part of contemporary tradition in India. The hymns in Sama Veda, a sacred text, were sung as Samagana and not chanted. Sama Veda is the third of the four Vedas of Hinduism but ranks next to Rig Veda (Rigveda) in terms of its sanctity and liturgical importance. Rig Veda is also sung in the Samagana traditional singing style. Because of its liturgical importance, Rigveda is counted as first among the four canonical sacred texts of Hinduism known as Vedas. Rig Veda is an ancient Indian sacred collection of Vedic Sanskrit hymns. Some of its verses are still recited as Hindu prayers at religious functions and other occasions. Have you ever watched a Hindu singing or dancing? What is your impression on their way of singing or dancing? How important is music to their daily life? 92. Carnatic Flute-Tamboori by Heramba98 Characteristics of Traditional Music from India: 1. Carnatic music o refers to music from South India o directed to a Hindu god, which is why it is called ―temple music‖ o unlike Hindustani music, Carnatic music is unified where schools are based on the same ragas, the same solo instruments (veena, flute, violin) and the same rhythm instrument (mridangam and ghatam) o music pieces are mainly set for the voice and with lyrics o compositions called krti are devotional songs 2. Hindustani music o goes back to Vedic period times around 1000 BC o further developed in the 13th and 14th centuries AD with Persian influences and from existing religious and folk music o predominantly found in the northern and central regions o influenced by ancient Hindu musical traditions, historical Vedic religion/Vedic philosophy, native Indian sounds and enriched by the Persian performance practices of the Mughal era o nasal singing is observed in their vocal music o in North India, the most common style of singing is called khyal, a word which means imagination Additional Audio/Visual Activity: You may watch the following links online. & Pt. Bhimsen Joshi-Classical Vocal, www.youtube.com Hindustani Classical Music, www.wildfilmindia.com  Carnatic Vocal, www.carnaticsangeetham.com Additional Audio/Visual Activity Hemantha, www.youtube.com 93. 99 INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC There are many musical instruments in India. Some instruments are used primarily in North Indian music (Hindustani Sangeet) while many other instruments are used in South Indian music (Carnatic Sangeet). Instrumental music is often similar to vocal music but sometimes they have distinctive instrumental styles. There are five known traditional systems for classification of instruments. Classification of Musical Instruments from India: 1. Ghan – described as a non-membranous percussive instrument but with solid resonators. It is one of the oldest classes of instrument in India. It may also be a melodic instrument or instruments to keep tal. 2. Avanaddh described as a membranous percussive instrument. This class of instruments typically comprise the drums. Daf (Duf,

Daphu) Tabla Dhol Ghatam Karta Manjira Nout After learning about the vocal music of India, the next topic will help you learn the instrumental music of India. 94. 100 3. Sushir – also known as blown air. It is characterized by the use of air to excite the various resonators. Bansuri Shehnai Shankh Surpeti 4. Tat – referred to as vina during the old civilization. Instruments in this class are plucked (stringed instruments). Sitar Ektar Gotuvadyam Gopichand Rabab 95. 101 5. Vitat – described as bowed stringed instruments. This is of the oldest classifications of instruments and yet did not occupy a place in classical Indian music until the last few centuries. banam esraj sarangi chikara Rhythm plays an important role in Indian music. It is fundamental to the creation of any musical system. Certainly, from a historical stand point, rhythm existed many centuries ago before the word ―rag‖ was ever used. Given this historical preeminence, it is not surprising that rhythm occupies an important position in the Indian system of music. Tala - literally meaning ‗clap;‘ variously transliterated as ―tal‖, ―taal‖ or ―taala‖ - is a regular, repeating rhythmic phrase, particularly as rendered on a percussive instrument with an ebb and flow of various intonations represented as a ''theka'' - is the common Indian system of rhythm Theka - a sequence of drum-syllables or ''bol'' - in Indian classical music, both Hindustani classical music and Carnatic music use complex rules to create elaborate patterns of rhythm Tabla - most common instrument for keeping rhythm in Hindustani music Mridangam - most common instrument for keeping rhythm in Carnatic music - also transliterated as ―mridang‖ TALA If available, use the interactive listening tools by William Alves, in his audio-cd recordings: Interactive Music of the World, featuring musical instruments of India. 96. 102 TEACHER-ASSISTED ACTIVITY: Which Is Which? Study the words written in the box. Identify which word fits the description of Carnatic and Hindustani music. Write your answers on a ¼ sheet of Manila Paper INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITY: Name It! Name the following Indian musical instruments. Write the answers on a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook. CARNATIC MUSIC HINDUSTANI MUSIC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Khyal Temple Music Unified Northern Krti Southern Nasal Singing Lyrical Persian Influence Imagination Let‘s see how much you have learned. Can you identify the difference between Carnatic and hindustani music? Can you identify Indian musical instruments? 97. its structural requirements are more strict than those of most poetic forms traditionally w traditional expressions of love, separation, and loneliness; It tells about both the pain of loss of the lover and the beauty of love in spite of that pain. 103 Lesson 2: PAKISTAN Central Asian music encompasses numerous different musical styles originating from a large number of sources. Though Pakistan is part of South Asia, its western part is considered as an extension of Central Asia. Pakistan is known for its unique vocals. The distinctive Pakistani sound was formed with multiple influences not only from various parts of South Asia but it also includes diverse elements from Central Asia, Persia, Turkey, and the Arab world. VOCAL MUSIC OF PAKISTAN Pakistan is known for its two vocal styles in singing: 1. Ghazal Pakistani Ghazal-Payam e Mashriq‘s Ghazal, www.youtube.com If rhythm plays an important role in Indian music, what could be the distinct characteristic of Pakistani music? can be sung by both men and women  is considered by many to be one of the principal poetic forms in the Persian civilization ritten in English 98. nusrat fateh ali khan-best qawwali, www.youtube.com Are you ready to check what you have learned about the music of Pakistan? The next activity will help you test if you understood the concepts you have first learned. Good luck! rahat fateh ali khan-best qawwali, www.youtube.com  originally performed mainly at Sufi shrines throughout the subcontinent and gained mainstream popularity INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC Punjabi music strengthens the importance of musical instruments in Pakistan. Punjab is a region in South Asia which is divided into West Punjab, Pakistan and East Punjab, India. Bhangra, one of the most recognized forms of Punjab, is based on the drum rhythm of dhol. Tabla Dholak Harmonium Rubab INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC SIGNIFICANT INSTRUMENTS OF PAKISTAN  a vibrant musical tradition that stretches back more than 700 years  the devotional music of the Chishti Order 104 2. Qawwali 99. 105 INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITY: Peace, Order and Organize! Compare and contrast the vocal/instrumental music of Pakistan from the music of India. Draw this diagram on a sheet of paper and fill in the spaces. VOCAL & INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC SIMILARITIES DIFFERENCES IndiaPakistan 100. very rhythmic and have popular and romantic texts Pakistan acted as a major crossroad for various cultures between Central Asia, South Asia, and West Asia. This paved the way for the similarities of vocal music throughout the region. Let us now move on to West Asia. There are several West Asian countries but we will focus our attention on Israeli and Arab music. Ready? Then, let‘s start! context lies outside the religious domain  played during life passage events  instruments and voice are used  shofar is a special call to prayer and repentance; it is sounded on the High Holidays (the Jewish New Year and Day of Atonement) 2. Secular  the art of Hazan (leader of prayer in synagogue) has always been evident in the culture  featured during Sabbath and other holy days  almost entirely vocal  Entertainment (Belly Dancing, Folk Dancing) VOCAL MUSIC OF ISRAEL AND ARABIA A. Israeli Music Israeli singers have a distinctive vocal style. They sing with guttural and throaty enunciation. Two Divisions of Jewish Music 1. Devotional  Life passage events (Weddings, Bar Mitzvas, Bat Mitzvas, Anniversaries)  Mystic rituals

(Sufis, Hassidic)  Communal worship (in Mosque, Synagogue and Church) 106 Lesson 3: WEST ASIA - ISRAEL In general, the music of West Asia is modal. Harmony is not emphasized but rather includes salient features such as melodic complexity and ornamentation, including ¼ tones and rigorous rhythmic development. West Asian music is commonly used during: 101. Michigan Arab Orchestra-Fantasie Nahawand Mona and Ahmed Fekry- Muwashahat, www. youtube.com Habib Yammine-Wazn il mu‘allaqat imru‘al Qays, www.youtube.com  are used in the muwashahat (an Andalusian musical form) where every syllable of the lyric must fall on a beat  the greatest varieties of iqa (or iqa‘at as pronounced) range from two to 48 beats  reputed to be over 100 iqa, but many of them have fallen out of fashion and are rarely used in performance  the rhythmic pattern in Arabian music  only used in musical genres with a fixed rhythmictemporal organization including recurring measures, motifs, and pulse 2. Iqa  performed on the goblet drum, frame drum, and kettle drum  literally means ―measure‖ 107 B. Arabic Music Arabic Maqam is distinctively unique to Arabian music because of its technique of improvisation. It is the system of melodic modes used in traditional Arab music. Arabian rhythmic pattern or cycle is analyzed by means of rhythmic units. 1. Wazn 102. 108 INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC OF ISRAEL The lute which is similar to the Philippine bandurria and the laud, traces its origins to the Middle Eastern Oud and Indian sitar. Goblet drum, darbuk, the tambourine and other instruments associated with Middle Eastern music are used as accompaniment. One of the dances where accompaniment is used is Hora, a dance that often has strong off beats and asymmetric meters. Jewish Lyre Psalterion (Harp) Shofar Goblet Toft SIGNIFICANT INSTRUMENTS OF ISRAEL After knowing about the vocal music of West Asia, let‘s move on to instrumental music. Do you have any idea of how instruments look like in this part of Asia? OTHER SIGNIFICANT INSTRUMENTS OF ARAB COUNTRIES 103. 109 TEACHER-ASSISTED: Word Search in the Middle Earth [NOTE: Teacher will provide an enlarged copy of this word puzzle to be placed on the board.] Search for the terms used in vocal and instrumental music of West Asia. Encircle/highlight the words that you found. Explain the meaning of these terms in front of the class. Oud (Southern Mesopotamia) Darbuk O U D J M A G A M Q T Q M B P D M A Q A M S A D W S T Q P D T R T M Z Q A W W A L I TAIDSLGTEZRZLTWATZJEWISAZGZEQLLWIVLVADRBGOBLETATBIUOZMAL T S G A O H P I Q A Q M L J O N E F R D K Q R M H O R A Z N W A Z N OTHER SIGNIFICANT MIDDLE EASTERN INSTRUMENTS Wow! Asia is truly rich in its culture! It‘s time to see if you remember what you have learned. 104. 110 PART II. PROCESS GROUP WORK: Three - in - One Work in groups of three members and perform the following activities. Have fun! Group 1 Let‘s Do Tala You will need: Any membranophone (percussion instrument) Directions: 1. Divide yourselves into two groups. 2. Each group will be assigned to perform Tintal and Chautal selections below. 3. Using any membranophone, perform the following selection. Improvised drums can also be used. A – Tintal or Teental (16 Beats) Did you notice how rhythm plays an important role in the music of South, Central and West Asia? Most of their music, religious or cultural, is based on rhythm. It‘s time to experience music from India, Pakistan, Israel, and Arabia. Do you play drums? If not, now‘s the time to learn how. Get hold of that rhythmic sense because you‘re going to need it for the next activities. This is a compilation of performances meant to enhance your rhythmic sensense. 105. 111 B – Chautal (12 beats) If you want to learn more about the Tintal structure, watch the ―tabla solo‖ featured in chandrakantha.com/teental_tintal. Group 2 Qui – Iqa! Directions: Make several tof (Jewish tambourine/drum) from improvised materials and decorate those using Middle Eastern motifs. Perform the different iqas from Anderson and Campbell, Multicultural Perspectives using the drums you made. 106. Simulate the rhythm by using any improvised percussion instrument. Assessment: Rhythm Rubric 5 pts 4 pts 3 pts 2 pts 1 pt 0 pts Tempo Appropriate Fluctuates slightly Fluctuates often Mostly wrong Not appropria Listen to the various sounds and rhythms played.  Watch the West Asian Instrumental by HAIRO. 112 If you want to learn more about the iqa, watch iqa‘ El Jannah through www.youtube.com Group 3: Watch and Perform! You will need: Improvised percussion instruments Directions: te Cannot play Steady Beat Consistent Fluctuates slightly Fluctuates often Mostly wrong Not appropriate Cannot play Rhythmic Pattern No mistakes A few mistakes Many mistakes Mostly wrong Consistently wrong Cannot play Rest Rhythm No mistakes A few mistakes Many mistakes Mostly wrong Consistently wrong Cannot play Overall Rhythm Superior Very Good Good Fair Poor Cannot play 107. 113 GROUP WORK: Speed Instrumental Music-cussion You will need: Pictures of musical instruments of India, Pakistan, Israel, and West Asian countries placed and pasted on cardboard. Procedure/Directions: 1. Paste a picture of a musical instrument on cardboard with its corresponding number. 2. Sit in a circle with ten members. 3. Pass the picture you prepared to your right. 4. You will be given 10 seconds to identify the name of the instrument passed to you. Write down the name of the instrument guided by the indicated number for each instrument. 5. Then, write the country where that instrument originated. 6. After 10 seconds, pass the picture you are holding to your right. 7.

Repeat the procedure until all 10 musical instruments have been passed. 8. Write your answer on a separate sheet of paper. If available in your school, watch and participate in The Interactive Listening Tools by William Alves featuring musical instruments. The music of India, Pakistan, Israel, and West Asia are widely used as an expression of their way of life and spiritual beliefs. Instruments add texture to any musical performances. See if you can do the activity. Isn‘t it fun to play percussion instruments? In the next activities, we‘ll be checking if you remember their musical instruments. 108. 114 GROUP WORK: Name that TERM! You will need: Prepared questions, buzzer, group-symbol, score board Directions: 1. Divide yourselves into four groups. 2. Each group will prepare a symbol to represent their group. 3. The host will announce the start of the activity. 4. The first group to buzz will challenge the other group to identify the terminologies/concepts used in the music of Pakistan and other Middle Eastern countries. 5. The first group will then declare how many clues they need to identify the musical term. Example: ―We can name that TERM in five clues!‖ 6. The challenged group may accept the challenge by posting to name the song with four clues. (The challenges can continue until a group gives up the chance to name the TERM allowing the other group to ―Name that TERM‖. 7. The host will read the clues (depending on the final agreement as to how many clue/s to be read). 8. The winner during the ―challenge round‖ will have the sole privilege of answering. 9. The group that correctly identifies the term will place their symbol in the first box in the diagram below. 10.Procedure will continue until all boxes have been filled. 11.The group with the most number of symbols placed in the box will be declared the winner. Timbre creates the uniqueness of a vocal sound. Vocal music provides the main focus in singing and is probably the oldest form of music because it only needs one instrument, the human voice. 109. 115 It‘s singing time! Below is a simple but beautiful Israeli folk song. Listen and follow the musical score of the song Zum Gali Gali. Try to sing the song on your own. 110. 116 GROUP WORK: Do Your Own … Indian Style Procedure: 1. Group yourselves together with a maximum of six members each. 2. Create a four line verse about Philippine tradition and/or culture. 3. Write the lyrics on the ornamental box surrounding the Maha Lakshmi Devi, the Hindu goddess of wealth, fortune, love, and beauty. 4. Chant the lines of your group verse similar to Samagana. 5. Place a mnemonic system of India (bol) for your composition. 6. Perform your song. 7. Observe tala principle in your work. CHECKLIST Criteria Evident Not Evident 1. The song isung similar to Samagana style. 2. The lyrics are a fundamental source of spiritual tradition. 3. India‘s rhythmic system (tala) is observed. 4. Bols are correctly placed on each syllable. Do you still have time? If yes, you can do the following activity for fun! Otherwise, you can skip the activity and move on to the next phase. 111. 117 PART III. REFLECT and UNDERSTAND TEACHER ASSISTED ACTIVITY: Rig Your Heart with Pasyon! You will need: A recorded selection of Rig Veda by Sri Suktam and a Pasyon Directions: 1. Watch a music video of Rig Veda with English subtitles performed by Sri Suktam and a video example of Philippine Pasyon filmed in Bulacan. 2. Listen to the melody and rhythm of both selections. 3. Describe the musical elements of the vocal and instrumental parts used in both songs. Rig Veda is enlightening and inspiring to listen to. It is used for religious purposes just like the Pasyon of the Philippines. Here are some recommended Rig Vedas for you: o Sanskrit Veda o Vedas – Universe Creation Elements of Music Music #1 Rig Veda by Sri Suktam Music #2 Philippine Pasyon in Bulacan Timbre Dynamics Pitch Rhythm Form Texture Harmony Style Can you relate Philippine music with the music in Central Asia, South Asia, and West Asia? How are they similar or different from one another? 112. 118 INDIVIDUAL WORK: Love and Ghazal! Assignment: Watch and listen to Pakistani ghazal (Payam e Mashriq‘s Ghazal, Urdu and English translation) on www.youtube.com. Look for an English or Filipino composition with synonymous structure and style. Beginning: ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ Middle: ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ End: ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ SONG TITLE Beginning: ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ Middle: ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ End: ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ ___________________________________ SONG TITLE Did you know that Pakistanis are also emotional people like us, Filipinos? Listen how emotions are expressed the Pakistani way!

1.

Perform any modern renditions of vocal or instrumental folk music from India, Pakistan, Israel, or the Arab Nations I hope you enjoyed the lessons! We are almost done. Now it‘s time to share what you have learned. To get the feeling of the culminating activity, the whole class is encouraged to wear the traditional clothes/costumes of South Asia, Central Asia and West Asia. Showcase an improvised group of music instruments of a Middle Eastern country in accompanying a secular song  Sing and act as Hazan  Sing or Interpret the Zum Gali Gali of Israel  Perform the Israeli Hora, Belly Dance and Bhangra 119 PART IV. TRANSFER GROUP PERFORMANCE: Here‘s what you need to do: 1. Form five (5) groups with a maximum of eight members. 2. A program committee will take charge of the program flow. 3. Each group will be assigned one of the following:

2.

Punjabi music strengthens the importance of musical instruments in Punjab regions. GLOSSARY Bar Mitzvah - a ceremonial event for a Jewish boy of 13 years of age, when he becomes a full-fledged member of the religious community. Bat Mitzvah - the same as Bar Mitzvah, but for a girl, and occurring at the age of 12 rather than 13. Chautal - variously referred to as Chartal, Chowtal, and even occasionally as Dhrupad tal, was a very common tal in the past. It means "four claps"; in reference to the four claps of its vibhag structure. Guttural- characterized by harsh and grating speech sounds made in the throat or toward the back of the mouth Hassidic -Jewish devotional tradition, the central idea being that simple faith and a prayer that comes from the heart is more important than intellectual brilliance. Hazan -the leader of prayer, traditionally, only men lead the prayers, but today, in many denominations, women also perform this function. The Hazan must have a good clear voice and know how to recite the prayers utilizing the traditional modes of prayer. Pakistan is known for its two styles of vocal singing, Ghazals and Qawwali.  Musical instruments are used in accompanying Israeli Hora and other rhythmic dances.  Arabic Maqam is distinctively unique because of its technique of improvisation.  There are two divisions of Jewish music - devotional and secular.  Middle Eastern music is generally modal. Harmony is not emphasized.  There are five known traditional system for classification of instruments. These are Ghan, Avanaddh, Sushir, Tat, and Vitat.  Tala (variously transliterated as ―tal‖, ―taal‖ or ―taala‖ ) is the Indian system of rhythm.  Rig Veda is an ancient Indian sacred collection of Vedic Sanskrit hymns. It is counted among the four canonical sacred texts of Hinduism known as Vedas. Some of its verses are still recited as Hindu prayers at religious functions and other occasions.  The two main traditions of classical Indian music are Carnatic music (southern) and Hindustani music (northern). 120 SUMMARY/SYNTHESIS/GENERALIZATION

3.

www.tabla.sr www.sscnet.ucla.edu/southasia  www.soastrings.org/Perform  www.makingmusicfun.net  www.knowyourraga.com  www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org  www.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rigveda  http://chandrakantha.com  goindia.about.com  Galaxy of Musicians.jpg 121 High Holidays -the holiest days of the year in Judaism; they include Rosh Hashana (the Jewish New Year) and Yom Kippur (the Day of Atonement). These days fall around September/ October time - the variability is due to the fact that the Jewish calendar is tied to the lunar rather than the solar cycle. Hinduism -the predominant religion of the Indian subcontinent and one of its indigenous religions. Matra – refers to the beat in Indian music. Pasyon –commonly sung during Holy Week in the Philippines. It is a verse narrative about the life and suffering of Jesus Christ. Raga –also termed as rag, may be thought of as an acoustic method of coloring the mind of the listener with an emotion. Musically, it is not a tune, melody, scale, mode, or any concept for which an English word exists. It is instead a combination of different characteristics. Sabbath -a Jewish holy day of rest, occurring once a week, beginning at sundown on Friday and ending Saturday at nightfall. On this day Jews refrain from work and go to the Synagogue, where special prayers are recited and special rituals are performed. Samagana –also known as Sām, is composition of words in Rigvedic hymns from notes. Sāmagān is not merely a name given to singing hymns of Veda but represents the philosophy and science of uniting thought, sound and music. –a Sanskrit term ―saman‖ which means melody and ―veda‖ which means knowledge –Refers to as the third of the four Vedas in the ancient core of Hindu scriptures Sangeet-Indian term referring to music Hindu scriptures. Shofar - a musical instrument made of a ram's horn, utilized in Synagogue ritual on Rosh Hashana and Yom Kippur. Synagogue - Jewish house of prayer. Tintal -referred to as the most common tal in the Hindustani music. It is variously referred to as teental or trital. Vedic Sanskrit –referred to as the language of the Vedas. It has predated the advent of alphabet writing in India which has been orally preserved as a part of the tradition of Vedic chanting RESOURCES Illustrations/Readings:

4.

Interactive Music of the World by William Alves www.makingmusicfun.net  www.youtube.com  Teaching Guide: Music South and Central (UBD) Recordings:  ―Middle Eastern Music.‖ Wikipedia: The Free Encyclopedia. Wikimedia Foundation, Inc. 29 October 2012  ―Music of India.‖ Wikipedia: The Free Encyclopedia. Wikimedia Foundation, Inc. 27 November 2012  ―Music of Pakistan.‖ Wikipedia: The Free Encyclopedia. Wikimedia Foundation, Inc. 27 November 2012  ―Music of Israel.‖ Wikipedia: The Free Encyclopedia. Wikimedia Foundation, Inc. 22 October 2012 122

5.

123

6.

Evaluate the performance of each group with regards to cultural relevance, music performance, and movement. Have you experienced watching a stage play or a theater play? How was it? Did you enjoy watching? In this module, you are about to discover the traditional Asian Theater art. You will have a unique experience on how this traditional theater music is performed. Theater arts is one of the ancient traditions of the people in Asia particularly in Japan and China. This theater art form was transmitted from generation to generation. It mirrors or reflects life. Its key principle of theater is selectivity. Through the various forms of theater art, a specific form can achieve clarity, order, and beauty rarely fo Analyze how elements of sound, gesture movement and costume affect the creation and communication of meaning in an Asian musical and popular theater.  Identify the varied art forms used in Asian musical theater to communicate tales of everyday social and cultural relevance and interests. 124 INTRODUCTION OBJECTIVES At the end of this module, you, as a learner, are expected to und in ordinary life. You will also learn to demonstrate understanding about theater, skills on how to perform in stage, including the use of music as an important part of the performance.

7.

125 PRE-ASSESSMENT Say something about the pictures below. Write your comments inside the box. http://filipinofestival.files.wordpress.com/2012/03/kabuki2.jpg http://www.ebeijing.gov.cn/BeijingInformation/BeijingsHistory/t1137406.htm http://3.bp.blogspot.com/ebRBApm97dE/T1mupumi9ZI/AAAAAAAAAFs/ppmWaNJnHa4/s1600/wayang _kulit.jpg LEARNING GOALS AND TARGETS

8.

126 At the end of this module, I would like to know about __________________________________ I would like to be able to ___________________________________ I would like to understand __________________________________ I would like to perform _____________________________________ PART I. WHAT TO KNOW Let‘s Discover! Japanese Theater The traditional form of popular theater began at the end of the 16th century and soon became the most successful theater entertainment in the red light districts of the great cities. Together with Nōh, it is considered the most important Japanese contribution to World Theater. Both Nōh and kabuki are unique and genuine expressions of the Japanese spirit and culture. They mirror, however, taste and ideals of different social classes, in profoundly different environments and epochs. Vocal Pattern and Techniques: 1) Ipponchōshi or the continuous pattern – used in speeches building up to an explosive climax in the aragoto(oversize, supernatural, rough hero) style, it requires an extraordinary breath control that only few experts succeed in achieving 2) Nori technique – adapted from the chanting of jōruri, implies a very sensitive capacity of riding the rhythms of the shamisen (string instrument), declaiming each accompaniment 3) Yakuharai technique - the subtle delivery of poetical text written in the Japanese metrical form of alternating seven and five syllables. Vocal and Instrumental Features Dances and movements are accompanied by shamisen music which collected and popularized a number of aspects from all previous forms of Japanese music, from gagaku (classic court music imported from China during the 18th century), kagura (performed in Shinto shrines), nō (chant derives from shōmyō, the sophisticated and rich tradition of Buddhist chanting), down to the folk songs and fashionable songs of the day. The most popular shamisen music was called nagauta (long song) which reached a golden age in the first half of the 19th century as dance music for the henge mono or quick change pieces. Naugata music is very flexible, can be performed by one shamisen or by an entire orchestra of twenty musicians , of which ten are shamisen players, while other play flutes (fue taken from the nō) and drums (small drum-kotsuzumi; waist drum-ōtsuzumi; stick drum-taiko). Chinese Theater

9.

127 Peking opera is a form of traditional Chinese theater which combines music, vocal performance, mime, dance and acrobatics. It arose in the late 18th century and became fully developed and recognized by the mid-19th century.The form was extremely popular in the Qing Dynasty court and has come to be regarded as one of the cultural treasures of China. Peking opera is not actually a monolithic form, but rather a coalescence of many older forms. However, the new form also introduced its own innovations. The vocal requirements for all of the major roles were greatly reduced for Peking opera. The Chou, in particular, rarely has a singing part in Peking opera, unlike the equivalent role in Kunqu style. The melodies that accompany each play were also simplified, and are played with different traditional instruments than in earlier forms. Perhaps most noticeably, true acrobatic elements were introduced with Peking opera. The popularity of Peking opera has been attributed to the simplicity of the form, with only a few voices and singing patterns. This allowed anyone to sing the arias themselves. Beijing opera follows other traditional Chinese arts in emphasizing meaning, rather than accuracy. The highest aim of performers is to put beauty into every motion. Indeed, performers are strictly criticized for lacking beauty during training. Additionally, performers are taught to create a synthesis between the different aspects of Beijing opera. The four skills of Beijing opera are not separate, but rather should be combined in a single performance. One skill may take precedence at certain moments during a play, but this does not mean that other actions should cease. Much attention is paid to tradition in the art form, and gestures, settings, music, and character types are determined by long-held convention. This includes conventions of movement, which are used to signal particular actions to the audience. Vocal and Instrumental Features Performances are accompanied by music - usually played on three types of instrument: wind, string, and percussion. The main instruments are Chinese in origin: the jinghu, a two- stringed instrument played with a bow, the yueqin, a four-stringed instrument that is plucked, a sanxian, a three-stringed instrument which is also plucked, the suona horn, Chinese flutes, and a variety of gongs and cymbals. The melodies are rhythmic and graceful. The

melodies played by the accompaniment mainly fall into three broad categories. The first is the aria. The arias of Beijing opera can be further divided into those of the Erhuang and Xipi varieties. An example of an aria is wawadiao, an aria in the Xipi style that is sung by a young Sheng to indicate heightened emotion. The second type of melody heard in Beijing opera is the fixed-tune melody, or qupai. These are instrumental tunes that serve a wider range of purposes than arias. Examples include the "Water Dragon Tune" (shui long yin), which generally denotes the arrival of an important person, and "Triple Thrust" (ji san qiang), which may signal a feast or banquet. The final type of musical accompaniment is the percussion pattern. Such patterns provide context to the music in ways similar to the fixed-tune melodies. For example, there are as many as 48 different percussion patterns that accompany stage entrances. Each one identifies the entering character by his or her individual rank and personality. 10. 128 Traditionally, the musicians view throughout the performance and are dressed in the same style as the stage assistants. They come and go freely and are never considered part of the stage picture. In contemporary China, the musicians are often seated in an orchestra pit and kept offstage. Music is an integral part of every performance. It provides an atmospheric background, accompanies the many sung passages, controls the timing of movements and welds the performance into a rhythmical whole. Theater musicians learn their parts by rote since Chinese musical notation is very imprecise. Most music used in the Peking Opera has been worked out collaboratively between actors and musicians; most is borrowed from already existing sources and recombined according to the requirements of a particular play. Although they may be classified as string, wind, and percussion, the instruments of the Chinese orchestra have no counterparts in the West. The leader of the orchestra plays a drum which establishes the time and accentuates the rhythm. Gongs, cymbals, brass cups, flutes, stringed instruments, and more exotic items complete the orchestra. Songs are accompanied only by flute and strings, but entrances and exits are signalled by deafening percussion passages. Much of the onstage action is performed to a musical background. The actor‘s delivery of lines is rigidly controlled by conventions. Each role has its prescribed vocal timbre and pitch, and syllables are often drawn out regard for conversational usage in order to maintain the appropriate rhythm. Even spoken passages are governed by strict rhythms and tempos. Chanted and sung passages are freely inserted into spoken monologues or dialogues. Thus lines are rendered in an extremely stylized manner. Indonesian Theater Wayang kulit shadow puppets are prevalent in Java and Bali in Indonesia, and Kelantan and Terengganu in Malaysia are without a doubt the best known of the Indonesian wayang. Kulit means skin and refers to the leather construction of the puppets that are carefully chiseled with very fine tools and supported with carefully shaped buffalo horn handles and control rods. Wayang is an Indonesian and Malay word for theater. When the term is used to refer to kinds of puppet theater, sometimes the puppet itself is referred to as wayang. "Bayang", the Javanese word for shadow or imagination, also connotes "spirit." Performances of shadow puppet theater are accompanied by gamelan in Java, and by "gender wayang" in Bali. Dalang as a source of recreation, of humor and of popular philosophy (essential communication between the artist and the audience). Shadow play is an invention of man which reflects his experience of nature and of his thought. Puppets are projected by the lamp on a white screen. Non-jointed puppets were manipulated by the chief performer, the dalang, who told a story to the accompaniment of several instruments, including some that are part of the present- day gamelan ensemble. 11. 129 Wayang kulit was performed in royal court and widely performed in public on religious occasions so that knowledge of wayang became widespread among all classes in Java. Vocal and Instrumental Features Gamelan ensemble is comprised mainly by bronze percussion instruments, augmented by other percussion instruments, strings, and flute. A full Javanese gamelan ensemble consists of: a. saron - xylophone of heavy bronze bars b. gender - bronze xylophone with resonance chambers beneath c. bonang - set of bronze bowls d. gong and kempul – hanging gongs e. kenong and ketuk – single inverted bronze bowl f. gambang – wooden xylophone g. rebab – twostringed fiddle h. suling – flute i. kendang – horizontal drum beat with the fingers on both ends j. tjelempung – a zither of thirteen double strings The preponderance of bronze instruments gives gamelan music a bright, lingering sound, ranging from the slow, majestic melodies of the Javanese gamelan to the clangorous vibrancy of the Balinese gamelan. Fiddle and flute add a delicate counterpoint to a four-square pattern of percussive melody In addition to setting the mood or atmosphere of a play, music has two major dramatic functions in the theatre. It accompanies the singing/chanting and it accompanies stage actions including dance. The importance of each function varies from area to area and from theater form to theater form. The Dalang sings the mood songs (suluk) at regular intervals during performance; in a nine- hour wayangkulit, he may sing fifty or sixty. Nevertheless they are considered relatively unimportant except as mood pieces. The same generalized lyrics may be used in play after play. Suluk are never accompanied by the full gamelan ensemble. Often a single instrument accompanies the singer, never more than three or four. The major dramatic function of gamelan music is to accompany stage action. Entrances, exits, and fight scenes are executed in time to gamelan music. Activity: Table top discussion 12. 130 Group yourselves into three, watch a video clip of kabuki performances and discuss your observation on each presentation. After the discussion within your small group, leaders from different small groups will share the information with the whole class. Activity: Carousel Brainstorming: Form a group of four. Given cue words posted on the four corners of the classroom, each group will go around and discuss with the other group what they know about Chinese Peking Opera. Activity: VIDEO CLIP 1 Kabuki Theater http://www.youtube.com/watch ?v=67-

bgSFJiKc&feature=related VIDEO CLIP 2 Japanese Theater 3: Kabuki http://www.youtube.com/watch ?v=F3IHdm2Tf8g&feature=relate d VIDEO CLIP 3 Kabuki Miyabiya Lemon http://www.youtube.com/watch ?v=Wh3gPZzEgDQ&feature=relat ed Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 CAROUSEL BRAINSTORMING Historical Background Distinct Theater Elements and Features Vocal and Instrumental music Costume 13. 131 Video Clip 2 Japanese Theater 3: Kabuki http://www.youtube.com/watch ?v=F3IHdm2Tf8g&feature=relate d Hit the Gongs! Form groups of three‘s, watch a video clip of a Wayang Kulit performance. Draw a ―gong‖ using paper plates and write your observations on the following topics listed below. Share your consolidated ideas with the whole class. Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Wayang Kulit Puppet Manipulation Gamelan Ensemble PART II. PROCESS Activity: Improvise your own rhythmic pattern with woodblocks: Let‘s watch again video clip number 2 and observe how the musicians play the woodblocks as musical background in the kabuki. After watching the video clip, form a group of five students. Some may choose to play the woodblocks, sticks or tap body parts. Others may act like the main characters in kabuki. Performance Rubrics: Excellent No rhythmic errors. Consistent while learning and in 5 http://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=LIpn3Jp0y04 http://www.youtube.com/w atch?v=rlRnF0KDzI0&feat ure=related http://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=JeVn1tNVmgg 14. Choose a representative to report what your group has discussed. Peking Opera video clip: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zHPegoquV5I Music Performance Gesture Movement Costume Write your observations and reactions in the table.  Each group must have one topic to report. You may add your own ideas to your report. Feel free to give your impressions and insights about the topic.  Group yourselves into four with eight to ten members each and discuss the topics listed in the table below. 132 performance. Good Usually maintains consistency in learning and performing rhythms. 4 Fair Sometimes maintains consistency in learning and performing rhythms. 3 Needs Improvement Have frequent rhythmic errors. Has trouble being consistent while learning and in performance. 2 Poor Most rhythmic errors. Inconsistent while learning and in performance. 1 Activity: 1. Group Reporting Now, you will watch a video clip about Chinese Peking Opera. After watching the video clip, you will… 15. 133 Activity: Imitate me! Form five groups. Watch again the same video clip. (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zHPegoquV5I) Have each member/s of the group imitate the performance of characters in the Peking Opera. Rubrics for presentation Excellent Always demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey the message. 4 Good Usually demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey the message. 3 Fair Sometimes demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey message. 2 Needs Improvement Rarely demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey message. 1 16. 134 Activity: Watch and analyze: Now, you will watch a video clip about WayangKulit but focus your attention on the gamelan ensemble. Write your observations and reactions with regards to the following elements of music listed in the table below. Wayang Kulit http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JeVn1tNVmgg Tempo Melody Texture Timbre PART III. REFLECT AND UNDERSTAND Journal Entry: Make your own journal by answering the questions below. Write the answers in your journal notebook. 1. Why is Kabuki theater relevant to the social, cultural, and spiritual background of Japan? 2. What is the significance of a kabuki performance to spectators? 3. How does Peking opera influence theater art forms in the East Asian region? 4. What is the importance of Chinese musical theater in Asian theater art forms? 5. How does WayangKulit communicate tales of everyday social and cultural relevance and interest? 6. Compare each Traditional Asian Theater to each other. 7. What did you learn from our traditional Asian theater music activities? 17. 135 PART IV. TRANSFER Kabuki Time! In this next activity, your class will be divided into four groups. Each group is required to bring materials such as plastic bottles, bamboo sticks, spoon/fork and an empty soda can. By using common materials gathered, each group will present a rhythmic accompaniment to a kabuki presentation following the rhythm patterns given. Materials Rhythm patterns for a Kabuki accompaniment Plastic bottles Bamboo sticks Spoon and fork Empty soda can Performance Rubrics Excellent Always demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey the message 4 Good Usually demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey the message 3 Fair Sometimes demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey message 2 Needs Improvement Rarely demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey message 1 18. 136 Peking Opera Adaptation In this phase you and your group mates will perform an adaptation of Chinese Peking Opera. Compose a poem with a minimum of eight lines telling a story on any of the given subjects listed below. Create a melody or chant adapting the Chinese singing style (high pitch) following the 5 tone pentatonic scale. 1.

Love 2. Freedom 3. Philippine culture 4. Respect __________TITLE__________ Rubrics for presentation Excellent Always demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey the message 4 Good Usually demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey the message 3 Fair Sometimes demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey message 2 Needs Improvement Rarely demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey message 1 19. 137 Making Music You will be divided into four groups. Each group is required to bring materials such as spoon and fork, tambourine, cauldron cover/lid, and glass soda bottles. By using common materials gathered, each group will present a rhythmic accompaniment to a WayangKulit presentation following the rhythm patterns given. Materials Rhythm patterns for a WayangKulit accompaniment Spoon and fork Tambourine Cauldron cover Glasssoda bottles Performance Rubrics Excellent Always demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey the message 4 Good Usually demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey the message 3 Fair Sometimes demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey message 2 Needs Improvement Rarely demonstrates understanding of appropriate physical appearance for performing and connecting with the audience to convey message 1 20. The first is the aria. The arias of Beijing opera can be further divided into those of the Erhuang and Xipi varieties. An example of an aria is wawadiao, an aria in the Xipi style that is sung by a young Sheng to indicate heightened emotion. percussion instruments The main instruments are Chinese in origin: 1. jinghu - a two-stringed instrument played with a bow 2. yueqin - a four-stringed instrument that is plucked 3. sanxian - a three-stringed instrument which isalso plucked 4. variety of gongs and cymbals – creates rhythmic and graceful melodies The melodies played by the accompaniment fall mainly into three broad categories.  string instruments  wind instruments 138 SUMMARY KABUKI (JAPAN) Kabuki is a Japanese traditional theatre art that is performed in a stylized manner which combines acting, singing and dancing. This rich blend of music, mime, dance, costume, and props and has been in existence for almost four centuries. The term Kabuki in modern Japanese means: ka, ―song‖; bu, ―dance‖; and ki, ―skill.‖ It is a highly play that actors show their wide range of skills in visual and vocal performance. Kabuki was founded in 1603 by Okuni, a Shinto priestess. She and her troupe of mostly women performed dances and comic sketches on a temporary stage set up in the dry riverbed of the Komagawa River in Kyoto. Her troupe gained national recognition and their plays evolved into kabuki that would later become one of the three major classical theater of Japan. PEKING OPERA (CHINA) Peking opera also known as the Beijing opera still follows traditional Chinese arts in stressing meaning, rather than precise actions. The opera artists‘ goal is to make every performance exceptionally beautiful in every movement they will make. The performer‘s vocal techniques as well as rhythms and melodies vary depending on his or her thoughts and feelings adhering to basic, strict conventions that are based on real life experiences presented in an artistic and symbolic manner. Performances are accompanied by music - usually played on three types of instruments: 21. Gamelan Music Ensemble - Background accompaniment in every performance of Erhuang - Used to express the lyric mood, such as mild, placid and gentle  Dalang - Puppeteer and narrator of wayangkulit  Bu- Dance  Bonang Set of bronze bowls  Aria - Self-contained expressive melody for one voice, usually with orchestral accompaniment  The final type of musical accompaniment is the percussion pattern. Such patterns provide context to the music in ways similar to the fixed-tune melodies. For example, there are as many as 48 different percussion patterns that accompany stage entrances. Each one identifies the entering character by his or her individual rank and personality. WAYANG KULIT (INDONESIA) In wayangkulit the dalang sings the mood songs (suluk) at regular intervals during performance. Suluk are never accompanied by the full gamelan ensemble. Often a single instrument accompanies the singer, never more than three or four. The major dramatic function of gamelan music is to accompany stage action. Entrances, exits, and fight scenes are executed in time to gamelan music. Gamelan ensemble is composed mainly of bronze percussion instruments, augmented by other percussion instruments, strings, and flute. GLOSSARY  The second type of melody heard in Beijing opera is the fixed-tune melody, or qupai. These are instrumental tunes that serve a wider range of purposes than arias. Examples include the "Water Dragon Tune" (shui long yin), which generally denotes the arrival of an important person, and "Triple Thrust"(ji san qiang), which may signal a feast or banquet. 139 Kenong and Ketuk -Single inverted bronze bowl Kendang - Horizontal drum beat with the fingers on both ends  Kata - Japanese word describing detailed choreographed patterns of movements practised either solo or in pairs  Kabuki - Combination of acting, dancing and music which includes the manifestation of form, color and sound  Ka – Song  Gong and Kempul - Hanging gongs  Gender - Bronze xylophone with resonance chambers beneath wayangkulit 22. Wayangkulit - Araditional theatre art of Indonesia RESOURCES http://fellowshipofminds.wordpress.com http://thestorybehindthefaces.com http://www.iis-db.stanford.edu http://www.beijingimpression.cn http://www.ebeijing.gov.cn http://www.cultural-china.com http://cmusic.ntua.edu.tw

http://sigitekoyulianto.wordpress.com http://www.youtube.com/ http://famoustourisms.com/ Tjelempung - A zither of thirteen double strings  Suluk - Mood songs  Suling – Flute  Sheng - A mouth-blown free reed instrument consisting of vertical pipes  Saron - Xylophone of heavy bronze bars  Rebab - Two-stringed fiddle  Qupai - Fixedtune melody  Peking Opera - Combination of music, vocal, mime, dance and acrobats  Mie - Making a pose and standing still during acting, to express the rising of feelings. This has the effect of having a close-up on that person  Ki – Skill 140 ARTS 23. How the distinct characteristics of their art works are reflected in the wide array of exquisite textiles, crafts, architecture, ceramics, wood-carving, and leatherwork. http://hwebb.freeservers.com/slideshow/south_east_asia.gif Let us visit and enjoy the beauty of the different countries of Southeast Asia and experience their exquisite and fascinating art works by engaging in different activities. How the context of their fascinating art works influenced the historical and cultural phenomena in the world of art 142 INTRODUCTION In this module you will learn about the folk arts of Southeast Asia (Thailand, Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, and Brunei.) 24. appreciate the contribution of Southeast Asian art and culture PRE- ASSESSMENT Activity 1: Find Me Match the picture with its country of origin: Were you able to match the pictures correctly? How? Philippines Brunei Malaysia Indonesia Singapore Vietnam After reading the objectives, you are now going to do the activities below to check your prior knowledge about the lesson. put up a mini-Southeast Asian art exhibit using their own artworks  create examples of Southeast Asian indigenous and folk arts showing understanding of the elements and principles of art  compare and appreciate the similarities, differences, and uniqueness of Southeast Asian Art  analyze how the elements of art and principles of design are applied in Southeast Asian folk arts  understand the nature of Southeast Asian arts and crafts and how they affect the life and culture of the people  name the countries in Southeast Asia 143 OBJECTIVES At the end of this module, you, as a learner are expected to: 25. 144 Activity 2: Loop Relay Directions: 1. Choose 5 boys and 5 girls to represent the class. 2. The first player will read and analyze the written letters to form word/s related to the art of Southeast Asia. 3. Use chalk or any writing instrument to loop the word either horizontally, vertically or diagonally. 4. Go back to your group and tag the next player to loop the next word. Do this until all the members of the group have identified the words. 5. The first group to finish wins. W A U L S O N G K O K E F A S E W B C O R U I R Q U I E R Z A G Y I A E E R U N H W E O L F I O N IKTYTNIONNLXOZEYOGCIFAGTECKHIGSAITHEKTUNVIKATEGEXOAWDALA NGANIRENGMERLIONUKQKCGOSAEZTKHOTKSIMPURIXYLIQYUBRELIEFYL FSAHTDOAMYJIKRXENIIWDIOLFSKYLANTERNTE 26. 145 LEARNING GOALS AND TARGET At the end of this module: I would like to know about ________________________________ I would like to learn how to ________________________________ I would like to understand _________________________________ I would like to produce or make _____________________________ PART I: WHAT TO KNOW LESSON 1: FABRIC/FABRIC DESIGN Thailand Thai silk is produced from the cocoons of Thai silkworms. It is mainly produced in Khorat which is the center of the silk industry in Thailand. Thai weavers from this region raise the caterpillars on a steady diet of mulberry leaves. Today, Thai silk making is considered to be one of the finest arts in the world, a product of a unique manufacturing process and bearing unique patterns and colors. Cambodia Silk weaving in Cambodia dates to as early as the first century since textiles were used for trading. Modern textiles have traces of motifs imitating clothing details on ancient stone sculptures. Thai Silk Do not worry if you were not able to look for some words related to the art of Southeast Asia. You will learn more about them as we go on. Now based on the results of your pre-assessment activities, write your learning goals and targets for this quarter in your notebook. 27. 146 There are two main types of Cambodian weaving: 1. ikat technique (Khmer term: chongkiet) - To create patterns, weavers tie and dye portions of weft yarn before weaving begins. Patterns are diverse and vary by region; common motifs include lattice, stars, and spots. 2. uneven twill - It yields single or two-color fabrics, which are produced by weaving three threads so that the "color of one thread dominates on one side of the fabric, while the two others determine the color on the reverse side." Traditionally, Cambodian textiles have employed natural dyes coming from: a. insect nests - Red dye b. indigo - Blue dye c. prohut bark- Yellow and Green dye d. ebony bark- Black dye Cambodia's modern silk-weaving centers are Takeo, Battambang, BeanteayMeanchey, Siem Reap, and Kampot provinces. Silk-weaving has been revived in the past ten years and now provides employment for many rural women. Cambodian silk is generally sold domestically, where it is used in sampot (wrap skirts), furnishings, and pidan (pictoral tapestries). Now, it has seen an increase in export viability. Cotton textiles have also played a significant role in Cambodian culture. Though today, Cambodia imports most of its cotton, traditionally woven cotton remains popular. Rural women often weave homemade cotton fabric, which is used in garments and for household purposes. Krama, the traditional check scarves worn almost universally by Cambodians, are made of cotton. Laos According to Lao tradition, stories of their history were not passed on orally nor was it written, they were woven. Strand by strand,

Lao stories wereweaved in the intricate dense patterns and motifs of textiles. Unfortunately some are elaborately fantastic, and the motifs so cryptic, that in many cases only the weaver can accurately interpret the story. 28. 147 Most diverse of these stories are the ones woven into a sihn—the Lao women‘s ankle-long skirt whose form is undeniable but whose patterns are unique to each skirt. Though the skirt looks simple and elegant, it is traditional that every woman in Laos weaves all the sihns she would wear throughout her lifetime.She uses folk icons to express personal views. This is often accomplished by symbolist totems from the inanimate or animate world—crabs for resourcefulness, snakes for fertility, butterflies for beauty, birds for success, and so on. Vietnam Golden Thread Silks were born in Vietnam. Many of our Vietnamese fabrics originated from Ha Dong, the center of weaving and sericulture (silk worm production) for centuries. Old jacquard looms are still used, weaving patterns containing centuries-old symbols and characters. Some popular Vietnamese fabric ranges are: 1. Shantung taffeta 2. Bengaline weave 3. Ebony satin - an all-natural lustrous silk hand-woven in southern Vietnam and naturally dyed using ebony fruit pods. The fabric dates back over a century, but was only recently revitalized by the designer Vo Viet Chung. 29. 148 Indonesia, Malaysia& Singapore The fabric most common to both countries is the Batik. The term ―batik‖ is an Indonesian- Malay word, believed to be related to the Malay word ―titik‖, which means ‗point‘, ‗dot‘ or ‗drop‘. The ―drop‖ action refers to the process of dyeing the fabric by making use of a resist technique: covering areas of cloth with a dye-resistant substance (usually hot wax) to prevent them from absorbing colors. This technique is has been taught for over a thousand years. There are two categories of batik designs: 1. geometric motifs 2. free form designs Modern batik designs depend on the creativity of their designers. Naturalistic motifs like leaves, flowers and birds have been utilized to create elaborate and intricate designs. Modern designs also include more colors, courtesy of chemical dyes, as artists are not bounded by the strict guidelines of traditional practices, when craftsmen were dependent on natural dyes. In Malaysia, the states of Kelantan and Terengganu are considered the cradle where batik first flourished, reaching even Singapore‘s shores. There are two main types of batik that are produced there: 1. Handpainted- the artist uses the canting, a small copper container with one or more different-sized pipes 2. Blockprinted- done by welding together strips of metal to form a metal block. The metal block is then dipped into molten wax and pressed against the fabric in order to make a pattern Malaysian Batik 30. 149 Leaves and flowers in Malaysian batiks are incorporated to avoid the interpretation of human and animal images as idolatry, in accordance with local Islamic doctrine. This makes their batik look similar to that of Indonesia. However, the Malaysian batik is famous for its geometrical designs or spirals. The method of Malaysian batik making is also different from those of Indonesian Javanese batik. Their patterns are larger and simpler. More brush painting is applied to be able to put lighter and more vibrant colors than deep colored Javanese batik. In Singapore, the existence and use of batik has been recorded since the 12th century but has receded in popularity through the years. Nowadays, batik is featured in as the uniform of flight attendants for the official flag carrier airlines of Singapore, Indonesia, and Malaysia. Brunei Brunei's traditional textile is also called batik but it is uniquely different from Indonesia, Malaysia, and Singapore. Its designs have their national flower simpur, sumboi-sumboi (pitcher plant), and Brunei's traditional design of air muleh. Different techniques are used in Brunei‘s batik like airbrushing, cracking, bubble, rainbow, sprinkle, geometry, and marble. These techniques are applied on the fabrics like cotton, chiffon, linen, and brocade. Hand-made batik designs are created through the art of layering and mixing of colors injected with creativity. Batik can be done in four different ways: 1. hand-drawn 2. using metal blocks 3. screen printing 4. digital printing Brunei‘s Batik polo shirt Flight attendants in Singapore wearing Batik dress. 31. 150 Lesson 2: ARTS AND CRAFTS Thailand (Sky Lantern) Flying lanterns are made out of rice paper with a bamboo frame, which contain a fuel cell or small candle. When the fuel cell is lit, the flame heats the air inside the lantern, causing the lantern to rise. Once airborne the sky lantern will rise until the fuel cell or candle stays alight. When the candle burns out the sky lantern floats back to ground. In Thailand, flying lanterns are used during the year and for festivals with the most popular being Loy Krathong Festival. This festival is held on the night of the 12th full moon, usually in November, with Chang Mai believed to have the brightest and most spectacular celebrations. All of Phuket's major west coast beaches take part in Loy Krathong festivities, with a mix of locals and tourists. Patong beach and Nai Harn around the lake usually have the most activity with locals visiting beaches like Karon and Kata. Sky lanterns or wish lanterns as they are also commonly known have become popular on the main tourist beaches of Phuket. Wander down to the beach on most nights and you will find locals selling wish lanterns for a small cost. Light your candle, make your wish, and once your wish lantern is floating skyward, sit back and enjoy. Do you think there are more types of artworks in Southeast Asia? Let‘s continue our lessons. 32. 151 Cambodia Indigenous people represent 1.4 percent of the total population in Cambodia, and the majority of them live in remote rural areas within the country. Often referred to as highlanders, their ways of life are different from the lowlanders, both from the cultural and economic perspective. Handicrafts are part of their traditional culture and their livelihood as they produce textiles, baskets, jars, pottery, and other tools for their daily use. Many indigenous groups have established small enterprises and produce traditional products to generate supplementary income in order to support their livelihood. The handicraft sector provides vital employment opportunities to most indigenous artisans and disadvantaged people, especially women who are struggling for survival. Laos In this country, they make paper

by hand in the wider region for over 700 years using the bark of the local sa or mulberry tree. The bark is crushed and soaked in water until it dissolves into a paste. The liquid is then scooped out, poured through a bamboo sieve and finally placed in a thin layer on a bamboo bed and dried in the sun. Traditionally sa paper was used for calligraphy and for making festive temple decorations, umbrellas, fans, and kites. In former times it was also used as a filter in the manufacture of lacquerware. 33. 152 In recent years the art of sa paper handicraft has been revived, particularly in Luang Prabang, Northern Laos, where it is now used to create lampshades, writing paper, greetings cards, and bookmarks. Vietnam Vietnamese silk painting is one of the most popular forms of art in Vietnam, favored for the mystical atmosphere that can be achieved with the medium. During the 19th and 20th centuries, French influence was absorbed into Vietnamese art and the liberal and modern use of color especially began to differentiate Vietnamese silk paintings from their Chinese or Japanese counterparts. Vietnamese silk paintings typically showcase the countryside, landscapes, pagodas, historical events, or scenes of daily life. Indonesia Shadow Puppetry is famous in Indonesia. Wayang, in modern Indonesian language means "show" or "perform". Kulit means "skin", a reference to the leather material that the figures are carved out of. Others say that wayang is also attributed to the Indonesian word bayang which means "shadow". Wayang Kulit–is a type of puppet shadow play performed around the Indo-Malayan archipelago, tracing its origins to India. It is derived from a Javanese Hindu-Buddhist tradition, where hand-crafted leather puppets depict epic stories of the gods in shadow play. A traditional Gamelan orchestra would accompany the story-telling. The puppets come in all sizes, ranging from 25 cm to 75 cm. The puppets are usually made out of buffalo and goat hide and mounted on bamboo sticks. The characters are usually represented by several versions in a set. The best puppets are made from young female water buffalo parchment and the curing can take up to ten years. Silk Painting Wayang Kulit 34. 153 The Show The puppets are moved behind a cotton or linen screen by a Dalang, or a "puppetmaster"in a shadow puppet play. The Dalang tells the story, interprets and voices each character, producing sound effects with speech and movement and manipulates all the figures between the lamp and the screen to bring the shadows to life. Most shadow play is based on two epic stories from India - the Mahabharata and the Ramayana. The Balinese and Javanese have combined the Hindu stories with Buddhist and Muslim ideas mixed with their own folklore. Malaysia (Wau Kite) Wau Kite in Malay is a uniquely designed Malaysian kite called 'Wau'. Its wings are similar to an Arabic letter (pronounced "wow"). This kite-making tradition comes naturally to Malaysian people, especially in the Eastern States of the Malayan Peninsula. Farmers used kites as scarecrows in the fields and as a means to lull their children to sleep, so they could work with little interruption. Now, kite flying has become a popular sport not just in Malaysia but also internationally. Malaysia has been celebrating kite festivals annually like the PasirGudang International Kite Festival. These kite festivals encourage more tourists to visit their country. Brunei (Songkok) The songkok or peci or kopiah is a cap widely worn in Indonesia, Brunei, Malaysia, Singapore, the southern Philippines and southern Thailand, mostly among Muslim males in formal situations such as wedding feasts, funerals, or festive occasions such as the Muslim Eidul-Fitr and Eid al-Adha. Wau Kite Songkok 35. 154 Songkok came to be associated with Islam in Malaysia, while in Indonesia peci is also associated with the nationalist secular movement. In Brunei Darussalam, men‘s headgears are categorized into three: a) dastar which is a piece of cloth tied around the head; b) songkok or kopiah, a type of cap made from velvet; c) tangkolok or serban, which resembles a turban and is a typical headdress in the Middle East. After a period of time the wearing of songkok became a tradition and synonymous with being a Malay. Gradually it replaced the dastar as part of the Malay's national dress on most formal occasions. Today, like other gears, the songkok comes in many colorful variations to suit individual tastes and styles. Some men like to have their songkoks made to measure - even if it means that they have to pay a little bit more - so that they can incorporate their own innovations as well as select the type and color of the velvet to mirror their individuality. Others, who are more economical, prefer to choose from the wide variety of ready- made songkoks available in many of the shops in town. The value of songkok-wearing is taught to the young both at home and at school. An adult may not want to wear the songkok all the time but he will certainly wear it on various important occasions. Naturally there are people who habitually wear the songkok most of their waking hours. However, in former times, the act of not wearing it was usually associated with piety. Nowadays people have the option to wear the songkok to fulfill traditional religious requirements or not at all. Some government servants are given songkoks with the appropriate decorations as part of their uniforms. 36. 155 Lesson 3: SCULPTURE Cambodia For many thousands of years, the art of stone carving has flourished in Cambodia. From small statues to the breathtaking carvings found at Angkor Wat, this art medium has become one of the country's most cherished art forms. Stone carving has been both a passion and a livelihood for many Cambodian sculptors. The art of stone carving in Cambodia has a very long, fascinating history which goes back to the foundation of the Khmer nation. Thailand Thailand is world-famous for its sculpture that dates back 4,000 years. The most commonly used materials are wood, stone, ivory, clay, and various metals. The most notable sculptures are the Thai bronzes famous for their originality and grace. This famous sculpture in Wat Pho in Bangkok is 46 meters long and 15 meters high. It is made of plaster on a brick core and finished in gold leaf. The feet are inlaid with mother of pearl.

Southeast Asian people show their artwork through fabrics and exhibit other artworks through festivals. Do you think Southeast Asia can offer more kinds of artworks? Let‘s read on… WAT PHO (Bangkok, Thailand) Stone Carvings (Cambodia) 37. 156 Laos If Cambodia has stone carvings, Lao artisans use a variety of media in their sculptural creations. Typically, the precious metals such as bronze, silver, and gold are used. The most famous statue made of gold is the Phra Say of the sixteenth century, which the Siamese carried home as loot in the late eighteenth century. Another famous sculpture in Laos is the Phra Bang which is also cast in gold. Unfortunately, its craftsmanship is said to be of Sinhalese, rather than Lao, origin. It is traditionally believed that relics of the Buddha are contained in the image. Vietnam Vietnamese sculpture has been heavily influenced by the three traditional religions Taoism, Confucianism, and Buddhism, which come from neighboring countries China and India. Among the famous sculptures is the 10,000year- old carvings which can be seen on the Dong Noi cave. The Dong Son culture is famous for its kettledrums, small carvings, and home utensils, which have handles sculpted in the shape of men, elephants, toads, and tortoises. Five provinces: Gia Lai, Kon Tum, DakLak, DakNong, and Lam Dong are suited in the highlands of south- west Vietnam. Mourning houses erected to honor the death of the Gia Rai and Ba Na ethnic groups are symbolized by statues placed in front of the graves. These statues include couples embracing, pregnant women, people in mourning, elephants, and birds Indonesia Indonesia is known for its stone, bronze, and iron-aged arts. The sculptures can be found in numerous archaeological sites in Sumatra, Java to Sulawesi. The native Indonesian tribes usually create sculptures that depict ancestors, deities, and animals. This is evident in the pre-Hindu-Buddhist and preIslamic sculptures from the tribes. 38. 157 The most amazing sculptures are the Asmat wooden sculpture of Papua, the Dayak wooden mask and sculpture, the ancestral wooden statue of Toraja, and also the totem-like sculpture of Batak and Nias tribe. From the classical Hindu-Buddhist era of Indonesia, the most prominent sculptures are the hundreds of meters of relief and hundreds of stone Buddha at the temple of Borobudur in central Java. Today in Indonesia, the richest, most elaborate and vivid wooden sculpture and wood carving traditions can be found in Bali and Jepara, Central Java. Balinese handicrafts such as sculptures, masks, and other carving artworks are popular souvenir items for tourists.The Jepara wood carvings are famous for their elaborately carved wooden furnitures, folding screens, and also pelaminangebyok (wedding throne with carved background). Malaysia Most of Malaysia‘s sculptures are relief. These are partially carved into or out of another surface. These sculptures rely on a base or plane to support them and are a combination of both three- dimensional and two-dimensional art forms. This is very popular along the walls and stone columns of the ancient Greek and Roman buildings and can still be seen today on many famous buildings, including the Colosseum. Relief sculpture is practiced today by artists and architects, done with stone, marble, bronze, and many other substances. There are three main types of relief sculptures: 1. Alto form- is almost completely carved from its surface - highly shaped, with very little of the structure touching the base or plane - could possibly stand alone if the base or plane were removed - these are similar to the Egyptians‘ alto-relief sculptures of gods or Pharaohs attached to their temples - common among Greeks and Romans 2. Bas form- is a relief that barely extends past the base - common as wall decorations on Greek or Roman buildings and are the type mostly seen on the Colosseum Bas-relief carving onPorta de Santiago. Malacca City, Malaysia. 39. 158 3. Sunken relief sculpture - an image that is carved into the surface, rather than out of it. Relief wood carvings frequently adorn the doors, walls, and windows of traditional Malay houses. Popular motifs of such relief carvings are the various kinds of Malaysian flowers and plants. These carvings require a high degree of skill, patience, and determination. The best Malay woodcarving is from Terengganu and Kelantan. Passed down from one generation to another, the craft is divided into ukiranhalus (fine carving) and ukirankasar (literally meaning ―rough carving‖). UkiranHalus involves the carving of relief patterns, hilts of keris (short Malay dagger), bed heads, and cupboard tops. UkiranKasar, refers to the carvings on larger objects like furniture, pillars, windows, room portions, and eaves of roofs. Cengal is the preferred wood for building houses and boats. Being expensive, other woods such as balau or perah (which is slightly softer than cengal) might be used for the rafters, or floorboards of a house or for the prow of a boat. Examples of wood carving in Malaysia 40. 159 Singapore The Sri Mariammam Hindu temple with sculptures of different images is almost as old as Singapore itself. This was constructed and dedicated to the goddess Mariamman who is worshipped for her power to cure disease (early Singapore was mostly jungle, so disease was rampant). Its most interesting feature is its impressive gopuram (tower) over the main entrance, which is decorated with numerous Hindu deities. The Merlion was conceived because the Singapore Tourism Board (STB) felt the country lacked a distinct image representing the nation and its history. They set out to fabricate an icon, which could tap into the particular myths and folklore of the area, many of which feature sea-beasts and magical fish- creatures. The Merlion is also partly inspired by the story of how Singapore got its name, or ‗The Singapura Story‘. The Sentosa Merlion is the biggest replica, standing at 37 meters and made from glass- reinforced concrete. Sri Mariammam Hindu temple with sculptures 41. 160 Brunei Sculpture in Brunei takes on a more utilitarian role than an aesthetic one. The people of Brunei have a long tradition as excellent craftsmen using bronze and silver to create adornments and functional items such as

bowls, tools, and the like. Sculpting is one art form that is not yet widely practiced in Brunei Darussalam. There are a number of artists who can make sculptures like any other. Examples of their creations can be seen at the ASEAN Squares in the ASEAN member countries. To help preserve this heritage of metalwork, the Brunei Arts and Handicraft Training Center was established in 1975 to revive and promote the nation‘s dying tradition of crafts, including metalwork. The opening of this center is still considered a landmark in the history of development of Brunei‘s arts and handicrafts. In addition to training youths in the art of sculpting, the center also helps facilitate the sale of their crafts. The World of ASEAN in Brunei THE WORLD OF ASEAN Are you ready to check what you have learned? What kind of artworks is Southeast Asia famous for? Let‘s do the activity below. 42. 1. Research on the different arts and crafts, fabric design, cultural icon, sculpture based on their groupings. Students will bring visual or drawing representations. Students may use multimedia technology for their presentations and are encouraged to exhibit creativity. 2. Use the rubrics to check the presentation of your group. Use the diagram below for your presentation: CRITERIA 4 3 2 1 Content All topics are relevant Some topics are not relevant Only a couple of relevant topics Only 1 relevant topic Visual Aids All topics have illustrations or samples Some topics had illustrations or samples Only a couple of illustrations or samples Only 1 illustration or sample Cooperation All members presented 1 member did not present A couple of members did not present Only 1 member presented TOTAL Mainland Southeast Asia Countries: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Art and crafts Fabric Design Cultural Icons Sculpture Archipelagic Southeast Asia Countries: 1. 2. 3. 4. Art and crafts Fabric Design Cultural Icons Sculpture161 ACTIVITY: RESEARCH and REPORT Your class will be divided into 4 groups. Research on the different folk arts and cultural symbols assigned to your group. Group 1 and 3: Folk Arts in Mainland Southeast Asia Group 2 and 4: Folk Arts in Archipelagic Southeast Asia 43. Plastic wrap or plastic placemat Procedures: Prepare your fabric by following the steps carefully: 1. Cut canvas or cotton fabric into the desired size. Now it‘s time for you to learn how to make Southeast Asian Artworks. Do the activities below and have fun creating the artworks. Follow the procedures carefully to produce fabulous artworks! Paint brushes  Washable white glue or Elmer's washable blue gel glue  Fabric paint or acrylic paint (Latex)  Canvas or old cotton fabric 162 PART II: PROCESS Activity 1:BatikMaking MATERIALS: 44. 163 2. Sketch a design (optional) If you are planning on making a detailed picture, you can lightly sketch your design onto the fabric. Another option you can do is to cut out a picture or template and trace its outline on the fabric. 3. Make a batik design with glue Place plastic wrap or a plastic placemat under your fabric in case the glue seeps through. Squeeze the glue to make lines and designs on your fabric. You can make simple designs like flowers or geometric shapes, or do a complete picture. If you will use a sketch, you simply have to apply glue along the lines of your drawing. 4. Allow the glue to dry Once you are satisfied with your design, allow the glue to dry. This will take around six hours or more, depending on the weight of your fabric and the thickness of the glue lines. When completely dry, the glue lines will turn transparent. 45. 164 5. Prepare your paint Prepare the colors of fabric paint or acrylic paint on your palette. Watering down the paint can create a nice watercolor-like wash. Be careful with adding too much water because your batik might look old and too washed-out. On the other hand, adding just a little bit of water can give beautiful deep hues but thick acrylic paint sometimes chips off from the fabric. The best way to find the right balance is to try it out for yourself on a spare swatch of fabric. 6. Paint the fabric Classic batik usually makes use of one or two colors. This puts emphasis on the lines rather than on the colors, although multiple colors are not uncommon. When using two or more colors, you can paint random splotches of color or paint an ordered pattern (e.g. stripes). 46. 165 7. Allow the paint to dry When you have covered the entire fabric with colors, let the paint dry completely. *To find out if the glue has effectively resisted the paint, check the flip side of your fabric. The areas with glue should not absorb any of the colors. A variation you can do is to use the glue lines as the borders for the colors, quite similar to painting any picture. 47. 166 8. Remove the glue Soak the fabric in warm water for 15 to 30 minutes. You can do this in a basin or directly inside a sink or bathtub. The glue will soften as it soaks longer. You can speed up the process by rubbing on the areas with glue. After all the glue has been removed, hang the fabric to dry. Another method that does not involve soaking in water is to peel off the dry glue lines directly from the fabric. This does not work for certain types of fabric. However, it works well with canvas batik but not on cotton tank top. 9. Finishing touches Once your batik has dried, iron it and it is ready to be framed or displayed as an artwork You may also hem the edges to turn it into a placemat, napkin or bandana. If you worked on a large piece of batik, you can sew and transform it into a bag, pillowcase, tablecloth, and other projects. 48. gold or silver doilies clear gloss (optional)  string  wooden sticks or wooden skewers  paper fasteners  single hole punch or press punch  cutter  watercolor  old cardstock  pattern or template 167 Rubric CATEGORY Excellent Good Fair Poor Following Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the

directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is well- defined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. Activity 2: Making of Wayang Kulit Puppet Materials you need 49. 168 PROCEDURE: 1. Draw or trace the pattern of a character (Bima) on cardstock or illustration board. 2. You can enlarge the pattern if you wish and then photocopy it directly onto cardstock or you may also print off the pattern and then glue this down to your cardstock or illustration board. 3. Cut out all the pieces of your puppet. 4. Using a singlehole puncher, or even the tip of a knitting needle, punch a hole in all the little circles on the pattern. You can also add some extra holes for decoration as these look good in the shadow. These are your joints so you can have some movement in your puppet. Attach some paper fasteners. If the ends from a large fastener are too long, just fold it back on itself or you can trim them off with scissors. 50. 169 5. Attach the main part of your puppet to a stick using adhesive tape. 6. The best way to attach the wooden sticks to the arms is by a string so that you can get better movement for your puppet. Attach a piece of string to the stick using adhesive tape. Wrap the string around the wrist of the puppet .This enables the stick to move sideways from the arm which makes the puppet easier to manipulate. 7. You can add a coat of clear gloss varnish to your puppet so it will last through many performances. 8. This is how the finished product should look. Bima is one of the five sons of King Pandu. Research and you can find many images of Wayang Kulit characters as well as some of the traditional plays and you can build your own little puppet troupe. 51. Old newspaper Procedure: 1. Choose a bar of soap. Any soap will work, however, a larger bar is easier to hold and gives more material to work with. Make sure you have a well-covered area to do your soap carving on. 2. Choose a knife to use. Soap is fairly soft, so a sharp knife is not absolutely necessary. Plastic knives, spoons, or Popsicle sticks would also work. This is especially important to note if you are doing this project, to prevent any accidents from using sharp knives. Pencil  Cutter  Knife  Soap 170 Rubric CATEGORY Excellent Good Fair Poor Following Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is well- defined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. Activity 3: Making of Merlion Statue Model Materials you need 52.   The Finished Product171 3. Draw an outline of your carving on one side of the soap. You can either draw the outline first using a pencil, or directly use a knife, orange wood stick, or toothpick to scrape the outline into the soap. 4. Remove the soap outside the outline using small slivers or chips. Make sure to scrape away only small portions at a time, as it would be easier to remove than to put back an over scraped portion. Cutting off too much would cause the soap to break off into chunks. 5. Add detail to the inside of your outline to refine the design further. When the carving is finished, wet your finger and rub the surface of the soap to create a smooth finish. Allow it to dry and harden for a day. 53. Fireproofing spray (paper fireproofin Protective clothing  Plastic or canvas drop cloth  16-20 sheets of kitchen paper towel or 8-10 sheets tissue paper  Non-flammable tape  Razor blade or utility knife  Bamboo skewers  18" (45.7cm) piece of florist's wire  Aluminum foil  Plate or tray  Lighter or flame source  Household candle  Fabric from an unused rag or towel 172 Rubric CATEGORY Excellent Good Fair Poor Following Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is well- defined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. Activity 4: Sky Lantern (Video Presentation) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9Ko-yvJzHU Video: (Floating Lanterns Festival - Yi Peng / Loy Krathong– ChiangMai, Thailand) (Note: After watching the video, you will make a Sky Lantern together with your group.) Sky Lantern Making Materials you need Lighter or match White school glue  Ruler or tape measure  Pencil  1 large piece of brown craft paper g spray can be purchased at a local hardware supplier ) 54. 173 Procedure: Create the Candle 1. Tie the fabric into a tight knot. Trim the end pieces so they are approximately 1" (2.5cm) on each side. The end pieces will become the wicks of the candle that will propel your sky lantern much as a flame propels a hot air balloon.2 2. Center the two 24" (60cm) pieces of florist's wire over the knot. The two pieces should be perpendicular to each other with their midpoints overlapping on top of the knot. 3. Wrap the wires around

the knot, and twist them tightly to make them secure. The four wire ends should be approximately 9" to 10" (23 to 25cm) long on each side so that they are long enough to reach the lantern's bamboo frame. Set the wire-wrapped knot aside. 4. Place the candle over a lighter or other open flame until the wax melts down into a liquid state. You should also place a plate or a tray beneath the candle to catch the wax as it melts. 55. 174 4. Place the knot into the hot, melted wax and let it soak for three to five minutes 5. Remove the newly created wick from the wax. As it cools, the wax will harden. 6. Wrap the aluminum-foil strip around the knot in the center of the wick. Twist the ends of the foil strip around the metal wire so that they cover the wire completely. Construct the Bamboo Frame and Add the Candle 1 1. Cut three bamboo skewers in half lengthwise using either a razor blade or a utility knife. Run the split bamboo through the flame of a candle while subtly bending it; this will make the bending job easier and you should be able to form a full circle in less than 5 minutes. 2 2. Line the split bamboo up end to end on a table to make a single long strip. The bottom end of one skewer should overlap with the top end of another skewer to create a 1" (2.5cm) overlapping connection point. 3 56. 175 3. Secure the overlapping connection points together with non-flammable tape. 4. Bring the right and left tips of the long strip together. Again, create a 1" (2.5cm) overlap with the tips. Secure the tips together with tape to make a circle. 5. Tape the ends of the foil-wrapped wires that protrude from the wick to opposite sides of the bamboo frame. o The wires should cross the exact center of the circle so that the circle is divided into four equal quarters. The candle should be in the middle of the circle and supported by the wires that are attached to the bamboo frame. o Twist the wires around the frame. Wrap the wire connections with tape to make them more secure. Fireproof the Paper 1. Hang 16-20 pieces of kitchen paper towel (or about half that of tissue paper) on a clothesline using clothespins (pegs). 2. Place a plastic or canvas drop cloth under the paper to catch any drippings. 3. Spray both sides of each piece of paper thoroughly with the fireproofing spray. Avoid spraying the points where the clothespins are holding the paper. Otherwise, the paper will tear. Allow the pieces to dry before you continue working with them. 57. 176 Create a Pattern for the Balloon 1. Draw a vertical line 40" (about 1 meter) long down the center of the brown craft paper. Use a tape measure or a ruler to measure your line precisely. 2. Draw a horizontal line 12" (30cm) long at the base of the vertical line. The line should be perpendicular to the vertical line, and the base of the vertical line should touch the midpoint of the horizontal line so that you have 6" (15cm) on either side of the vertical line. 6. Draw a second horizontal line that is 22" (1/2 meter) long approximately two thirds of the way up the vertical line. The second horizontal line should be parallel to the first, and the vertical line should also cross through the midpoint of the horizontal line so that you have 11" (28cm) on either side of the vertical line. 7. Connect the two horizontal lines by sketching a line that curves gently inward before meeting the vertical line. The line should extend from the right end of the bottom horizontal line, curve inward and then stretch out to meet the right end of the second horizontal line. 58. 177 8. Draw a second line mirroring the line that you just drew to connect the left tips of the two horizontal lines. 9. Sketch mirroring lines that connect each end of the upper horizontal line to the top of the vertical line. This will finish the shape of your pattern, which should look like the pointed blade of a tropical ceiling fan. 10. Cut the shape that you've drawn out of the brown craft paper using scissors. This shape will serve as the pattern for creating your balloon. Finish the Balloon 1. Lay the 16-20 fireproofed paper pieces on a flat surface. Set out two rows consisting of 16-20 pieces of kitchen paper towel (or 8-10 pieces of tissue). 59. 178 2. The top, shorter width of one row of papers should touch the bottom, shorter width of the other piece of row papers. o 3. Overlap the connected ends of the papers by about 1" (2.5cm) so that you can glue them together. 2. 3. 4. 2 4. Use a non-flammable glue to seal the overlapped ends of the papers together. Allow the overlapped seams to dry while they lay on the flat surface. When gluing the paper, gently spread it out––do not blot––this way, you can avoid glue marks in the paper (and blotting can cause weakening in the balloon body's adhesion). 5. Lay one 2-piece panel of paper towel/tissue paper over the brown craft paper pattern. Center the pattern piece beneath the paper towel/tissue paper and cut the paper towel/tissue paper with scissors so that it matches the exact size and shape of the pattern that you've placed beneath it. 60. 179 5. 4 6. Repeat this step with the remaining 2- piece paper panels.5 7. Connect the pointed tips of the paper towel/tissue paper panels together. Glue the tips together so that they are secure, leaving the base open to create a large bag. Complete the Sky Lantern 1. 1 1. Attach the opening of the paper bag to the bamboo frame. Tuck the frame about 1" (2.5cm) inside the opening of the bag. 2. Fold the end of the paper bag upward to cover the frame. Glue the folded end to the inside of the balloon to secure the frame to the balloon. Allow the glue to dry completely before attempting to launch the lantern. 2. 3 61. 180 3. Take your lantern outside at night or at dusk. Light the wicks, which are the ends that protrude from the waxdipped knot, and hold the lantern for a few seconds until the wicks catch fire completely. o Make your wish. Then, let go of the lantern. Sky lanterns can cause flames. There is the danger that can cause fire when landing on flammable ground or on any materials that can be burnt. Be sure that the wind is not strong to achieve great height. Launch the lantern in an open air or in a safe place like a field. Rubric CATEGORY Excellent Good Fair Poor Following

Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is well- defined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. Activity 6: Songkok Making Video :Our reflections as he made the Songkok Source: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QJRemUxTwJ8& cutter decorative recycled materials  sewing machine  needle  scissors  thread  old cloth  pattern or template feature=related (Note: After watching the video, you will make a Songkok ) Materials you need 62. Water (Pattern in Making Wau or Malay kite) Yarn  Cutter  Bamboo sticks  Water colors  Paint brushes  White glue  Any thin paper 181 Rubric CATEGORY Excellent Good Fair Poor Following Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is well- defined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. Activity 7: Kite Making Materials you need 63. 182 Procedure: Step #1 Use one stick as the center of the kite. Take two sticks and tie both ends together tightly with string. Pull the two sticks apart into an oval shape. Tie it to the upper part of the main stick. Take another two sticks and tie both ends together tightly. Bend the two sticks into a crescent shape. Tie it to the lower part of the spine stick. Tie more string to support the kite frame. Step#2 Place the completed kite frame on colored paper and trace the outline of the oval and crescent. Draw a 1cm border edge around the outline. Cut out the two shapes. Trace the two shapes again on the metallic paper and cut them out. Step #3 Fold the two metallic papers into equal parts. Cut out some swirly patterns. Remove the cutouts and paste the metallic papers onto the color papers. Attach the papers onto the kite frame by gluing the 1cm border edge to the back of the shaped frame. YOU‘RE DONE! Decorate your kite by gluing gold dust or shiny stickers onto it. Cut thin strips of colored paper and paste them on as kite tails. 64. 183 Rubric CATEGORY Excellent Good Fair Poor Following Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is welldefined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. PART III: REFLECT AND UNDERSTAND Teacher-Assisted Activity: On a sheet of paper, answer the following questions: 1. What Philippine artwork/s have similar characteristics with the artworks discussed in this quarter? 2. Is Philippine art as marketable as those of our Southeast Asian neighbors? GROUP ACTIVITY: Based on the lessons, how would you compare the sculptures in Southeast Asia? What characteristics are different or common? Write your answer on the box provided for each item. Write your answers on a Manila paper. 1. Merlion 2. Sri Mariammam 3. Borobudur 4. The World of Asean 5. Phra Bang 6. Angkor Wat 7. Wat Pho Good job! Did you have fun creating artworks from Southeast Asia? Do you think these types of artworks can be used for business opportunities? 65. 184 PART IV: PERFORMANCE 1. Create an art exhibit focusing on Southeast Asian Arts using your own artworks. 2. You need to prepare the exhibit area for your audience. 3. Answer questions from your audience regarding your artworks. 4. The exhibit should be documented. ASSESSMENT: CRITERIA VERY GOOD (10 Points) GOOD (6 Points) AVERAGE (4 Points) NEEDS IMPROVEMENT (2 Points) ORDER Exhibit was arranged properly Some parts of the exhibit were out of place Several exhibited artworks were out of place Artworks were placed disorderly COOPERATION All group members have artworks in the exhibit Some group members did not exhibit their artworks Most of the group members did not exhibit their artworks Only 1 member exhibited his/her artworks. RESOURCEFULNESS All members used recycled materials Most of the members used recycled materials Some of the members used recycled materials Only 1 member used recycled materials. Total Points Highest Possible Score: 30 pts. Equivalent Rating: Very Good: 25-30=100 pts. Good: 21-25=90 pts Average: 16-20=80 pts Needs Improvement :6-15= 70 pts. Score Rating Art has been part of Southeast Asian culture through the centuries. Do you still have the artworks you have made? It‘s time to show your artworks. Turn to the next page. 66. Merlion is a mythical creature with the head of a lion and the body of a fish, used as a mascot and national personification of Singapore. Its name combines "mer" meaning the sea and "lion". The songkok or peci or kopiah is a cap widely worn in Indonesia, Brunei, Malaysia, Singapore, the southern Philippines and southern Thailand, mostly among Muslim males  There are three main types of relief sculptures: alto (high),bas, (low),and sunken.  Relief sculptures were done with stone, marble, bronze, and many other substances.  The term batik is an Indonesian-

Malay word, believed to be related to the Malay word titik, which means ‗point‘, ‗dot‘ or ‗drop‘.  Kulit means "skin", a reference to the leather material that the figures are carved out of.  Wayang, in modern Indonesian language, is loosely translated to mean "show" or "performance".  Indonesian dance-dramas in the form of puppets are the Wayang Topeng, Wayang Orang, Wayang Kulit, and Wayang Golek.  Archipelagic Southeast Asia (ASEA) is comprised of tens of thousands of islands and a small part of mainland Southeast Asia; it encompasses the countries of the Philippines, Timor-Leste, Indonesia, Brunei, Malaysia, and Singapore. 185 SUMMARY 67. 186 GLOSSARY Angkor-A substance mixed with paint to soften the gold so it adheres more smoothly Artisan - A skilled manual worker; a craftsperson Alto-A form of relief sculpture almost completely carved from its surface. It is highly shaped, with very little of the structure touching the base or plane Batik-An art medium and methodology for creating design, usually on cloth, by applying wax to portions of the material and then dyeing it, then removing the wax. This can be done to make vibrant colors and incredible designs Bima-The second son of King Pandu in WayangKulit Canting-To tilt or turn Dhalang- A puppet master, a shadow master, a literary and linguistics master, and a leader Dye - A substance used to color materials, also called dyestuff Folk Art - Art originating among the common people of a nation or region and usually reflecting their traditional culture and history Gamelan- An integral part of all cultural activities in Java such as Wayang Kulit (leather puppets) performance, court dance, uyon-uyon (symphony orchestra performance), etc. Hol - Khmer clothing, defined by its myriad of designs in a single piece of fabric Ikat-A method of printing woven fabric by tie-dyeing the warp yarns (warp ikat) the weft yarns (weft ikat) or both (double ikat) before weaving Indochina -A peninsula of South Eastern Asia that includes Myanmar, Cambodia, Laos, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam King Pandu- The younger brother of King Drutharashtra who rules Hasthinapur Loy KrathongFestival in Thailand Mahabharata – An epic that tells of Ancient India Menkuang- is a huge pandan-like plant that grows along the back mangroves and is also found in Malaysia Merlion-is a mythical creature with the head of a lion and the body of a fish, used as a mascot and national personification of Singapore. Its name combines "mer" meaning the sea and "lion" Papier Mache - A material, made from paper pulp or shreds of paper mixed with glue or paste, that can be molded into various shapes when wet and becomes hard and suitable for painting and varnishing when dry Ramayana - One of the two great Indian epics that tells about life in India around 1000 BCE 68. 187 Relief- the projection of forms or figures from a flat ground, so that they are partly or wholly free of it Sihn - The simple elegant ankle-length skirt worn by Lao women Silapin – Thailand Artist Sky lantern- A small hot-air balloon made of paper with an opening at the bottom where a small candle or fire is placed. It is used for some Southeast Asian events. Songkok- A cap widely worn in Indonesia, Brunei, Malaysia, Singapore, the southern Philippines and southern Thailand, mostly among Muslim males Wayang Kulit- A type of puppet shadow play performed around the Indo-Malayan archipelago, tracing its origins to India. It is derived from a Javanese Hindu-Buddhist tradition, where hand-crafted leather puppets depict epic stories of the gods in shadow play. A traditional Gamelan orchestra can accompany the story-telling. Wau- A traditional kite that is especially popular in the state of Kelantan, on the East Coast of Malaysia Wayang Golek- are wooden doll puppets that are operated from below by rods connected to the hands. REFERENCES: http://Wikipedia.com http://www.illustrationsof.com/royalty-free-asian-woman-clipartillustration-213065.jpg http://www.google.com.ph/imgres?q=wayang+kulit&num=10&um=1&hl=en&biw=1366& bih=667&tbm http://www.sparklebox.co.uk/gallery/gal341-345/_wp_generated/ppcae09667_0f.jpg http://talk.onevietnam.org/ao-dai-history-and-significance-in-vietnamese-culture/ http://www.gotlaos.com/silskma.html http://www.thefolkartgallery.com/blog/?cat=82 http://www.marlamallett.com/indochina-2.htm http://www.illustrationsof.com/royalty-free-asian-woman-clipart-illustration-213065.jpg http://www.google.com.ph/imgres?q=wayang+kulit&num=10&um=1&hl=en&biw=1366& bih=667&tbm http://blog.pantone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/photo.jpg http://www.google.com.ph/imgres?q=southeast+asian+arts&um=1&hl=en&sa=X&biw=1 366&bih=667& http://farm4.staticflickr.com/3574/3432688735_9cf75d3532_z.jpg http://www.curriculum.edu.au/verve/_resources/A_Thai_folk_story.pdf http://practicalthaidotcom.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/msv-30-e1304107598294.jpg http://www.asiaart.net/manual_arts_in_thai_tradition.htm http://www.asiatranspacific.com/travel-destinations/myanmar#!/grouptrip/burma-land- of-the-golden-pagoda http://www.ehow.com/how_8608016_make-pagoda-out-clay.html http://www.ehow.com/how_12142749_build-pagoda-school-project.html http://www.library.umaine.edu/theses/pdf/KiriwatAX2001.pdf http://www.masksoftheworld.com/Orient/Thai%20Khon%20Mask%202.htm http://www.ehow.com/how_4886553_create-childs-art-portfolio.html http://www.thefreedictionary.com http://thajonboard.wordpress.com/culture-heritage/games-pastimes/ Wayang_kulit_(Javanese_shadow_puppetry)_characters 69. 188 http://www.britishmuseum.org/explore/highlights/highlight_objects/asia/s/shadow_puppet_of_bi ma.aspx http://www.sbg.org.sg/index.asp http://www.theatlanticcities.com/arts-and-lifestyle/2012/07/singapore-airport-unveilsworlds- largest-kinetic-art-sculpture/2546 http://www.123rf.com/photo_4989337_sculptures-in-sri-mariamman-templethe-oldest-hindu- temple-in-singapore-built-in-1827-along-telok-ay.htm http://www.sbg.org.sg/index.asp

http://www.orientalarchitecture.com/singapore/singapore/srimariamman.php http://www.rtb.gov.bn/NewsUpdate/2003/July03/230703/main7.htm http://museum.bu.ac.th/newsletter3.pdf 70. 189 71. 190 INTRODUCTION In this module, you will learn about East Asian countries specifically China, Japan and Korea. These countries have been noted for their numerous similarities and commonalities in their art production, artistic traditions and principles of arts as influenced by their history, beliefs, religion, location, culture and dynasty. This quarter will introduce you to the arts and crafts of China, Japan and Korea such as painting, calligraphy, pottery, paper kites, knot tying, woodblock printing, ukiyo- e and paper cutting. You will learn that these countries focus on nature as their subjects or themes in their arts and crafts. Learning the art concepts of China, Japan and Korea will be helpful in making your tasks and projects through varied activities provided for you to enhance your skill and deepen your understanding and appreciation about the arts of East Asia. www.gotterdammerung.org You are about to embark on a new venture to other East Asian countries after you have travelled from the Southeast. 72. trace the external (foreign) and internal (indigenous) influences that are reflected in the artworks and crafts from China, Korea and Japan through research and video clip viewing. determine and evaluate the effectiveness of mood, idea, or message as shown by the visual image in the arts and crafts of Japan, China and Korea.  reflect on and derive the mood, idea, or message emanating from paintings, paper artworks, pottery, ikebana, face painting and architecture, etc. of China, Japan and Korea by comparing their similarities and differences.  analyze art elements (color, line, shape, etc.) and principles (texture, proportion, emphasis, harmony etc.) in the production of art in China, Japan and Korea.  identify the characteristics of arts and crafts found in China, Japan and Korea like painting, pottery, paper arts . 191 OBJECTIVES At the end of this module, you, as a learner are expected to… 73. 192 PRE- ASSESSMENT: Activity I: Travel to East Asia As you move around the countries written below, group each picture according to the country they belong to by writing its number under the correct heading. http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/f/fd/Origami-crane.jpg CHINA JAPAN KOREA http://www.travlang.com/blog/wp- 1content/uploads/2010/04/great-wall-of- china_aa.jpg http://blog.asiahotels.com/wp- content/uploads/2009/10/mt-fuji.jpg http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/comm ons/e/ef/Kitagawa_Utamaro_ukiyo- e_woodblock_print.jpg http://ancientweb.org/images/explore/Korea_Ch osen_Pottery.jpg ww.orientaldiscovery.com/UploadFiles/2006102 6235712411.gif http://i00.i.aliimg.com/photo/v0/337826686/Chinese_pape r_cut.jpg http://image.shutterstock.com/display_pic_with _logo/53073/53073,1131527726,1/stock-photo- korean-traditional-masks-706763.jpg http://www.timeoffun.com/pics/Chinese- Painting/Chinese-Paintings-1.jpg You will visit three of the East Asian countries Fasten your seatbelt! 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 74. 193 SCORE REMARKS COMMENT! 9 Excellent You know the artworks, art forms, and landmarks of China, Japan and Korea well. 7-8 Very Good You know some of the artworks and landmarks of China, Japan and Korea. 4-6 Good You have the basic knowledge of the artworks and landmarks of China, Japan and Korea. 0-3 Poor You still need to double your effort in learning about the artworks and landmarks of China, Japan and Korea. Activity 2: Match and Fill Written below are descriptions of the arts of China, Korea and Japan. A WORD POOL is given on the next page which contains the arts and crafts that match the descriptions. Write your answers in the boxes before each number. Read and share your answers with your partner then discuss your answers. 1. The art that is considered as one of the oldest and most highly refined among the arts of Japan 2. It is regarded as the highest form of Chinese painting 3. The art of beautiful handwriting 4. Arts and crafts flourished during this period in Korean history 5. A technique for printing text, images or patterns used widely throughout East Asia and originating in China in antiquity as a method of printing on textiles and paper 6. The best known type of Japanese woodblock art print 7. The era in Korean paintings that offers the richest variety and are the styles most imitated today 8. The art of paper folding in Japan 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. You'll find out your score later in the module. Now, gauge your knowledge of Chinese, Japanese and Korean art and culture based on how well you answered the activity in the previous page. Was it difficult or quite easy for you? Rate yourself. You are really smart! I am sure you will enjoy your tour of China, Japan and Korea as you move on to another pre-assessment activity. Good Luck! 75. 194 9. The three concepts of art reflected mostly in the artworks and crafts in China, Japan and Korea 10.It is also known as Jingju Lianpu that is done with different colors in accordance with the performing characters‘ personality and historical assessment 10 points You have an excellent knowledge about East Asian arts. 8-9 Points You have very good knowledge about East Asian arts. 4-7 Points You have good information about East Asian arts. 0-3 Points You have poor information about East Asian arts. http://isearch.babylon.com/?s=img&babsrc=HP_ss&q=smiley%20faces WORD POOL Origami Woodblock Printing Heaven, Earth, Mankind Calligraphy Painting Landscape painting Peking Face-Paint Chosun Period Ukiyo-e Four Gracious Plants Kabuki Face-Paint Koryo Period 9. 10. CONGRATULATIONS! I can feel that you are eager to know your score but look at the ―smiley pictures‖ below to evaluate your answers. Are you ready?

76. 195 My dear Students, I am sure you are looking forward to your exciting and interesting learning experiences in this module. By now, you must have an idea of what to expect to learn about Chinese, Japanese and Korean art. Please write your expected learning goals and targets in the box below. Sincerely yours, Part I. KNOW Lesson 1: PAINTING IN CHINA, JAPAN and KOREA Time Allotment: 5 sessions If you were asked to make a painting, what would you paint? Why would you choose that? I will paint….____________________________________ because … ________________________________________. LEARNING GOALS AND TARGETS In the first quarter I have learned about Southeast Asian countries. Now, at the end of this module: I want to know about __________________________________ I want to learn how to _________________________________ I want to understand __________________________________ I want to make or produce _____________________________ Get ready to visit and learn about the characteristics of the arts of China, Japan and Korea. 77. 196 Activity 3: Identify the subjects of the paintings below. Write the answers in your notebook. http://www.lhchinesepaintings.com/Images/I MG_0119_B.jpg http://www.artvirtue.com/painting/history/yuan/LeeKan/bamboo- rock-1.jpg http://www.cognitiative.com/chineseart/goin g_to_temple.jpg http://www.the-gallery-of-china.com/chinese- painting-figures-F0014.jpg http://japantourist.jp/photo/sbj-a-famous-japanese- painting-made-from-old-kimono-silk/800/a-famous- japanesepainting-made-from-old-kimono-silk.jpg http://www.the-gallery-of-china.com/chinese- landscape-painting-L6020.jpg http://2.bp.blogspot.com/- Md7VLMcbylA/T336yfvpnaI/AAAAAAAADPA/sfee mCBtygw/s400/Katsushika+Hokusai+The+Great+ Wave+off+Kanagawa+1832+Thirtysix+Views+of+Mount+Fuji+Japan+oki http://www.ukiyotile.com/wp- content/uploads/2010/03/chikuu_landscape.jpg http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Hwangmyo.j pg After checking your answers, continue to the next page to learn more about East Asian arts. What do you call the things you are going to paint? In East Asia, the objects or items that are usually put into paintings are called subjects, themes or motifs. These may be about animals, people, landscapes, and anything about the environment. 78. 197 To start with, did you know that painting started from pre-historic man? He used red ochre and black pigment. Early paintings often showed hunting scenes of man chasing various animals, such as: horses, rhinoceros, lions, buffaloes, mammoths. These prehistoric paintings were drawn on the walls of caves, blocks of stone, etc.and found all over the world, including China! http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Lascaux_painting.jpg Reading Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_painting The history of Eastern painting is as old as the civilization of China.It is historically comparable to Western painting. Eastern countries continued to influence each other‘s production of arts over the centuries. http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/1a/Spring_Outing_of_the_Tang_Court.jpg 79. Landscape painting was regarded as the highest form of Chinese painting. They also consider the three concepts of their arts: Nature, Heaven and Humankind (Yin- Yang). Chinese society, basically agricultural, has always laid great stress on understanding the pattern of nature and living in accordance with it. Oriental artists often created landscapes rather than paintings with the human figure as subjects. What other important information do you need to remember in East Asian Arts? In Activity 3, you were asked to identify and list down the subjects in the given paintings. Now, verify your answers with the information below.198 COUNTRY PAINTING SUBJECTS OR THEMES CHINA 1. Flowers and birds 4. Human Figures 2. Landscapes 5. Animals 3. Palaces and Temples 6. Bamboos and Stones JAPAN 1. Scenes from everyday life 2. Narrative scenes crowded with figures and details SOUTH KOREA NORTH KOREA Subjects are divided into five categories: 1. landscape paintings 2. Minhwa (the traditional folk painting) 3. Four Gracious Plants (plum blossoms, orchids or wild orchids, chrysanthemums) 4. bamboo 5. portraits Important aspects in East Asian Painting: 80. Silk was often used as the medium to paint upon, but it was quite expensive. When the Han court eunuch, Cai Lun, invented the paper in the 1st Century AD it provided not only a cheap and widespread medium for writing but painting became more economical. Reading Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_painting www.metmuseum.org toah199 81. Chinese art expresses the human understanding of the relationship betwee The ideologies of Confucianism, Daoism, and Buddhism played important roles in East Asian art. 200 Shutousansui-zu (winter landscape) Sesshu Poetonmountain Mountain and Water are important features in Korean landscape painting because it is a site for building temples and buildings. To make make your painting interesting and realistic apply these Six Principles of Chinese Painting established by Xie He, a writer, art historian and critic in 5th century China. 1. Observe rhythm and movements . 2. Leave spaces for the eyes to rest 3. Use brush in calligraphy 4. Use colors correctly 5. Live up to tradition by copying the master‘s artwork. 6. Copy the correct proportion of the objects and nature. The history of Korean painting dates to 108 C.E., when it first appears as an independent form. It is said that until the Joseon dynasty the primary influence of Korean paintings were Chinese paintings. However, Korean paintings have subjects such as landscapes, facial features, Buddhist topics, and an emphasis on celestial observation in keeping with the rapid development of Korean astronomy. n nature and human. This is evident in the form of painting of landscapes,

bamboo, birds, and flowers, etc. This might be called the metaphysical, Daoist aspect of Chinese painting. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinesepainting 82. Landscape painting represents both a portrayal of nature itself and a codified illustration of the human view of nature and the world. http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/mowa/hd_mowa.htm Activity 4: Painting Analysis Excellent You have a wide understanding and knowledge about the meanings and symbols of East Asian artworks. Very Good You have knowledge about the meanings and symbols of East Asian artworks. Good You have some knowledge about the meanings and symbols of East Asian artworks. Poor You have little knowledge about the meanings and symbols of East Asian artworks. Your beautiful handwriting is considered calligraphy. So, keep on writing not only beautifully but also artistically. To the Chinese, calligraphy is the art of beautiful handwriting. Traditional painting involves essentially the same techniques as calligraphy and is done with a brush dipped in black or colored ink; oils are not used. In calligraphy, the popular materials which paintings are made of are paper and silk. Poets write their calligraphy on their paintings. (Write your interpretation in your Arts notebook) I can see…. ________________________________________________ What daily activities are seen in the painting below? (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Iwasa_Matabei_002.jpg) The class will be divided into four groups. Evaluate your answers within your group. Painting is closely related to calligraphy among the Chinese people. What is calligraphy?201 83. 202 Your paintings can be mounted on scrolls, such as hanging scrolls or hand scrolls, album sheets, walls, lacquerware, folding screens, and other media. Vertical Scroll Lacquerware Album- leaf Horizontal Scroll http://www.newchinesepaintings.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Chinese-Painting-and-Calligraphy.png http://hiddenconnections.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/nizan-05x.jpg Enrich your knowledge about Chinese calligraphy: Did you know that the earliest known Chinese logographs (ancient writing symbols) are engraved on the shoulder bones of large animals and on tortoise shells? For this reason, the script found on these objects is commonly called jiaguwen, or shell-and-bone script. It was said that Cangjie, the legendary inventor of Chinese writing, got his ideas from observing animals‘ footprints and birds‘ claw marks on the sand as well as other natural phenomena. He then started to work out simple images from what he conceived as representing different objects such as . 84. 203 Activity 5: Roofs‘ Hidden Meaning In your notebook, complete this sentence: THUMBS UP if you answered it right! THUMBS DOWN if you did not try to answer East Asian temples have sweeping roofs because____________________ Look at the roofs of the painted temple or building. It ―sweeps away‖ right? This is an aspect that you need to remember when painting or drawing East Asian temples. Read on. Temples are the usual subjects in East Asian painting. Now, observe the roofs of the temples and buildings in China, Japan and Korea. Do you notice their sweeping roofs? Why do they have this unique type of roof? 85. 204 East Asian temples and houses have sweeping roofs because they believe that it will protect them from the elements of water, wind and fire. Buddhists believed that it helped ward off evil spirits which were deemed to be straight lines. The figures at the tips are called roof guards. What else should you remember about painting roofs? 86. 205 There are three main types of roofs in traditional Chinese architecture that influenced other Asian architecture: 1. Straight inclined - more economical for common Chinese architecture 2. Multi-inclined - Roofs with two or more sections of incline. These roofs are used for residences of wealthy Chinese. 87. 206 3. Sweeping – has curves that rise at the corners of the roof. These are usually reserved for temples and palaces although it may also be found in the homes of the wealthy. Originally, the ridges of the roofs are usually highly decorated with ceramic figurines. Activity 6: Painting or Not? View of Mount Fuji from Harajuku, part of the Fifty-three Stations of the Tōkaidō series by Hiroshige, published 185 Look at the artwork below and answer the following on a sheet of paper. 1. Identify the country that is depicted in the picture. 2. How was this picture produced? Painting, drawing, etc? 3. Describe the people in the picture. 4. Can this picture be on paper, fabric, board, etc? What material was used? 5. What is the technique for printing text, images or patterns on textiles or paper? 88. 207 RATING INDICATORS You have answered six of the questions in the activity 7 correctly. You have answered 45 of the questions in activity 7 correctly. You have answered 2-3 of the questions in activity 7 correctly. You have 1 correct answer of the questions in activity 7. 89. 208 www.google images Woodblock printing is a technique for printing text, images or patterns used widely throughout East Asia. It originated in China as a method of printing on textiles but eventually became a method for printing on paper. This method was adapted in Japan during the Edo period (1603-1867) and became one of their oldest and most highly developed visual arts. The most common theme in Japan for printmaking describes scenes from everyday life. It narrates the scene and is often packed with figures and detail. Japanese Ukiyo-e http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukiyo-e The best known and most popular style of Japanese art is Ukiyo-e, which is Japanese for "pictures of the floating world‖ and it is related to the style of woodblock print making that shows scenes

of harmony and carefree everyday living. Ukiyo-e art was produced in a diversity of different media, including painting and became an art domain of the upper classes and royalty but later was also produced by the common people. Reading Resources: http://www.thecraftyclassroom.com/CraftJapanWoodblockPrinting.html http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Woodblock_printing_in_Japan Did you know that there is a unique artistic expression related to painting in Japan known as Woodblock printing? What is woodblock printing? 90. 209 http://cache2.allpostersimages.com/p/LRG/16/1655/VIXGD00Z/posters/kabuki-makeup.jpg ( image) Painting is indeed one of the highest forms of arts in East Asia. Do people from East Asia use other materials as canvas for painting? Let‘s find out as we move on to festivals and theater performances in East Asia. Can you describe the costumes used in East Asian festivals and theatre performances? 91. 210 East Asian countries have theatrical forms like Peking Opera of China and Kabuki of Japan. The performers from China and Japan usually paint faces depending on the character or personification they are portraying. So aside from painting on silk, paper and printing on woods, Chinese and Japanese also painted their face and Koreans paint masks for theatrical and festival performances. Peking opera face-painting or Jingju Lianpu is done with different colors in accordance with the performing characters‘ personality and historical assessment. The hero type characters are normally painted in relatively simple colors, whereas enemies, bandits, rebels and others have more complicated designs on their faces. It is a traditional special way of make-up in Chinese operas in pursuit of the expected effect of performance. Originally, Lianpu is called the false mask. http://www.chinatouronline.com/china-travel/beijing/beijingattractions/Peking-Opera_680.html Reading Source: http://www.absolutechinatours.com/china-travel/JingjuLianpu.html Paintings in East Asia do not only apply on paper, silk and wood. Performers of Kabuki in Japan and Peking Opera in China use their faces as the canvas for painting while mask painting is done in Korea. We will have further discussions on face painting in the fourth quarter but in this module you will learn the meaning of colors for face and mask painting. 92. 211 MEANING OF COLORS FOR FACE PAINTING: Guan Ju - Red indicates devotion, courage, bravery, uprightness and loyalty. Huang Pang - Yellow signifies fierceness, ambition and cool-headedness. Zhu Wen - A green face tells the audience that the character is not only impulsive and violent, he also lacks self-restraint. Zhang Fei - Black symbolizes roughness and fierceness. The black face indicates either a rough and bold character or an impartial and selfless personality. 93. 212 Note: Gold and silver colors are usually used for gods and spirits. Source: http://library.thinkquest.org/03oct/01397/ctumface.htm Lian Po - Purple stands for uprightness and cool-headedness. While a reddish purple face indicates a just and noble character. Cao Cao - white suggests treachery, suspiciousness and craftiness. It is common to see the white face of the powerful villain on stage. Jiang Gan - The clown or chou in Chinese Opera has special makeup patterns called xiaohualian (the petty painted face). Sometimes a small patch of chalk is painted around the nose to show a mean and secretive character. At times, the xiaohualian is also painted on a young page or jesting to enliven up the performance. 94. purple = nobility Some examples of face painting are the mukimi-guma or suji-guma, where the lines are painted onto an actor‘s face. These are then smudged to soften them. http://www.vtcommons.org/sites/default/files/images/kabuki.jpg The makeup and perfume worn throughout performances were highly significant to the stories that were being told. Source : http://cache2.allpostersimages.com/p/LRG/16/1655/VIXGD00Z/posters/kabuki- makeup.jpg black = fear  light green = calm  pink = youth  dark blue = depression or sadness  dark red = passion or anger 213 Kabuki Make- up of Japan Kabuki makeup or Kesho is already in itself an interpretation of the actor‘s own role through the medium of the facial features. ―On stage, this interpretation becomes a temporalization of makeup in collaboration with the audience. The result is a decoding of the drama traced out in the graphic designs of the painted face.‖ — Masao Yamaguchi (quoted in The Painted Body, 1984) http://thestorybehindthefaces.com/2012/01/20/kumadori-japanese-kabukitheatre-makeup/ Kabuki Makeup is also another way of face painting which has two types: 1. standard makeup applied to most actors 2. kumadori makeup - applied to villains and heroes - It is composed of very dramatic lines and shapes using colors that represent certain qualities. 95. 214 Kumadori — The Painted Faces of Japanese Kabuki Theatre http://thestorybehindthefaces.com/2012/01/20/kumadori-japanese-kabuki-theatre-makeup/ KOREAN MASK Korean masks, called tal or t'al, originated with religious meaning just like the masks of other countries which also have religious or artistic origins. Korea has a rich history of masks. They use it in funeral services to help banish evil spirits and theatre plays dating back to the prehistoric age. http://weyesweb.wordpress.com/category/korean-dance/ Masks were also used for shamanistic rites and were kept within temples where they were honored with offerings. By the 12th century, the masks became part of elaborate dances and dramas. http://weyesweb.files.wordpress.com/2012/03/maskschungsungjungetty.jpg

96. 215 The roles of colors in Korean masks: 1. Black, Red and White – Bright and vibrant colors that help establish the age and race of the figure 2. Half Red and Half White mask - symbolize the idea that the wearer has two fathers, Mr. Red and Mr. White 3. Dark-faced mask - indicates that the character was born of an adulterous mother Some masks have moving parts like winking or shifting eyes and moving mouths. To further add to the lifelike features of the masks, black fabric is draped from the top of the mask over the wearer's head to simulate hair. Reading Source: http://www.ehow.com/about_6569376_korean-masks-history.html Korean Traditional Painted Mask Image 1. http://www.korean-arts.com/screens_masks/wae-jang-nyo_mask.htm Image 2. http://www.masksoftheworld.com/Orient/Korea%20Mask%20Black.htm Image 3. http://www.masksoftheworld.com/Orient/Korea%20Mask%20Red%20White.htm PAPER ARTS and KNOT TYING of China, Japan and Korea Back when I was a child, ___________________________________. To begin with our next topics, answer this question and the challenge below. When I was still a child, what objects have you created using paper? 97. 216 Paper was first invented by Cai Lun of the Eastern Han Dynasty in China. It is indeed one of the greatest contributions of ancient China in the development of arts. Situation: You are stranded on an island with your little brother or little sister and the only things you have saved in your bag are: a plastic envelope with two sheets of bond paper and a roll of sewing thread. Challenge: While waiting for somebody to rescue you, how can you use the two materials to cheer up your brother? Answer: ____________________________________ What are the paper arts of China, Japan and Korea? Who invented paper? Paper has a great function in the development of arts not only in East Asia but all over the world. FOLK ARTS OF CHINA: 1. PAPER CUT 3. CHINESE KNOTS 2. PAPER FOLDING 4. PAPER KITES 98. 217 Chinese folk art is created with materials that are naturally found within the locality. This shows that the Chinese are nature lovers. Every folk artist has been inspired by the values of simplicity, the ideology of their community and the emotional and psychological characteristics of their nation throughout major periods in history. The earliest document showing paper folding is a picture of a small paper boat in an edition of Tractatus de Sphaera Mundi from 1490 by Johannes de Sacrobosco. In China, traditional funerals include burning yuanbao which is a folded paper that look like gold nuggets or ingots called Sycee. This is also used for other ceremonial practices. This kind of burning is commonly done at their ancestors‘ graves during the Ghost Festival. . http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Chinesischer_Goldbarren.JPG A sycee is a type of silver or gold ingot currency used in China until the 20th century. The name is derived from the Cantonese words meaning "fine silk.‖ 99. 218 Today, imitation gold sycees are used as a symbol of prosperity by Chinese and are frequently displayed during the Chinese New Year. Origami The term Origami came from ―ori‖ meaning "folding", and ―kami‖ meaning "paper". It is the traditional Japanese art of paper folding, which started in the 17th century AD and was popularized internationally in the mid-1900s. It eventually evolved into a modern art form. The goal of this art is to transform a flat sheet of paper into a finished sculpture through folding and sculpting techniques without cutting as much as possible. Origami butterflies were used during the celebration of Shinto weddings to represent the bride and groom, so paper folding had already become a significant aspect of Japanese ceremonies by the Heian period (794–1185) in Japanese history. Flowers, animals, birds, fish, geometric shapes and dolls are the common models used in Japanese Origami. The Gold Paper folded to look like a Sycee 100. 219 http://daintymom.com/wp- content/uploads/2011/08/paper_cranes.jpg Did you know that the best known Japanese origami is the paper crane? An ancient Japanese legend promises that anyone who folds a thousand origami cranes will be granted a wish by a crane. Some stories say you are granted eternal good luck, instead of just one wish, such as long life or recovery from illness or injury and can be given as a gift to anybody. They believe that the crane is a mystical or holy creature and is said to live for a thousand years. Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wik i/Paper_crane 101. The process of paper cutting is aided by a pair of scissor or knife and other sharp flat cutter. Have seen any paper artwork that look like these? Chinese Buddhists believe that hanging ―Window Flowers‖ or decorative paper cuttings, like pagodas and other symbols of Good Luck, attract good luck and drive away evil spirits.  The earliest use of paper was made as a pattern for lacquers, decoration on windows, doors, and walls.  Decorative Chinese paper cuttings are usually symmetrical in design when unfolded and adapt the 12 animals of the Chinese Zodiac as themes and motifs and mostly choose the red color. 220 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Paper-cut.jpg Jianzhi is the first type of paper cutting design, since paper was invented by the Chinese. The cut outs are also used to decorate doors and windows. They are sometimes referred to "chuāng huā", meaning Window Flower. 102. 221 KITE MAKING A kite is an assembled or joined aircraft that was traditionally made of silk or paper with a bowline and a resilient bamboo. Today, kites can be made out of plastic. Kites are flown for recreational purposes, display of one‘s artistic skills. Chinese Kites originated in WeiFang, Sandong, China was the capital city of kites during the Song Dynasty (960-1279), and by the Ming Dynasty (1368– 1644). Since 1984 the city is hosting the largest international

kite festival on earth. According to Joseph Needham, one of the important contributions of Chinese in science and technology to Europe is the kite. Chinese kites may be differentiated into four main categories: 1. Centipede 2. HardWinged Kites 3. Soft-Winged Kites 4. Flat Kites http://chinakites.org/htm/fzls-gb.htm Woodcut print of a kite from John Bate's 1635 book, The Mysteryes of Nature and Art in which the kite is titled How to make fire Drakes. Did you know that… The famous 5th century BC Chinese philosophers Mozi and Lu Ban were said to be the inventor of kites. Later on, paper kite was used as a message for a rescue mission for measuring distances, testing the wind, lifting men, signaling, and communication for military operations. The earliest known Chinese kites were flat (not bowed) and often rectangular. Later, tailless kites incorporated a stabilizing bowline. Kites were decorated with mythological motifs and legendary figures. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kite 103. 222 KNOT TYING In Korea, decorative knotwork is known as ―Maedeup or called Dorae‖ or double connection knot, often called Korean knot work or Korean knots. Zhongguo is the Chinese decorative handicraft art that began as a form of Chinese folk art in the Tang and Song Dynasty (960-1279 AD) in China. In Japan, knot tying is called Hanamusubi. It emphasizes on braids and focuses on individual knots. 104. 223 PART II. PROCESS Activity 1: Print Me A Message! Instruction: Write your selected verse or message in calligraphy. Add your nickname at the bottom of the page with the use of a Chinese brush and watercolor. Sample: Now, let us process the things that you have learned about East Asian arts. Remember that there are many ways to make your own art work. You may select one or two activities from the activities below. 105. Any colorful leaves, vegetables Azuete  Gumamela Flower extract )  Charcoal  Black/Brown Coffee (Instant) 224 Your artwork will be evaluated using these criteria: Rubric CATEGORY Excellent Good Fair Poor Following Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is well- defined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. Activity 2: Paint Me a Picture! You can use any of the following medium in painting: & Bricks (different color) or pot ―paso‖ You can also use the usual theme of Chinese paintings like nature (landscape, flowers, fishes, plants, flowers) and can use indigenous materials available in the localityfruits 106. 225 Art Medium 1: COFFEE Materials Procedure Pencil Instant Coffee powder (2 spoonfuls) Canvas board or watercolor paper Brush Natural varnish Container Tissue or rag http://isearch.babylon.com/?q=instant+coffee+painti ng&s=images&as=0&babsrc=HP_ss For the 1st container: Mix two spoons of coffee powder with 3 spoons of water. Mix it well to get a medium color. For the 2nd container: Mix two spoons of coffee powder with 2 spoons of water. Mix it well to get a dark coffee color. 1. Trace a design on the illustration board or canvas. 2. Apply medium color paint to be the base of any picture. 3. Apply the dark color paint to do the darker shadings and outlines. Darker shade gives out a glossy effect for the picture. If you want a lighter shade, just mix few more drops of water. 4. When the whole painting is done, apply with natural varnish coating. 107. 226 Art Medium 2: EARTHEN POTS OR BRICKS Materials Procedure Pencil Kacha/ illustration board or watercolor paper Chinese brush (optional) or any paint brush preferably pointed brush) Water 3-4 recycled small container or caps for mixing the color (different color 1 Brick for each color or pots (Red, green, brown) Small rag cloth/tissue Natural varnish http://ecx.images-amazon.com/images/I/518Bmm-ly- L._SL500_AA300_.jpg 1. Pound the bricks by color until powder-like or very fine. 1st container: Add two spoons of brick powder with 3 spoons of water. Mix it well to get a medium color. 2nd container: Add two spoons of brick powder with 2 spoons of water. Mix it well to get a dark brick color. 2. Trace a design on the illustration board or canvas. 3. Apply medium color paint to be the base of any picture. 4. Use the dark color paint to do the darker shadings and outlines. Darker shade gives a glossy effect for the picture. If you want a lighter shade, just mix a few more drops of water. 5. When the whole painting is done, apply with natural varnish coating. 108. A pod of French beans (or banana midribs) Watercolor paper or oslo paper Acrylic paint or any paint except watercolor. Note: For more colorful medium use other vegetables or fruits http://www.wikihow.com/Image:Paint-WithFruit-and- Vegetables-Step-6.jpg 1. Set out your card or paper, or any other type of paper you want to paint on. 2. Prepare your paints. Assemble a color palette. Make a special palette for the paint rather than dipping it directly into your usual paints to avoid getting pieces of vegetable or fruit stuck in the containers or tubes which will eventually rot. 3. Keep the consistency of the paint fairly thin and fluid without being watery. Don't make it too thick. 4. Create your first fruit and veggie painting - a flower. The instructions follow in the next few steps. 5. Paint the "flower" section first. Chop off the okra top portion - breadth-wise. Discard the small cut-off end. Dip the end of the long piece left into your color palette, choosing the color that you like most. You are trying to create a flower, so think of colors for flowers. Stamp your okra like a rubber stamp on the desired area of your paper. Try again but be sure not to stamp too hard

or the design might smudge or even disintegrate. 6. Paint the vegetable "leaves" next by cutting a pod of French beans (Baguio beans) breadth- wise, in a slightly slanted direction. With these, you can make some leaves for the flower. 7. Dip them into green paint and stamp them below your okra flowers. You can also make French bean petals and make the center of the flower using the rear end of a pencil.227 Art Medium 3: Vegetables Note: The use of soil/mud and ―azuete‖ may follow similar procedures. However, the azuete should be mashed with small amount of water first and the soil should be strained using a fine strainer. Materials Procedure Okra- 1 or 2 pieces 109. Try to follow the given steps below Use Japanese themes and concepts for your design  Use other improvised recycled materials as your woodblock if Styrofoam trays are not available  Scissors Guidelines:  Art paper  Pen  Paint brush/soft foam brush  Paint  Styrofoam tray 228 Rubric CATEGORY Excellent Good Fair Poor Following Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is well- defined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. Activity 3: Print me a card! Make your own card using woodblock printing! Materials needed: 110. 229 Procedures: Step 1. Get these trays from food packs used in the grocery or restaurants. Clean them well. Step 2. Cut off the sides of your tray and discard. Cut the remaining rectangle into a variety of sizes. Step 3. Use the tip of a pen or barbecue stick to etch your design when you are ready. Step4. Try to fill up your entire shape. Use different lines and even poke a few holes if you have the space. Step 5. When your design is finished, paint over it with your color of acrylic paint or any coloring powder, and a soft foam brush or cloth or rags. Step 6. Color the surface only and not the etched lines. Step 7. After you've covered the surface with color, turn your foam over and press firmly on your paper. Gently smooth over the entire shape. Step 8. Very carefully pick the foam off of the paper. You'll see your print underneath! 111. 230 Step 9. You'll have to do a few trial and error prints until you find the right amount of paint to put on your foam. Decide which you like better and paint accordingly! All Done! Make yourself lots of different prints. Fold them into cards to give away as gifts. Experiment with different colors too and you can also use Japanese calligraphy as your design! We will use the rubrics below to evaluate your work together with your classmates. Criteria for the Individual Artworks 5 4 3 2 Quality of craftsmanship All instructions were followed correctly 1 - 2 instructions were not followed correctly 3 – 4 instructions were not followed correctly Most of the instructions were not followed correctly Punctuality Artwork was submitted on time Artwork was submitted 1 day late Artwork was submitted 2 days late Artwork was submitted 3 days late Neatness Artwork presentation was neat and orderly Artwork presentation was mostly neat and orderly Artwork presentation was somehow neat and orderly Artwork presentation was disorderly. Total Descriptive Rating Score/points Excellent 14-15 Very Good 11-13 Good 9-10 Fair 7-8 Poor 6 112. Lotus You can use the following motifs:  Paint the pattern you have designed earlier.  Prepare your painting materials.  Prepare your small jar/y pot for painting by wiping it with a piece of rag.  Applying the Korean patterns and motifs that you have learned, draw your own design for your pot/jar painting on a clean sheet of coupon bond using a pencil.  A cup of water * paint * a piece of rag Procedure:  small jar or pot * coupon bond * small paint brush 231 Activity 4: Paint Me a Pot/Jar Materials Needed: > Dragonwave > Flowertrees > Combcircles > crane, etc. Criteria for the Individual Artworks 5 4 3 2 Quality of craftsmanship All instructions were followed correctly 1 - 2 instructions were not followed correctly 3 – 4 instructions were not followed correctly Most of the instructions were not followed correctly Visual Impact (Use of colors, lines, and shapes, etc.) Artwork has at more than 5 colors Artwork has only 4 colors Artwork has only 3 colors Artwork has only 2 colors Punctuality Artwork was submitted on time Artwork was submitted 1 day late Artwork was submitted 2 days late Artwork was submitted 3 days late Neatness Artwork presentation was neat and orderly Artwork presentation was mostly neat and orderly Artwork presentation was somehow neat and orderly Artwork presentation was disorderly. Total Descriptive Rating Score/points Excellent 18-20 Very Good 15-17 Good 11-13 Fair 9-10 Poor 8 113. Cutter or pair of scissor s * 1 or 2 white or light colored paper Samples: East Asian countries do not only paint on silk or on wood. Another way of expressing their painting is through face painting or mask painting. Now, let us watch videos showing the different ways on how to do the face painting or mask painting. After watching, try to follow any of the videos. Now that you have tried the painting activities taken in lesson one, let us try to do the paper cutting, folding and knotting of China, Japan and Korea. Choose at least 2 activities out of the suggested activities that follow. 2 Red colored recycled papers * 1 folder 232 Activity 5: Follow that thing! Video 1: Face painting a Beijing Opera Mask http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VVJ3Z3irv18 Video 2: Making of Kabuki Face Paint http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wjn6hrJOcuY Video 3: How to make Korean Mask http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EYDmBSzbeR8 Instruction: Make an art work out of colored or recycled paper and

make your own design of your paper cutting based on the subjects of Chinese painting or the 12 symbols of the Chinese Zodiac and Japanese paper folding. Activity 1: The Art of Paper Cutting Materials Needed: 114. 233 Activity 2: Paper Folding Sycee Follow the procedure as stated and demonstrated Things needed: 2 yellow bond paper 115. 234 Activity 3: Japanese Origami or Water Bomb You‘ll need any recycled papers just like magazines, newspapers, and colored papers. Create at least ten water bombs and butterflies with different sizes. 116. 235 RUBRICS Criteria for the Individual Artworks 5 4 3 2 Quality of craftsmanship All instructions were followed correctly 1 - 2 instructions were not followed correctly 3 – 4 instructions were not followed correctly Most of the instructions were not followed correctly Visual Impact (Use of colors, lines, and shapes, etc.) Artwork has at more than 5 colors Artwork has only 4 colors Artwork has only 3 colors Artwork has only 2 colors Punctuality Artwork was submitted on time Artwork was submitted 1 day late Artwork was submitted 2 days late Artwork was submitted 3 days late Neatness Artwork presentation was neat and orderly Artwork presentation was mostly neat and orderly Artwork presentation was somehow neat and orderly Artwork presentation was disorderly. Total Descriptive Rating Score/points Excellent 18-20 Very Good 15-17 Good 11-13 Fair 9-10 Poor 8 To expand your understanding about East Asian paintings, try to do the activities in the following pages. 117. 236 PART III. REFLECT AND UNDERSTAND Activity 1: PAINTING ANALYSIS Use the pictures below to compare the paintings from Japan, China, and Korea. Identify the similarities in terms of the subjects and elements of arts (color, space, texture, line) used by each country by writing your observations on a manila paper. Chinese Paintings Japanese Paintings 118. 237 Korean Paintings Activity 2: My Diary! As if you were to write in a diary, answer the following questions. Write your answers in your notebook. 1. What did you observe about the arts of East Asian countries (Japan, China, and Korea)? 2. What did you learn about East Asian arts? 3. What skills did you develop? 4. What did you feel while doing the activities? Dear Diary, I observed that the arts of Japan, China and Korea are ____________. I learned that________________________________________________________. Aside from the things I learned, I also developed my skills in____________________. While doing the activities, I felt _____________________________________________. Sincerely yours, ____________________________ 119. Discuss the research work by groups Group I –Painting Group II- Paper Cutting and Folding Group III- Mask Painting Note: All the research should be kept for the culminating activity that will serve as a source of information/reading references. So what are the similar characteristics of East Asian arts? The arts of China, Japan, and Korea are closely similar to one another. They all have paintings both on fabrics, paper, and faces. They also have knot tying, paper folding, paper cutting and calligraphy. It‘s time to show what you have learned. Continue to the next part of the lesson. To deepen your understanding about the East Asian arts, research on: 1. application of principles and elements of art, 2. techniques and styles in the production of East Asian Arts 3. brief history of East Asian Arts 238 Activity 3: Group Research The class will be divided into three (3) groups. 120. The layout should be visible from a distance and must have a visual impact related to the country. The exhibit should be documented (i.e. photos/videos) by the members CRITERIA VERY GOOD (10 Points) GOOD (6 Points) AVERAGE (4 Points) NEEDS IMPROVEMENT (2 Points) ORDER Exhibit was arranged properly Some parts of the exhibit were out of place Several exhibited artworks were out of place Artworks were placed disorderly COOPERATION All group members have artworks in the exhibit Some group members did not exhibit their artworks Most of the group members did not exhibit their artworks Only 1 member exhibited his/her artworks. RESOURCEFULNESS All members used recycled materials Most of the members used recycled materials Some of the members used recycled materials Only 1 member used recycled materials. Total Points Highest Possible Score: 30 pts. Equivalent Rating: Very Good: 25-30=100 pts. Good: 21-25=90 pts Average: 16-20=80 pts Needs Improvement : 6-15= 70 pts. Score Rating The individual artworks will also be displayed in the exhibit.  Each group will prepare the display area based on the theme/concept of the assigned task.  Research should include brief history, description, and sample pictures. 239 PART IV. TRANSFER Activity: Group Task You will be grouped into three (3). Each group will create a collection of artworks from Japan, China or Korea and put into an exhibit. Group 1: Japan- Painting Group 2: China- Paper Cutting and Folding Group 3: Korea- Mask Painting 121. The invention of paper in China led to the development of more economical medium of painting and was instrumental in the development of an aircraft by the Weifang, Sandong, China is the capital city of kites during the Song Dynasty to Ming Dynasty. Since 1984, China is considered to have the largest international kite festival on earth.  There are six subjects/themes and three concepts (nature, heaven, humankind) in the production of Chinese art.  The silver or golden sycee were imitated through paper folding for a traditional funeral, for burning in the Chinese ancestor‘s grave, or as a symbol of prosperity on New Year‘s day.  Paper folding in ancient China

emphasizes more in the making of a hat and boat unlike flowers, animals, birds, fish geometric shapes, dolls and are the common models used in Japanese origami.  Landscape painting is regarded as the highest form of painting in China.  Japanese painting, and later printmaking, is the depiction of scenes from everyday life and narrative scenes that are often crowded with figures and detail. This tradition began in the early medieval period under Chinese influence.  Nature has always been regarded as an element of utmost importance in East Asian countries. 240 SUMMARY The makeup and perfume worn throughout performances were highly significant to the stories that were being told in the kabuki play. ―A sincere artist is not one who makes a faithful attempt to put on to canvas what is in front of him, but one who tries to create something which is, in itself, a living thing.‖ -William Dobell Face painting for theatrical performances are used in Peking Opera in China and Kabuki in Japan, while mask painting is used in Korea.  Knot tying in Korea is called Maedeup, in China Zhongguo and in Japan it is Hanamusubi Wright brothers. 122. 241 GLOSSARY Art refers to the visual arts which cover the creation of images or objects in fields including painting, sculpture, printmaking, photography, and other visual media. Art form is an activity or a piece of artistic work that can be regarded as a medium of artistic expression. Artwork refers to a work of art in the visual arts and a piece of conceptual art Calligraphy is the art of ―beautiful handwriting‖ with pen or brush with the use of ink, pait or watercolor on paper, silk or any similar material. Crane is a large bird with long legs and a long neck that lives near water which is the most common model in Japanese origami. materials for purpose. Chinese Character or logograms in Calligraphy are used in the writing of Chinese (where they may be called hanzi and Japanese (kanji). Such characters are also used, albeit less frequently, in Korean (hanja), and were formerly used in Vietnamese (hán tự), Chinese theme is the artist‘s subject of painting such as landscape, animals, bamboos,etc. Design an organized arrangement of one or more visual elements, principles Medium refers to the type of material used to create artwork. Origami refers to the traditional Japanese art of paper folding. Palette is any material that can be used as a container for mixing colors in painting. Principles of design are choice and arrangement of elements of art in an artwork. Shamanism is a practice that involves a practitioner reaching altered states of consciousness in order to encounter and interact with the Spirit world Sinister suggests threat or suggests malevolence, menace, or harm Smudge is a path of spread ink or paint blurring what has been painted Treacherous or traitor betrays or ready to betray somebody's trust, confidence, or faith Ukiyo-e is a style of woodblock printmaking in Japan. 123. 242 Woodblock printing is the process that involves transferring and cutting pictures into wood blocks, inking the surface of these blocks, and printing Yin-Yang- In Chinese philosophy, the concept of yin-yang, which is often referred to in the West as "yin and yang", literally meaning "shadow and light", is used to describe how polar opposites or seemingly contrary forces are interconnected and interdependent in the natural world, and how they give rise to each other in turn in relation to each other. REFERENCES/SOURCES Sources: TASK 3: PAINTING ANALYSIS 124. West Asia is a region that encompasses Western Asia and part of North Africa Did you enjoy your travel in East Asia and gained lots of information and their contributions to world arts? This time let‘s visit India, Central Asia and West Asia and know more about their work of arts compared to the arts of East Asia, Southeast Asia and the Philippines. what are the five independent republics, that comprises Central Asia  how they exhibit ornate, very intricate and colorful motifs in their artworks where unusually free expression may be seen  how strong sense of design can be observed in their modern as well as in their traditional forms  how it intertwines with the enriching history, religions and philosophies of the subcontinent  how the visual arts wereproduced and how it can be classified into specific periods, each reflecting particular religious, political and cultural developments 245 In this module, you will learn: 125. 246 http://images.redstate.com/files/map9-middle-east-and-cent.gif 126. Appreciate their art forms, motifs and themes by using them in an appropriate programs, school activities, celebrations and in personal hobbies Examples of Visual arts of India compare the artworks of the Philippines with the artworks of India, Central Asia and West Asia in terms of forms, motifs, shapes and designs.  appreciate the ethnic and unique characteristics of art form and style through creating and viewing similar artworks  compare the development of crafts in specific areas of a country, according to traditional specialized expertise, functionality, and availability of resources  identify contributions made by the named countries in the field of arts like architecture, painting, and folk arts  use the different motifs and designs as manifested in their folk arts  describe the unique lines, forms, shapes and colors found in their folk arts  understand how art plays a significant role in the daily life and activities of the people  analyze art elements (color, line, shape, etc.) and principles (texture, proportion, emphasis, harmony etc.) in the production of arts and crafts 247 OBJECTIVES At the end of this module, you, as a learner, are expected to: 127. 248 PRE- ASSESSMENT ACTIVITY 1: Indian Crepe (Group Work) You will need the following materials: Dark-colored crepe paper/or any colored paper Bleach (i.e., Clorox) Plastic cups Cotton buds

PROCEDURE: 1. Draw your design on a piece of paper. 2. Spread out the crepe paper or the colored paper on a flat surface. 3. Pour a small amount of bleach in a plastic cup. Take care not to spill any on your clothes or to get any on your skin. 4. Lightly dip the tip of a cotton bud in the bleach. 5. Create designs on the crepe paper by gently drawing lines with the cotton buds. Be careful not to tear the thin crepe paper. 6. Decide on the pattern: repeated or alternative motifs, radial, or border design. After reading our objectives, let‘s proceed with our activity to test how well versed you are about the arts of India 128. 249 RUBRICS Indicators 5 3 1 1. Considered the suggestions of each member to come up with a presentable work 2. Followed instructions correctly 3. Shared and applied the skills and talents on the activity 4. Manifested enjoyment while working with other group members Points Descriptive Equivalent Grade 16 – 20 Excellent 95% 11 – 15 Very Good 90% 6 – 10 Fair 85% 1 – 5 Needs Improvement 80% ACTIVITY 2: Lines and curves – Map of life MATERIALS NEEDED: Oslo paper Pen, pencil or colored pencils DIRECTIONS: 1. Recall some of your remarkable childhood memories. 2. Using the diagram below sketch or draw the places that have been a part of your life and are of interest to the members of your family. Example: From your house, church, malls, parks and school. 3. Answer the questions found on the next page. I‘m sure you enjoyed your first activity. You were able to show your creativity and skills in creating designs demonstrating the elements and principles of art. This time, you will apply other elements of art aside from shapes and designs 129. 250 Write your answers to the following questions in your notebook: 1. Why are those places important to you and your family? How were you able to reach those places? 2. What features made those places memorable to you and your family? 3. How did these places affect you and the other members of your family? 4. What type of lines can you see on your sketch? Let us now proceed with our first lesson on Indian Art. 130. Islamic Ascendancy (1192-1757) or Transitional Period This was the period of evolution from Vedism into Hinduism or Brahmanism. The two great Indian epics: the Mahabharata and the Ramayana emerged in this period. Ancient Period (3900 BCE-1200 CE) Some evidences of the early civilization are bronze and copper statuettes and steatite seals, which show vigor and concern for surface texture as constantly characterized in Indian art. The Ajanta Caves of Maharashtra, India are 30 rock-cut cave monuments that date back from the 2nd century BCE to the 600 CE, including paintings and sculptures considered to be masterpieces of Buddhist religious art , as well as frescos that are reminiscent of the Sigiriya paintings in Sri Lanka. Ajanta Caves of Maharashtra Classical Period ( 5th to 6th centuries) The image of Shiva (as illustrated in the picture), the destroyer, develops into Shiva the Cosmic-dancer represented by a four-armed figure, where one hand holds the fire with which he destroys, another holds a drum, which is the first sound heard in the world during creation, then the third arm points up in a reassuring gesture, and a fourth arm points down to the dwarf in which he dances to. 251 PART I. KNOW LESSON 1: Periods of Indian Art 131. Mogul period ( 16th Century) Moguls contributed to the enrichment of Indian culture, in painting and in architecture. The most splendid example is the Taj Majal built in 1632 by Shah Jahan in memory of his wife. Diwali lamps for sale in the market Diwali is celebrated by Hindus in India and all around the world in October or November. It is the Hindu New Year and is either a 3-day or 5-day holiday depending on where you come from. It is a very exciting and colorful holiday, where homes are cleaned to welcome the New Year and windows are opened so that the Hindu goddess of wealth, Lakshmi, can enter. Hindus believed that she cannot enter a house which is not lit up, so every household burns special Diwali clay lamps (diyas) to light the way for the goddess, which is why the holiday is also known as the 'Festival of Lights'. Today you are going to learn about an Indian art that I know you will enjoy. Keep on reading.252 132. 253 LESSON 2: RANGOLI Rangoli is one of the most beautiful and most pleasing art forms of India. It is comprised of two words:'rang' meaning 'color' and 'aavalli' meaning 'colored creepers' or 'row of colors'. Rangoli, the art of making designs or patterns on the walls or the floor of the house, uses finely ground white powder along with different colors. Numerous households in the Indian subcontinent make use of Rangoli designs for decorating the courtyard of their house. http://www.activityvillage.co.uk/rangoli-with-diya.jpg The traditional form of Rangoli made use of designs and motifs based on nature, such as mangoes, creepers, flowers, swans, peacocks, etc. Even the colors in the traditional art form were extracted from natural dyes, like barks of trees, leaves, indigo plant, etc. These days, synthetic dyes have more or less replaced the natural dyes of the earlier times. http://www.activityvillage.co.uk/peacock-rangoli.jpg The materials used in the Rangoli patterns of today give either a very flat appearance or a 3-D effect. Rangoli designs include geometric patterns, the swastika, lotus, trident, fish, conch, creepers, leaves, trees, flowers, animals, etc. 133. Post-Colonial Mohenjo Daro Around the middle of the 3rd millennium BCE, an advanced urban culture developed for the first time in the region, with large buildings, some of which still survive to this day

likeMohenjo Daro, Harappa,and Kot Diji which areamong the pre-Islamic settlements that are now tourist attractions. Kot Diji Across Pakistan, brightly colored flamboyant trucks, painted with images of idealized landscapes, famous personalities, flowers, and trees, turned village lanes, city streets, and long-distance highways into a gallery without walls; a free-form, kaleidoscopic exhibition in motion. Truck Art of Pakistan Colonial  Islamic  Pre-Islamic 254 LESSON 3: PAKISTAN Pakistani architecture is divided into four recognized periods: 134. 255 Other arts of Pakistan includes painted chests and jars Did you appreciate the truck art of Pakistan? Let us now tour the other parts of Central Asia. Just keep on reading. LESSON 4: UZBEKISTAN, KAZAKHSTAN, TAJIKISTAN People who inhabited the region of present Uzbekistan are known for making printed cloth. Printed table-cloths, curtains, bed-spreads, shawls and various coverlets were utilitarian and served as a daily-round ornament as well. Uzbekistan ceramics hold a prominent place among the numerous forms of popular applied art. Applied arts in ancient Kazakhstan were part of life‘s daily routine. Clothing, utility tools, yurts, and horses‘ saddles were always decorated using nomadic patterns and design. Kazakhstan‘s visual arts are relatively young. In ancient times, nomads used to draw on rocks and, today, these petroglyphs can be found throughout Kazakhstan. Fine art in Kazakhstan varies in style, direction, and genre. The most captivating work by Kazakhstan artists in different periods can be seen in museums across the country. 135. 256 Tajiks have been making fabrics, utensils, musical instruments, carpets, furniture, jewelry, and many other things for many centuries. The art of decorative carving is very important for local residents. Carving is mostly present in architectural monuments, household structures and objects, musical instruments, and souvenirs. When Islam came, Tajik‘s carving gradually changed to Arabian inscriptions using images of people and animals while some carvers prefer ―vegetative,‖ geometrical patterns. In architecture, ornaments in the form of lotus, tulips, and other flowers are more common. 136. 257 LESSON 5: TURKMENISTAN AND KYRGYSTAN The most unique and beautiful carpets in the world are produced by Turkmenistan. These vary in shape and purpose. Carpet weaving is an ancient art, and each tribe developed its own distinctive pattern. The traditional arts include felt manufacture, jewelry making, woodwork, ceramics, and silverwork. Turkmen carpets have been traditionally woven out of wool, cotton, and silk by women, using horizontal looms. The method of weaving has been modernized, but the beauty and quality of the fabrics remain. Turkmenistan is also the source of keteni, a homespun silk that is used for the beautiful dresses worn by Turkmen women on special occasions. The embroidery uses different patterns that are as unique as a family seal. "KETENI" CLOTH IS AN OBJECT OF ONE OF THE WONDERFUL TRADITIONS OF THE TURKMEN PEOPLE Kyrgyz women produce a wide range of textiles, mostly from the felt of their sheep. Nowadays ancient patterns are adapted to the tourist and export market, but it is still a living tradition and that all yurts and most houses contain hand-made carpets or rugs called shirdaks. Let‘s now visit the neighboring countries of Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Tajikistan 137. 258 Large elaborately embroidered wall hangings called Tush kyizare traditionally made in Kyrgyzstan and Kazakhstan, by elder women to commemorate the marriage of a son or daughter. Colors and designs are chosen to symbolize Kyrgyz traditions and rural life. Flowers, plants, animals, stylized horns, national designs, and emblems of Kyrgyz life are often found in these ornate and colorful embroideries. Flat cushions called xxx are usually made in shadow-pairs. These are seen on every chair, padding the seat. LESSON 6: ARTS AND CRAFTS OF WEST ASIA West Asia is rich in cultural heritage, and this is clearly evident in the variety and quality of regional arts and crafts. Arts-Crafts--Middle-East-Design After visiting Central Asia, we will now fly to West Asia. 138. Although these are some of the most acclaimed art forms contributed by West Asia, their aesthetics can be seen in almost any product from the region even including such things as handmade soap from Syria or Lebanon. a Lebanese man sculpting soap blocks blown glassworks Metalwork craftsman hammering a design  hammered metalwork  Calligraphy  inlaid wood designs  wood carving  ceramics  embroidery 259 Typical artistic forms from the region include: 139. 260 PART II. PROCESS ACTIVITY 1: Rangoli Art After learning about Rangoli, I will now let you experience how to make one. You will need: Glue Plain paper plate Pencil Colored sand (different colors) DIRECTIONS: 1. Sketch your design lightly in pencil or chalk in ¼ illustration board. 2. When you are happy with your design, finalize the outline with heavier lines. 3. Use glue to outline your design. 4. Roll the paper plate into a cone and snip a small hole in the narrow end. 5. Fill the larger opening with colored sand. Use your finger as a stopper on the small hole you made. This is how you will control the flow of the sand. 6. Fill in your design with sand according to your choice and color combination. This is the most interesting step, and usually the most fun.

140. 261 7. Apply different design patterns: - Repeated - Radial pattern i. - Alternating - Border pattern 8. Display your work in class. SELF ASSESSMENT (To be answered in the notebook): 1. Is my work worth emulating? How was I able to come up with this emulous project? 2. Were the colors and designs applied properly? 3. In what part of theproject did you enjoy the most? 141. 262 ACTIVITY 2: DIWALI MOBILE Let‘s imagine that we are from India and are about to take part in the Diwalicelebration. The place of celebration is fully lighted with diya. Everyone is asked to hold a diya to make the place look festive and brighter. Here is the procedure for the diya mobile. You will need: Yellow textured paper or pages of magazine Textured paper in a bright color Gold cord Gold glitter glue String Scissors Puncher Instructions: 1. Cut out a flame shape from yellow paper and a diya shape from the other paper. 2. Make a hole at the bottom of the flame and another in the middle of the diya. 3. Tie them together with the gold cord. 4. Make a hole at the top of the flame and tie on some gold cord for hanging. 5. With glitter glue or a gold pen, write ‗Happy‘ on the flame and ‗Diwali‘ on the diya. 142. 263 ASSESSMENT: In this lesson, you will further understand how lines, colors, shapes, balance, and repetition can give more meaning and significance to the art of Central Asia. This will help you: a. Understand the processes in art b. Determine its impact to you as an individual c. Learn the importance of appreciating a work of art d. Understand its relationship to other countries around you. Was I able to follow directions correctly? Did I enjoy working on this praise-worthy project? What Philippine designs look similar to the designs of India? Is my mobile moving?If not, what can I do to make it move? How did I use recycled materials in this project? Was I able to follow directions correctly? Did I enjoy working on this project? Was I able to employ different art elements and principles in making this project? What Philippine designs look similar to the designs of India? Is my mobile moving? If not, what can I do to make it move? 143. 264 ACTIVITY 3: VIDEO PRESENTATION – TRUCK ART Uploaded by journeymanpictures http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4EhNAib0b6Q Guide Questions 1. Describe the unique lines, color, forms, and shapes found in Pakistan‘s truck art. 2. Give your impressions on how Pakistanis use the elements of arts in their artwork. 3. Compare our Pinoy jeep with their truck art with regard to the color, design, forms, and shapes. ACTIVITY 4: CANDLE SCULPTURE MATERIALS NEEDED: Old newspaper pencil Candle – 2‖ in diameter Sketch of your chosen design Nail pusher Black permanent marker DIRECTIONS: 1. Spread out the old newspaper to protect your work area. 2. Sketch your chosen design on the candle using your pencil. Use geometric shapes and patterns like scrollwork and curved lines. 3. With the nail pusher, carve the design on the candle. Use the subtractive technique to cut away the unwanted part. 4. Highlight the design with the use of a black permanent marker. I want you to show your skill in designing and showcasing the art of Tajikistan. Are you ready? I want you to view a video about the Truck Art of Pakistan. Enjoy! 144. 265 Rubric CATEGORY Excellent - 5 Good – 4 Fair – 3 Poor - 2 Following Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is well- defined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. Numerical Descriptive Grade Equivalent 11 – 15 Excellent 95% 8 - 10 Good 85% 6 Need Improvement 75% ACTIVITY 5: Clay Pot Designing MATERIALS: Old newspaper Black and white acrylic paint Small clay pot Pencil Brushes of different sizes 145. 266 PROCEDURES: Prepare your work place by spreading old newspaper as your placemat. 1. Choose either the white or black paint as your base. Apply the paint and let it dry. 2. Plan the design you want to be painted on your pot. Keep in mind the elements and principles of design in Indian art. 3. Using your pencil, sketch out your design on the pot. 4. Use your paint and brush to create your design. Let it dry. 5. Display your work for assessment. Rubric CATEGORY Excellent - 5 Good – 4 Fair – 3 Poor - 2 Following Directions Student the directions correctly. Student followed most of the directions. Student followed some of the directions. The student did not follow instructions. Creativity and Workmanship Student output is very creative and tidy. Student output is good and tidy. Student output is fair and has few errors. Student output is dull with lots of errors Pattern Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is well- defined and used from beginning to end. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is visible but not clearly defined. Pattern of Southeast Asian culture is somewhat visible but not continuous. There is no visible pattern of Southeast Asian culture. Numerical Descriptive Grade Equivalent 11 – 15 Excellent 95% 8 - 10 Good 85% 6 Need Improvement 75% 146. that they have the same religion, beliefs, and customs? that the countries in Central Asia have the same flora and fauna?  that the suffix ―stan‖ means ―land of‖? 267 ACTIVITY 6: BORDER DESIGN IT! MATERIALS: Black cartolina Pair of scissors Stapler Long bond paper Glue Emulsion Paintbrush DIRECTIONS: 1. Cut out two 5―x7―rectangles of black cartolina. Set aside one rectangle. 2. On one of the

cartolina rectangles, draw an inside rectangle, measuring 0.5 inchesfrom the outside edges. Cut out and discard. You will now have a frame. 3. Place the frame on top of the other rectangle. Staple three of the outer edges together so that a 4" by 6" photo can fit inside. 4. Cut the bond paper into 8 lengthwise strips. 5. From the sample design above, create your design by cutting the strips of bond paper. 6. Paste the strips of paper on the frame-shaped cartolina as a border.Trim as needed. 7. Apply emulsion with a brush and let it dry. 8. Put in your photo after finishing your work. 9. Display your work for critiquing. Did you know? 147. 268 ACTIVITY 7: SOAP SCULPTURE YOU WILL NEED: Soap preferably Ivory or Perla Nail pusher Pencil Old newspaper Black pentel pen DIRECTIONS: 1. Prepare your working area by spreading out an old newspaper to gather soap scrapings. 2. Decide on what design you would like to carve on your soap. 3. Use the nail pusher to scrape out part of the soap you want to remove. 4. Highlight your design with the black pentel pen. 5. Clean up after work. QUESTIONS TO ANSWER: 1. Which part of the procedure did you find difficult to do? 2. How did you achieve the design of your work? 3. What technique was applied best for scraping the design in the soap? 4. How can you make all the parts evenly designed? 5. How did you feel while doing the activity? Examples of soap carvings After reading the above lesson, I want you to experience an art work that will bring out the creativity in you. Are you ready? 148. 269 PART III. REFLECT AND UNDERSTAND ACTIVITY: GUESS MY COUNTRY! Identify the country I came from in Central Asia. Describe the designs, forms, colors and style to signify the country where we came from. ASSESSMENT: Make caricatures of faces using dots and lines to express how much you understand the lessons and how can you relate the culture of other countries to our own country. Explain your drawing. Very Happy Surprised Amazed Sad 149. We can better understand and appreciate a work of beauty and vitality by understanding its place in historical continuity. TEST YOURSELF A. INDIA Identify what is being described in each number. Choose the answer from the box. Diwali Rangoli Shiva Lakshmi Diyas ______________1. The art of making designs or patterns on the walls or floors of houses ______________2. Hindu goddess of wealth ______________3. A four arm dancing Hindu goddess ______________4. India‘s Festival of Lights ______________5. Clay lamp to light the way of the goddess The art of India, Central Asia, and West Asia, reflects the dominant attitudes toward important aspects of life of the period which produce them as mirror of cultural history.  Resourcefulness and clarity are keys to successful art activities.  Unique lines, forms, shapes, colors , motifs, and designs are manifested in the art of India, Central Asia, and West Asia.  Art plays a significant role in the daily life and activities of the people of India, Central Asia, and West Asia. 270 KEEP IN MIND: 150. 271 B. CENTRAL ASIA AND WEST ASIA Multiple Choice: Read the directions correctly. Choose the best answer. Write the letters only ______1. Country known for making printed table cloth, curtains, bed spreads and shawls A. Uzbekistan C. Tajikistan B. Kazakhstan D. Pakistan ______2. Country in Central Asia known for utensil making, musical instruments, furniture and jewelry A. Pakistan C. Uzbekistan B. Tajikistan D. Kazakhstan ______3. A homespun silk used for beautiful dresses worn by Turkmen women A. shirdaks C. keteni B. Tush Kyiz D. Diyas ______4. It is a large elaborately embroidered wall hanging made in Kyrgystan and Kazakhstan A. keteni C. shirdaks B. frescoes D. tush kyiz ______5. Images created by removing part of the rock surface by incising, picking and carving A. petroglyphs C. calligraphy B. hieroglyphs D. ochre PART IV. PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY: 1. Create an art exhibit focusing on the Arts of Central and West Asia using your own artworks. 2. You need to prepare the exhibit area for your audience. 3. Answer questions from your audience regarding your artworks. 4. The exhibit should be documented. 151. 272 ASSESSMENT: GLOSSARY Aesthetic - pertaining to, involving or concerned with pure emotion and sensation as opposed to pure intellectuality Carving - act of fashioning or producing by cutting into or shaping solid material, such as wood Conch - is a common name that is applied to a number of different medium to large-sized sea snails or their shells. The term generally applies to large sea snails that have a high spire and a siphon canal Deity - is a being, natural,supernatural or preternatural, with superhuman powers or qualities, and who may be thought of as holy, divine, or sacred Distinctive - having a special quality, style, attractiveness, etc; notable Diwali - a festival celebrated by Hindus in India and all around the world in October or November. It is the Hindu New Year and is either a 3-day or 5-day holiday depending on where you come from. CRITERIA VERY GOOD (10 Points) GOOD (6 Points) AVERAGE (4 Points) NEEDS IMPROVEMENT (2 Points) ORDER Exhibit was arranged properly Some parts of the exhibit were out of place Several exhibited artworks were out of place Artworks were placed disorderly COOPERATION All group members have artworks in the exhibit Some group members did not exhibit their artworks Most of the group members did not exhibit their artworks Only 1 member exhibited his/her artworks. RESOURCEFULNESS All members used recycled materials Most of the members used recycled materials Some of the members used recycled materials Only 1 member used recycled materials. Total Points

Highest Possible Score: 30 pts. Equivalent Rating: Very Good: 25-30=100 pts. Good: 21-25=90 pts Average: 16-20=80 pts Needs Improvement : 6-15= 70 pts. Score Rating 152. 273 Diyas - special Diwali clay lamps Ecological -the branch of sociology concerned with the spacing and interdependence of people and institutions. Emulating -to strive to equal or excel, especially through imitation Emulous -eager or ambitious to equal or surpass another Encompass - to enclose; envelop; to constitute or include Flamboyant - marked by or given to strikingly elaborate or colorful display or behavior Frescos - a technique of mural painting executed upon laid lime. Water is used as the vehicle for the pigment and, with the setting of the plaster, the painting becomes an integral part of the wall. Inscriptions something inscribed; a historical, religious, or other record cut, impressed, painted or written on stone, brick, metal or other hard surface Kaleidoscope - is a cylinder with mirrors containing loose, colored objects such as beads or pebbles and bits of glass. As the viewer looks into one end, light entering the other creates a colorful pattern, due to the reflection off of the mirrors. Keteni - a homespun silk that is used for the beautiful dresses worn by Turkmen women on special occasions Lakshmi - the Hindu goddess of wealth Loom - a hand-operated or power-driven apparatus for weaving fabrics, containing harnesses, lay, reed, shuttles, treadles, etc. Nomads -a group of people that moves from one place to another Ochre - is the term for both a golden-yellow or light yellow brown color and for a form of earth pigmentwhich produces the color. Ornament - an accessory, article, or detail used to beautify the appearance of something to which it is a part. Ornate - elaborately or sumptuously adorned, often excessively or showily so. Petroglyph - (also called rock engravings) are pictogram and logo gramimages created by removing part of a rock surface by incising, picking, carving, and abrading. Pictogram - a picture or symbol for a word or group of words 153. 274 Rangoli - the Indian art of making designs or patterns on the walls or the floor of the house, uses finely ground white powder along with different colors. Repeated -a duplicate or reproduction of something; a decorative pattern repeated, usually by printing, on a textile or the like. Shawl - a simple item of clothing, loosely worn over the shoulders, upper body and arms, and sometimes also over the head. It is usually a rectangular or square piece of cloth, which is often folded to make a triangle. Sometimes it can also be triangular in shape. Other shapes include oblong shawls. Shirdaks - hand-made carpets or rugs; flat cushions made in shadow-pairs, made by Kyrgyz women Shiva -is a major Hindu deity, and is the Destroyer or Transformer among the Trimurti, the Hindu Trinity of the primary aspects of the divine, represented by a four-armed figure siphon canal - is an anatomical feature of the shells of certain groups of sea snails swastika - an equilateral cross with four arms bent at 90 degrees. The word swastika came from the Sanskrit word svastika, meaning any lucky or auspicious object, and in particular a mark made on persons and things to denote auspiciousness. Tajiks - an ethnic group originating from Tajikistan, Afghanistan, Uzbekistan, Iran, Russia and China Trident - a three-pronged spear; the traditional weapon of the Hindu god Shiva used as a geometric design for Rangoli Utilitarian - having regard for utility or usefulness rather than beauty, ornamentation, etc. Vegetative - noting the parts of a plant not specialized for reproduction Voluptuous focused attention on the female body as a source of aesthetic pleasure, sexual attraction, fertility, and reproduction, considered an ideal or preferred body shape, both for attractiveness and for health reasons. Yurt - is a portable, bent wood-framed dwelling structure traditionally used by nomads in the steppes of Central Asia. 154. 275 REFERENCES: http://images.redstate.com/files/map9-middle-east-and-cent.gif http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_Asia http://www.google.com.ph/imgres?q=visual+art+from+india http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/102315/history-of-Central-Asia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India#History http://www.google.com.ph/search?num=10&hl=en&site=imghp&tbm=isch&source=h p&biw=1137&bih=538&q=india+map http://www.google.com.ph/search?hl=en&biw=1137&bih=491&site=imghp&tbm=isch &sa=1&q=map+of+central+asia&oq=map http://www.hobbycraft.co.uk/Pages/Ideas/Idea.aspx?id=1352 http://t0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcSPKTmb84gkTedUb80DnxKJ4rz8DsBMDrkWvWwkWfegG7I6tjijA http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bodhisattva http://www.flickr.com/photos/pedrosz/341500212/ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ajanta_Caves http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_Asia http://www.thepaltrysapien.com/2012/07/pakistani-truck-art-andthe-art-is-essential- to-life-discussion/ http://www.google.com.ph/search?um=1&hl=en&biw=1137&bih=491&tbm=isch&sa= 1&q=folk+arts+of+kazakhstan&oq=folk+arts http://www.advantour.com/uzbekistan/culture/handicrafts/dolls.htm http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Mohatta_Palace.jpg http://www.central-asia.info/kazakhstan/culture http://www.google.com.ph/search?um=1&hl=en&biw=1137&bih=491&tbm=isch&sa=

1&q=turkmenistan+SILK&oq=turkmenistan+SILK http://www.ehow.com/list_6703312_india-art-activities.html http://www.culturalindia.net/indian-history/index.html http://www.culturalindia.net/indian-art/rangoli/index.html 155. 276 http://www.kiddiegardens.com/painting_clay_pots.html http://t0.gstatic.com/images http://www.orexca.com/centralasia.php http://www.advantour.com/central-asia http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4EhNAib0b6Q http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middle_East http://www.google.com.ph http://t2.gstatic.com/images? http://www.fancy4glass.ca/inventory-images http://img.artknowledgenews.com/files2011dec/Anselm-Kiefer-West-Eastern- Divan.jpg http://www.activityvillage.co.uk/ http://t1.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcQZXxh8ApgWYrYGu_v8ZKI6XhgFYdksj BbnVwrldWxwrT7f8E1GXA http://www.middleeastcouncilnc.org/home/MECC-artscrafts.php http://t0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcTpNx7dDYIfApNZ_KHx6VbJWopj_xCzdMXqapGup0xH9b6rhVe http://t1.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcSD0d7exUCrNbO_CJsPsl73qL83RqMU wmzrKQYX3XeZvF6IfNcSA http://t0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcTpNx7dDYIfApNZ_KHx6VbJWopj_xCzdMXqapGup0xH9b6rhVe http://t0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcSTJiqX4iVVdmz0kkULc7UjQVw_pZm8pr cTGuyqxrpGl7LO1DHJ http://www.google.com.ph/imgres?q=soap+carving+patterns&num=10&hl=fil&newwi ndow=1&biw=1137&bih=538&tbm=isch&tbnid=EImgJ0OPvQSiM:&imgrefurl=http://www.glogster.com/cutiepie225/soap-carving/ http://www.google.com.ph/imgres?q=soap+carving+patterns&num=10&hl=fil&newwi ndow=1&biw=1137&bih=538&tbm=isch&tbnid=WtH0qu68EshTDM:&imgrefurl =http://te448spring09.blogspot.com/2009/03/soap http://dictionary.reference.com/browse/ 156. 277 INTRODUCTION 157. explain what component contributed in selecting the performing group We are here to accompany and guide you in working out the activities. Read and understand the information and instructions carefully. You will surely enjoy and will have a great time as you go along in your learning material! Now let‘s get started! analyze the uniqueness of each group that was given recognition for their performances  design with a group the visual components of a school drama  define what makes each of the Asian festivals unique by a visual presentation and report on selected festivals representing the different Asian countries  explain the history of the festival and theatrical composition and its evolution and describe how the townspeople participate and contribute to its festivity and gaiety  identify the festivals and theatrical forms celebrated in China, Japan, Thailand, and Indonesia 278 After you have learned the Asian folk arts from different Asian countries in previous quarters, it is time for you to study and learn the basic concepts, elements, and principles of festivals and theater art forms of Asia specifically of China, Japan, Indonesia, and Thailand. In the 4th quarter, you will discover the people, history, culture, and traditions of China, Japan, Indonesia, and Thailand by reading, watching, and performing the different Asian festivals and theater art forms. OBJECTIVES At the end of this quarter, you, as a learner are expected to: 158. 279 PRE-ASSESSMENT A. Tableau: (5 points) Divide yourselves into groups of 5-8 members. Each group will make tableaus of different images/scenarios you usually see in the surroundings (e.g. playground, street crossing, market, park etc.). Let other students guess what scenarios were presented in the tableau. Rubrics: 5 4 3 2 CREATIVITY The group was able to establish the mood and meaning of the tableau. The group almost established the mood and meaning of the tableau The group somehow established mood and meaning of the tableau The group tried to establish the mood and meaning of the tableau but was not successful COOPERATION All members cooperated in creating each scenario almost all members cooperated to create their choice of scenario some of the members cooperated to create their choice of scenario most of the members did not cooperate to create their choice of scenario This is a kind of test called Pre/Diagnostic Assessment in which we want to find out your prior knowledge about the topics. Don‘t worry if you do not know some of the answers. Okay, you may now begin. Read the instructions/directions carefully before you answer. Good luck! 159. 280 B. Picture Presentation (5 points): The pictures in the following pages are different stage and musical plays. Can you help me name the title of each play? Choose from the titles written inside the box and write your answers on the blanks provided. 1. 2. PHANTOM OF THE OPERA ROMEO AND JULIET MISS SAIGON IBONG ADARNA THE KING AND I FLORANTE AT LAURA 160. 281 161. 282 3.

162. 283 4. 163. 284 5. 164. 285 C. Group Dynamics (12 points): Based on the pictures provided, you may choose one theater act from activity B. Analyze the play according to the theater aspects in the table below. Be prepared to explain your analysis in front of the class. Title of the Musical/Stage Play Elements of Theater (Audience, Actors and Actresses, Director, Purpose of Play Piece, Playwright, Visual Effect, Sound Effect) (4 points) Elements of Artistic Expression (Line, Color, Sound, Shape, Space, Rhythm, Movement, Texture) (4 points) Tools of the Performers (Body, Voice, Emotion) (4 points) Rubrics: Score: 4 3 2 1 Indicators: Uses 6-8 elements; Arrangement and organization of ideas are clearly stated and spontaneous Uses 4-5 elements: Arrangement and organization of ideas are clearly stated and spontaneous Uses 2-3 elements: Arrangement and organization of ideas are clearly stated and spontaneous Uses only 1 element, Arrangement of ideas not clearly and illogically stated 165. 286 D. Word Hunt: (13 points) You are going to find words that are related to the principles of composition and organization in theater art. There are 13 words to look for. 1. variation 2. dynamics 3. proportion 4. movement 5. logic 6. contrast 7. balance 8. subordination 9. harmony 10.selectivity 11.focus 12.plot 13.unity E: Matching Type: (9 points) Match column A with column B. Write the letter of the correct answer on the blanks. Festivals/Theater Art Forms: A. B. ______1. Ati-Atihan- Philippines a. W V Y T I V I T C E L E S X C PROPORTIONVNPLOGICQZBRSADLKAWBALANCERYOSFRCZFWFMLI NTDOHIKDXGGIAALXCONTRASTXTMNJUNITYZQZFIIDQSHARMONYY OSUBORDINATIONMOVEMENTQKYEH 166. 287 ______2.Lantern Festival-Thailand b. ______3.Kodo Taiko Drum Festival-Japan c. ______4.Bali Dance Festival- Indonesia d. ______5. Sarswela-Philippines e. 167. 288 ______6.Kabuki-Japan f. ______7.Wayang Kulit-Indonesia g. ______8.Peking Opera-China h. ______9. Nang Shadow Puppetry-Thailand i. 168. 289 F. Ball Designing: (9 points) Aside from the musical/stage plays or festivals that you have seen in your previous tasks, are there any other stage plays or festivals that you already know? Make your own ball design and write your answers on the ball. Below is an example of a ball design. FESTIVALS M USI CA L PL AY ST AG E PL AY Were you able to find out how much you know about Asian musical theater? If you happen to miss some answers on the test, it is okay. Take note of those wrong answers you have written because you can use that in our next task. Let us proceed. 169. 290 LEARNING GOALS After you have learned our objectives and have answered your pre/diagnostic test, based on the results of your tests you may now create your own goals. You have to set your own goals in order to achieve our objectives. You may now formulate your own goals by writing a letter in your diary. Date: ____________________ Dear Diary, It‘s the last quarter. I have learned so much about the different Arts and crafts of Asia in the previous quarters. Based on the Pre-assessment activities, we will be learning about Asian Festivals and Theater Art Forms. In this quarter, I would like to learn about: ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ I would like to know how to: ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ I would like to understand why or how: ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ Your friend, __________________________________ In this module, I would like to learn about... 170. 291 Part 1: What to know? China, Japan, Indonesia, and Thailand Theater Arts and Festival Activity: Name all the countries mentioned in previous activities. Can you locate the four countries on the map below? China - Peking Opera - Spring /New Year Festival Japan - Kabuki - Taiko Drum Festival Thailand - Nang Lantern Festival Indonesia - Wayang Kulit - Bali Dance Always remember your goals because those are your guide in mastering your understanding of the topics. You are now ready for the main part of this material. This time you are going to find out the correct answers by studying the lessons. You have to concentrate and focus on some readings and activities given in each lesson. You are expected to do your best in doing each task. Now you are ready to go to the next level. 171. 292 Activity: China, Japan, Indonesia, and Thailand Theater Arts Option: Video Clips Presentation and Group Reporting: Hello! You are going to watch China‘s Peking Opera, Japan‘s Kabuki, Indonesia‘s Wayang

Kulit and Thailand‘s Nang Puppet show. While you are watching the videos you will be given guide questions to answer. You may answer this individually or in groups. Refer to linkages on the reference page if the CD is not available. 1. Tell something about the Chinese Peking Opera. Describe the make-up and movements done in the play. Makeup:___________________________________________________________ Movements:_________________________________________________________ 2. Write some spectacular things that you see on the stage of Japan‘s Kabuki play? How did the costumes in the play make it more interesting to watch? ___________________________________________________________________ 3. Describe how the Wayang Kulit puppets are performed in the play. How did the stage set up, sounds, and lights affect the show? ___________________________________________________________________ 4. Compare Thailand‘s Nang (shadow puppet show) to Indonesian‘s Wayang Kulit using the chart below. Name of Puppet Shadow Theater Materials Used Movements Story 1. Wayang Kulit 2. Nang 172. 293 Activity: Video Presentation on Festivals: Now it is time to watch China‘s Spring/New Year, Japan‘s Taiko Drum, Indonesia‘s Bali Dance, and Thailand‘s Lantern Festivals. While you are watching the videos you will be given again guide questions to answer. You may create your own group. Refer to linkages at the reference page if the CD is not available. Chinese Spring/New Year Festival Lunar New Year Celebrations Begin in China Japan‘s Taiko Drum Kodo 30th Anniversary - One Earth Tour 173. 294 Bali Dance Tari Panyembrama - Balinese Dance Lantern Festival Loy Krathong Festival in Chiang Mai 2009 174. 295 Guide Questions: 1. What are things that amaze you in the Spring festival of China? Write your impressions. ___________________________________________________________________ 2. Describe the music and movements of the drummers of Japan‘s Taiko Drum festival. ___________________________________________________________________ 3. What were the facial expressions, body movements, and costumes of the Bali dancers? ___________________________________________________________________ 4. What is the function of the Loy Krathong (sky lantern) festival? ___________________________________________________________________ Activity: Group Reporting: Now you will make a report about the Chinese Peking Opera and Spring Festival. 1. Group yourselves into 5 and discuss the topics below. 2. Each group must have one topic to report. You may add your own ideas to your report. Feel free to give your impressions and insights about the topic. 3. Use the chart below for the analysis and summary of your report. 4. Choose a leader to report and a secretary to write your work. 5. You have10 minutes to finish this task. 6. There is always a five- item quiz given for you to answer in every topic. PEKING OPERA http://www.ebeijing.gov.cn/BeijingInformation/BeijingsHistory/t1137406.htm 175. 296 China is known for their traditional theater art form, the Peking Opera or Beijing Opera which combines music, vocal performance, pantomime, dance, and acrobatics. It started in the late 18th century and became fully developed and recognized by the mid-19th century. During the Qing Dynasty court it became extremely popular and came to be regarded as one of the cultural treasures of China. Peking Opera Training: Pupils were often handpicked at a young age by a teacher and trained for seven years on contract from the child's parents. After 1911, training took place in more formally organized schools. Students at these schools rose as early as five o'clock in the morning for exercises. Daytime was spent learning the skills of acting and combat, and senior students performed in outside theaters in the evening. Roles and Characters: 1. Shengis the main male role in Peking opera a. Xiaosheng actors are often involved with beautiful women by virtue of the handsome and young image they project. http://www.newsgd.com/culture/local/content/200910/04/content_5934332.htm b. Wusheng is a martial character for roles involving combat. They are highly trained in acrobatics, and have a natural voice when singing. http://www.chinaopera.net/english/ChineseOpera-Knowledge/Peking-Opera-Wusheng 176. 297 c. Laosheng is a dignified older role, these characters have a gentle and cultivated disposition, and wear sensible costumes. http://www.gracechinatours.com/china-guide/beijing/beijing-opera.html 2. Dan refers to any female role in Peking opera a. Laodan- old woman http://yaymicro.com/stock-image/chineseopera---old-woman/816353 b. Wudan- martial woman http://www.chinaodysseytours.com/pictures-ofchina/?level=picture&id=147 177. 298 c. Daomadan are young female warriors http://www.appletravel.cn/holidays/travel_info.php?id=17 d. Qingyi are virtuous and elite women http://www.mybeijingchina.com/travel-guide/beijing-opera/operaroles.htm e. Huadan are vivacious and unmarried women http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/ezine/200705/31/content_884195_2.htm

178. Blue - loyalty, fierceness and sharpness Reddish purple - just and noble character  Purple - uprightness, sophistication and cool-headedness  Yellow - fierceness, ambition and cool-headedness  Black roughness and fierceness  Red - devotion, courage, bravery, uprightness and loyalty. 299 3. Jing is a painted face male role who plays either primary or secondary roles. This type of role entails a forceful character, which means that a Jing actor must have a strong voice and be able to exaggerate gestures. The red color denotes loyalty and goodness, white denotes evil, and black denotes integrity. http://blogofaaronf.blogspot.com/2011/09/extract-from-my-theater-blog-beijing.html 4. Chou is a male clown role. The Chou usually plays secondary roles whose name also means "ugly". It reflects the traditional belief that the clown's combination of ugliness and laughter could drive away evil spirits. http://blogofaaronf.blogspot.com/2011/09/extract-from-my-theater-blog-beijing.html Visual Performance Elements: Peking-opera performers utilize four main skills. 1. Song 2. Speech 3. Dance-acting - This includes pure dance, pantomime, and all other types of dance. 4. Combat - includes both acrobatics and fighting with all manner of weaponry. You have learned from the previous quarters about the colors the Chinese Peking Opera are using in their facial paints, masks and costumes. This is just a review. The meaning of colors in Peking Opera Masks/Make-ups 179. divided into two parts by an embroidered curtain called a shoujiu. stages were built above the line of sight of the viewers, but some modern stages have been constructed with higher audience seating  square platforms, the action on stage is usually visible from at least three sides  Conventions of movement Walking in a large circle always symbolizes traveling a long distance - Character straightening his or her costume and headdress symbolizes that an important character is about to speak -Pantomimic opening and closing of doors and mounting and descending of stairs Activity: Video clips Presentation: Go back and watch the previous video clips again. Observe the movements, songs, dance and acrobatic skills of the performers. Identify the name of the characters. Apply what you have learned a while ago. And try to perform simple presentation of your group at the end of this module. Staging and Costumes: http://www.chinaopera.net/english/catalog.asp?page=9 Stages:  The art form, gestures, settings, music, and character types are determined by long held conventions  The highest aim of performers in Peking Opera is to put beauty into every motion.  Green - impulsive and violent and stubbornness Xiaohualian (the petty painted face) is a small patch of chalk on and around the nose. Clowns of traditional drama who wears this special make-up show a mean and secretive character. Aesthetic Aims and Principles of Movement:  White - dangerousness, suspiciousness and craftiness. Commonly seen on the stage is the white face for the powerful villain 300 180. immediately move to center north upon entering the stage. All characters enter from the east and exit from the west Understanding Check: Multiple Choice Directions: Choose the letter of the correct answer. Write your answers on a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook. 1. The Peking Opera costume is called___________. a. Balinese costumes c. Saya and barong tagalog b. Kimono and obi d. Xingtou 2. The performance element that includes both acrobatics and fighting with all manner of weaponry in Peking Opera is ______. a. Combat c. Speech b. Dance-Acting d. Song 3. ______ is the main male role in Peking opera. a. Dan c. Jing b. Chou d. Sheng 4. Red color on make-ups in Peking Opera means__________. a. suspicious and craftiness b. roughness and fierceness c. courage, bravery and uprightness d. fierceness, ambition and cool- headedness always seated south of the stage, therefore, north is the most important direction Performers:  are visible to the audience on the front part of the stage Viewers:  a whip is used to indicate a horse and an oar symbolizes a boat Musicians:  will almost always have a table and at least one chair, which can be turned through convention into such diverse objects as a city wall, a mountain, or a bed  utilizes very few props  In contrast, a corrupt official is made to wear a gauze hat with rhomboidal wing Props:  oblong wings (chizi) attached to a gauze hat indicate a loyal official.  give expression to sharp distinctions between good and evil or loyal and wicked characters  enable the audience to distinguish a character's sex and status at first glance if noble or humble, civilian or military, officials or private citizens  origins of Peking Opera costumes can be traced back to the mid-14th century  popularly known as Xifu in Chinese 301 Costume: Xingtou 181. 302 5. There are always props of these on stage in Peking Opera. a. Bed and pillows c. Drums and cymbals b. Chairs and tables d. Wood blocks and sticks Score Descriptions: 5 points 4 points 3 points 2 points 1 point Excellent! Very Good! Good! Study Hard! Read the lessons again! KABUKI OF JAPAN http://www.asiagrace.com/photos/h/kabuki.jpg 182. 303 Kabuki is a form of traditional Japanese drama with highly stylized song, mime, and dance, now performed only by male actors. Japanes Hanamicho – a walkway that cuts through the audience seating area to connect the stage with the back of the theater Suppon -a platform that rises from below the stage  Mawaro butal -the interior of the theater contains a revolving stage  Kogakudo -kabuki theaters that have

stages both in front of the audience and along the sides help create a bond between the actors and viewers  Hanamichi – a flower path, a walkway which extends into the audience and via which dramatic entrances and exits are made; Okuni also perform on a hanamichi stage with her entourage. e, originally as a verb meaning ―act dissolutely,‘ later interpreted as: ka – song, bu – dance and ki – art/skill. http://www.encyclopedia.com/topic/kabuki.aspx Kabuki theater is known for the stylization of its drama and for the elaborate make-up worn by some of its performers. Kabuki is therefore sometimes translated as "the art of singing and dancing". Since the word kabuki is believed to derive from the verb kabuku, meaning "to lean" or "to be out of the ordinary", kabuki can be "bizarre" theater. The expression kabukimono referred originally to those who were bizarrely dressed and paraded on a street. The Kabuki stage features: 183. Aragoto - male roles. Onna-gata - female roles and;  Mie - in which the actor holds a picturesque pose to establish his character and his house name yagō, is sometimes heard in a loud shout (kakegoe) from expert audience member, serving both to express and enhance the audience's appreciation of the actor's achievement. An even greater compliment can be paid by shouting the name of the actor's father. Keshō Actors are separated into two main categories:  shosagoto - dance pieces Jidaimono, or history plays, were set within the context of major events in Japanese history. Strict censorship laws during the Edo period prohibited the representation of contemporary events and particularly prohibited criticising the shogunate or casting it in a bad light, although enforcement varied greatly over the years. Sewamono focused primarily upon commoners (townspeople and peasants). It is generally related to themes of family drama and romance. Elements of kabuki:  sewa-mono- domestic, or post-Sengoku stories and  jidai-mono- historical, or pre-Sengoku period stories  Some stages have 17 trapdoors. The three main categories of the kabuki play are:  Magicians and supernatural beings often make their entrances from trap doors in the hanamichi 304 184. Red and blue are usually aragoto roles, onna-gata playing young women have very little paint These are examples of famous Kabuki characters. A character's make-up, like everything else, is decided by tradition. http://themiddlespaces.blogspot.com/2011/02/kabuki-japanese-theater-ii.html http://www.magiccarpetjournals.com/kabuki.htm305 Most main characters in Kabuki plays are aragoto, because of its super-stylized masculine, heroic style. http://2.bp.blogspot.com http://1.bp.blogspot.com Onna-gata Role(left) Aragoto Role (right) Kabuki "Hero" character Make-up is also one of the most iconic parts of Kabuki. Actors apply their own make-up by painting their faces and necks white, then adding stylized lines in red, black, or blue. The colors and lines that are used tell you what kind of character is being performed. 185. kyu, is almost always short, providing a quick and satisfying conclusion. Kabuki props are often quite interesting. Flowing water is usually represented by fluttering roles of linen; and creatures like insects and foxes. Props often have symbolic meanings. Fans are used to symbolize wind, a sword, a tobacco pipe, waves or food. Costumes are swung from sticks or manipulated by helpers who come on stage dressed in black hooded robes so they are invisible to the audience. The female characters generally wear an elaborate kimono and obi. Pleated hakuma trousers are worn by characters of sexes. Actors playing both sexes often have a supported midriff because a straight and curveless figure are regarded the essence of beauty. tragedy in the third act and possibly a battle in the second and/or fourth acts.  ha, speeding events up, culminating almost always in a great moment of drama or  jo, an auspicious and slow opening which introduces the audience to the characters and the plot  purple, for nobility Kabuki is performed in full-day programs. Audiences escape from the day-to-day world, devoting a full day to entertainment. Though some individual plays, particularly the historical jidaimono, might last an entire day, most were shorter and sequenced with other plays in order to produce a full-day program. The play occupies five acts. The first corresponds to  green, for the supernatural; and  blue or black, for villainy, jealousy, and other negative traits;  pale green, for peacefulness  light blue, for an even temper; http://blogs.smarter.com/fashionbeauty  pink, for youthful joy;  red lines are used to indicate passion, heroism, righteousness, and other positive traits;  The color of the kumadori is an expression of the character's nature: 306 Kabuki make-up, provides an element of style easily recognizable even by those unfamiliar with the art form. Rice powder is used to create the white oshiroi base for the characteristic stage make-up, and kumadori enhances or exaggerates facial lines to produce dramatic animal or supernatural character. 186. 307 Costume changing is considered as an art. There are special teams that take care of complete and partial costume changes and are done as part of the performances. Wigs are important accessories, with each costume having its own type. Specialized craftsmen shape the wigs to the head. Wigs are made of human hair or horse hair or, bear fur or yak-tail hair imported from Tibet. Understanding Check: Multiple Choice Directions: Read the questions carefully and choose the correct answer. You may write your answers on a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook. 1. A platform that raises the performers from

below the stage in Japan‘s Kabuki. a. Hanamichi c. Mawaro butal b. Kogakudo d. Suppon 2. It is a Japanese terminology which means male roles. a. Aragoto b. Suppon b. Onna-gata d. Hanamichi 3. It is the Japanese traditional drama. a. Kabuki c. Nang b. Peking opera d. Wayang Kulit 4. In Kabuki theater art, fan as props symbolizes ______. a. Bird c. rain b. insects d. wind 5. The female characters in Kabuki wear an elaborate a. Balinese costumes c. Saya and Barong Tagalog b. Kimono and obi d. Xingtou Score description: 5 points 4 points 3 points 2 points 1 point Excellent! Very Good! Good! Study Hard! Read the lessons again 187. 308 Wayang Kulit of Indonesia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Wayang_Pandawa.jpg Wayang refer to kinds of puppet theaters, sometimes the puppet itself is referred to as wayang. Performances of shadow puppet theaters are accompanied by a Gamelan orchestra in Java, and by Gender Wayang in Bali. Wayang Kulit, or shadow puppets, are without a doubt the best known of the Indonesian Wayang. Kulit means skin, and refers to the leather construction of the puppets that are carefully shaped with very fine tools and supported with carefully shaped buffalo horn handles and control rods. ] It was given recognition as a Masterpiece of Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity on November 7, 2003 by UNESCO and required Indonesians to preserve their heritage. The stories are usually drawn from the Hindu epics: 1. Ramayana 2. Mahabharata 3. Serat Menak - a story about the heroism of Amir Hamza 188. 309 Ramayana- Bima Mahabarata-Ar Wayang Sandosa has employed spotlights, colored lights and other innovation The Handwork in Making a Wayang Kulit Figure: 1. They start from master models (typically on paper) which are traced out onto skin or parchment, providing the figures with an outline and with indications of any holes that will need to be cut (such as for the mouth or eyes). 2. The figures are then smoothed, usually with a glass bottle, and primed. The structure is inspected and eventually the details are worked through. A further smoothing follows before individual painting, which is undertaken by yet another craftsman. 3. Finally, the movable parts (upper arms, lower arms with hands, and the associated sticks for manipulation) are mounted on the body, which has a central staff by which it is held. In Java, most often used as a light source is a halogen electric light juna http://www.discover-indo.tierranet.com/wayang2.htm http://www.discover-indo.tierranet.com/wayang1c.htm Wayang Kulit Performance consists of shadows cast on a cotton screen and an oil lamp. 189. a puppet box, kothak Explore Wayang Characters banana logs, gedebog; the pointed sticks of the wayang base handle pierce the peeled trunk of a banana tree and the spongy substance holds the puppets in place  a screen frame and screen, gawang and kelir; the main focus of the performance  female singers and a male chorus, pesindhen and penggerong  a light source, blencong  shadow puppets, wayang kulit  a traditional Indonesian orchestra, gamelan  a hammer used by the dhalang to knock on the puppet box, cempala metal plates that the dhalang hits with his foot, kepyak  the puppeteer, dhalang(Java) / dalang(Bali) 310 Elements of Performance: The fundamental components of a performance include: & Stories through the links found at the reference page. Understanding Check: Multiple Choice Directions: Read the questions carefully and choose the correct answer. Write your answers on a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook. 1. It is the shadow puppet of Indonesia. a. Kabuki c. Peking Opera b. Nang d. Wayang Kulit 2. The Indonesian shadow puppet theater shows are based on the stories of _____________. a. Biag Ni Lam-ang c. Ramayana and Mahabharata b. Nagarakretagama d. The Tale of the Heike 3. The puppeteer of Java, Indonesia is called ____________. a. Blencong c. Gawang b. Dalang d. Kothak 4. The performances of shadow puppet theaters are accompanied by the music of ____________. a. Gamelan c. Piano b. Guitar d. Rondalla 5. Indonesian puppet theaters are performed with shadows that are cast on a ________________. a. cotton screen and an oil lamp c. Tarpaulin and spotlight b. Japanese paper and lampshade d. Transparent plastic and flashlight Score Description: 5 points 4 points 3 points 2 points 1 point 190. Mr. Suchart Sapsin, he is a man of many talents. He is not only an expert in the craft of making the puppets but he is also an award - winning writer and poet. He is narrator, speaking or singing all the parts using different voices, and he is a superb mimic. Nang recites tales of the gods and contemporary people through stories of love, current events, and tradition. The shadow puppets used in the Nang represent the there are hundreds of different characters each with a distinctive shadow, but the show will almost always include a clown, funny old man, scatter - brained old woman or rather stupid yokel, who are all great favorites with the fun - loving audiences.  have a religious theme or have an episode from the Ramayana epic which contains dozens of individual stories. They may also be specially written to include up-to-the minute reflections, songs, and poems about local events and matters of current interest in the district or country. 311 Excellent! Very Good! Good! Study Hard! Read the lessons again! Nang Shadow Puppets of Thailand Shadow puppet (Thai: Nang) was one form of public entertainment in the south of Thailand. It is still very popular at village festivals, temple fairs, and celebrations such as marriages. Its characters are made from intricately cut out and articulated shapes of leather. They are delicately colored, but this does not show during a performance as the puppets appear only in shadow against a white sheet, with light shining through from behind. They are manipulated with rods that control movements of the arms and legs. The puppets are

colorful but really they do not have to be because you only see the black shadows. In the second picture you can see the people holding the puppets. Normally you can see only the shadows like in the third picture. Performances: 191. romantic tales, hermits teaching magic to their apprentices, and abandoned children seeking lost loved ones. The Nang attempts to relay to the audience the importance of Thai values and ideologies in a changing world, however, the mystical and historical events remain fundamental in all performances. The association with karma (all actions have equal reactions) and the underlying message of rewards and punishments act as allegories for Buddhist morality and philosophy. And it is usually performed during the country's dry season (February to August). Sida, Rama's wife-Nang Talung The Comedians- Nang Yai http://anthromuseum.missouri.edu/minigalleries/thaipuppets/intro.shtml Two Types of the Nang: starcrossed lovers and  fantastic adventures of a wandering hero,  family conflict, 312 norms and mores of Thai society. Themes commonly seen in Nang performances include 192. comedians. It is the Nai Nang's responsibility to act as an intermediary between the community and the gods, thus the Nang and its producers are highly respected and greatly entwined into Thailand's cultural fibers. Option for puppet theater Analysis and Interpretation: Your group will talk about what they will write inside the chart. Your leader will lead the group and the secretary is the one in-charge of writing your answer inside the chart. Each one of you will explain about your answers. Give your interpretation about the information on the chart. Compare and differentiate them. magical figures, and  kings and queens,  gods and goddesses,  The rhythm and fluidity of each performance is essential in maintaining audience interest, thus the Nai Nang must vary their techniques and story lines. Characters such as:  The performances run from dusk to dawn and incorporate narration, songs, prose, and the performer's improvised dialogue.  They perform using the puppets on a backlighted white screen, and hide themselves in small wood and bamboo shelters.  There are over 300 Nai Nang in the southern regions of Thailand.  Nai Nang - the teachers and presenters of the Nang Talung  Usually consists of five to ten puppeteers and musicians. 313 1. Nang Talung is played with leather puppets, each representing a separate character, about 50 centimeters high. They usually possess a movable, jointed arm controlled by a string. 2. Nang Yai is normally made of cowhide and rattan, a large, decorated scenes and characters measuring around two meters high and a meter wide. They do not have jointed arms, but the themes and styles remain the same. The Nang's Theater Troupe These: 193. 314 Understanding Check: Multiple Choice Directions: Read the questions carefully and write the your answer on a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook. 1. The shadow puppets in Thailand are _________. a. Leather Monkey Show c. Togalu Gombeyaata b. Nang d. Wayang Kulit 2. The puppet given is an example of: a. Nang Talung c. Wayang Golek b. Nang Yai d. Wayang Kulit 3. ___________ is played with leather puppets, each representing a separate character and usually possess a movable, jointed arm controlled by a string. a. Nang Talung c. Wayang Golek b. Nang Yai d. Wayang Kulit 4. The characters in Nang are the following, except___________. a. gods and goddesses, c. magical figures b. kings and queens, d. current events 5. It is the teacher and presenter of Nang Talung. a. Sida c. Nang Yai b. Ramayana d. Nai Nang Score Description: 5 4 3 2 1 Excellent! Very Good! Good! Study Hard! Repeat Your Study! 194. 315 Activity: The different important aspects of a theater show are written in the table below. Use these as your guide for comparing the different theater art forms of Asia. Basic Elements of Theater Art Forms: Theater Arts Music Performers/ Puppets Stage/ Props Costumes Visual Effects Peking Opera- China Kabuki- Japan Wayang Kulit- Indonesia Nang - Thailand Which of the theater art forms discussed in this quarter do you like best? Why? ______________________________________________________________________ Rubrics for Group Report: 4 points 3 points 2 points 1 point Rating Cooperation All members contributed equally. Worked together to complete group‘s goals. Performed all duties of assigned team role. Most members contributed. Usually helps to complete group‘s goals. Performed nearly of assigned team role. Occasionally helps to complete group‘s goal. Finished individual task but not assisted other members. Performed some duties of assigned team role Does not work well and show no interest to complete team‘s goals. Did not performed duties of assigned team role Presentation Report was presented in an orderly manner. Report was presented in an almost orderly manner. Report was presented in a somewhat orderly manner. Report was presented in disorderly manner. Explanation The group explained the topics thoroughly. The group explained the topics well. The group missed some topics to explain. The group did not explain the topic. Behavior The students did not display disruptive behavior during group activities. The students rarely display disruptive behavior during group activities. The students occasionally display disruptive behavior during group activities. The students displayed disruptive behavior during group activities. Total

195. 316 Activity for Asian Festivals: Group Reporting: Each group will choose one of the festivals to report on. Again get ready with the chart provided below. As what you have done a while ago, you are going to do the same thing here. CHINESE FESTIVAL: CHINESE NEW YEAR http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/gallery/2012/jan/22/chinese-new-year-celebrationspictures#/?picture=384838256&index= http://nestinginskyscrapers.blogspot.com/2011/01/chinese-new-yearcrafts.html http://www.lushome.com/feng-shui-home-preparing-chinese-new-year-celebrations/35387# 196. Children greet their parents early in the morning by wishing them a healthy and happy new year, and receive money in red paper envelopes. The Chinese New Year tradition is to reconcile, forget all hatred, and sincerely wish peace and happiness for everyone. The family will end the night with firecrackers.  On the Eve of Chinese New Year, supper is a feast with families. Food will include such items as pigs, ducks, chicken, and sweet delicacies.  Windows and doors will be decorated with red color paper-cuts and couplets with popular themes of good fortune or happiness, wealth, and longevity.  Thoroughly cleanse the house, in order to sweep away any ill-fortune and to make way for good incoming luck.  People will pour out their money to buy presents, decoration, material, food, and clothing.  Chinese New Year's Eve, a day where Chinese families gather for their annual reunion dinner, is known as Chúxī or "Eve of the Passing Year." Because the Chinese calendar is lunar-solar, the Chinese New Year is often referred to as the "Lunar New Year". China‘s customs and traditions concerning the celebration of the Chinese New Year:  The festival begins on the first day of the first month in the traditional Chinese calendar and ends with the Lantern Festival which is on the 15th day.  "Spring Festival," the literal translation of the Chinese name Chūnjié, since the spring season in Chinese calendar starts with lichun, the first solar term in a Chinese calendar year. It marks the end of the winter season.  Vietnam. Chinese New Year is known as:  Philippines,  Mauritius,  Malaysia,  Indonesia,  Thailand,  Singapore,  Taiwan,  Macau,  HongKong,  Mainland China, 317 Chinese New Year is the longest and most important festivity in the Chinese calendar. The origin of Chinese New Year is itself centuries old and gains significance because of several myths and traditions. Chinese New Year is celebrated in countries and territories with significant Chinese populations, like: 197. 318 Dragon dance is a form of traditional dance and performance in Chinese culture. Like the Lion Dance it is most often seen in festive celebrations. Many Chinese people often use the term "Descendants of the Dragon", (lóng de chuán rén) as a sign of ethnic identity. The Emperor of China usually used the dragon as a symbol of his imperial power and strength. The dragon dance is a highlight of Chinese New Year celebrations held worldwide in Chinatowns around the world. The dragon symbolizes power, strength, and good luck. The dance team mimics the supposed movements of this river spirit in a flowing, rise and fall manner. The movements in a performance traditionally symbolize historical roles of dragons demonstrating power and dignity. Dragons are believed to bring good luck to people, which is reflected in their qualities that include great power, dignity, fertility, wisdom, and http://www.chinapictures.org/photo/chinesefestivals/chinese-new-year prosperity. The appearance of a dragon is both frightening and bold but it has a benevolent disposition. The main objective of wearing Chinese costumes is to maintain the sanctity of their tradition. They get haircuts and makeovers so that they are fully ready to welcome the New Year in a brand new style. Traditionally women wear the cheongsams and the qipaos while the men wear the mandarin collared shirts with the Chinese dragon symbols, and traditional kung fu suits and coats. Children wear dragon costumes and the kung fu suits too. 198. Firecrackers Understanding Check: Multiple Choice Directions: Choose the letter of the correct answer. 1. Traditional Chinese dance that is usually seen during the Chinese New Year Celebration. This dance is based on a mythical creature believed by the Chinese people. a. Dragon dance c. Snake dance b. Lion dance d. Bali dance 2. The dragon dance team _____________ the movements of the river spirit in a flowing, rise and fall manner. a. Pantomime c. Mimics b. Tableau d. Sings 3. The Chinese people believe that performing the Lion and Dragon dances ___. a. makes the country more wealthy b. drives the bad luck and evil spirits away c. tells the people to reconcile d. makes the people more healthy Tambourines  Chinese Umbrellas  Chinese Lanterns  Chinese Fans  Dragon and Lion Puppets 319 Props: 199. 320 4. Men and children usually wear _________ every Chinese New year or Spring festival. a. Balinese Costumes c. Kung Fu Suits b. Kimono d. Saya and Barong Tagalog 5. Which of the following props cannot be seen in Spring festival? a. Chinese Fans c. Dragon Puppets b. Chinese Lanters d. Wayang Kulit Puppets Score description: 5 4 3 2 1 Excellent! Very Good! Good! Study Hard! Read the lessons again! 200. Different drums Uchite is the Taiko drummer 321 TAIKO DRUM FESTIVAL A good example of a professional taiko drumming troupe is the Kodo. They are based in Sado Island, Japan, and they had a big role in popularizing taiko drumming, both in Japan and abroad. They regularly tour Japan, Europe, and the United States. Their name, "Kodo" conveys two meanings: 1. "heartbeat" the primal source of all rhythm

and, read in a different way, 2. "children‖ of the drum," a reflection of Kodo's desire to play their drums simply, with the heart of a child. The main focus of the performance: 201. Drums lead warriors into battles in order to scare off the enemy. http://jtex.wordpress.com/category/clothing-and-costume/ Drums were used to pray for rain and other religious ceremonies.  Peasant events such as the rice harvests or dance festivals were celebrated with drums.  Drums were used in ancient times to signify the boundaries of a village.  The Kodo's performances normally last for about one hour and forty minutes. History:  include pieces based on the traditional rhythms of regional Japan, pieces composed for Kodo by contemporary songwriters, and pieces written by Kodo members themselves  traditional dance and vocal performance are part of the performance  other traditional Japanese musical instruments such as fue and shamisen make an appearance on stage 322 202. http://www.goodsfromjapan.com/black-happi-p-315.html • Odaiko - Big Drum • Jozuke - Medium Drum • Shime - Small Drum Understanding Check: Multiple Choice Directions: Read the questions carefully before you answer. Write your answers on a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook. 1. It is the Japanese drumming festival. a. Chinese New Year Festival c. Dragon Festival b. Kodo Taiko Drum Festival d. Balinese Dance Festival 2. The Taiko drums with other traditional instruments like _____ are visible in their performance. a. Erhu c. Koto b. Fue and shamisen d. Shakuhachi 3. Kodo means______. a. Heartbeat c. Stick‘s beat b. Drum‘s beat d. Percussion beat 4. Taiko drum festivals usually last for_________. a. 5 hours and 30 minutes c. 3 hours and 30 minutes b. 4 hours and 40 minutes d. 1 hour and 40 minutes Tabi, shoes with big toe separated.  Uchite ,Taiko drummer, can wear loose fitting happi (short coat), with an obi   Hachimaki, white headband  happi coats over black with white calligraphy - a baggy-sleeved short cotton jacket, tied with a sash (obi) around the waist. It is usually a plain color, typically blue or black, with a symbol printed on the lapels and on the back 323 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kodo_(taiko_group) Costumes and Props: 203. Kecak- a form of Balinese dance and music drama, it originated in the 1930s Bali and is performed primarily by men Legong- a refined dance form characterized by intricate finger movements, complicated footwork, and expressive gestures and facial expressions  Barong-lion 324 5. How do you call the Taiko drummer in Japanese? a. Hachimaki c. Odaiko b. Tabi d. Uchite Score description: 5 4 3 2 1 Excellent! Very Good! Good! Study Hard! Read it again! Indonesia‘s Balinese Dance Festival Balinese dances are a very ancient dance tradition that is a part of the religious and artistic expression among the Balinese people. General description: In Hinduism, dance is an accompaniment to the perpetual dissolving and reforming of the world. The creative and reproductive balance is often personified as Shiva's wife, Durga, sometimes called Uma, Parvati, or Kali. This has significance in Balinese Hinduism, since the common figure of Rangda is similar in many ways to Durga. Variations: In Bali there are various categories of dance, including epic performances such as the universal Mahabharata and Ramayana. Certain ceremonies at village temples feature a special performance of a dance-drama, a battle between the mythical characters Rangda, the witch representing evil, and Barong, the lion or dragon, representing good. Among the dance traditions in Bali, the following deserve special mention: 204. 325 Training of Bali Dance: Bali dancers learn the craft as children from their mothers as soon as they are born. In the womb, they are played the Balinese music and are taught to dance with their hands before they can walk. Official training as a Bali dancer starts as young as seven. In Balinese dance the movement is closely associated with the rhythms produced by the gamelan, a musical ensemble specific to Java and Bali. Movements: Multiple levels of articulations in the face, eyes, hands, arms, hips, and feet are coordinated to reflect layers of percussive sounds. The number of codified hand positions and gestures, the mudras, is higher in Indiathan in Java or Bali. Hand positions and gestures are nonetheless as important in Javanese and Balinese dance as in India. Whether in India, Indonesia, or Cambodia, hands have a typically ornamental role and emphasize the dance's delicate intricacy. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:BaliDanse_0712a.jpg Legong dancer. Balinese dances incorporate eye and facial expressions. 205. 326 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Legong_Kraton_Farewell.jpg Two Balinese dancers performing the farewell scene dance drama. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Bali-Danse_0721a.jpg Men dancing the Kecak, monkey dance 206. they carry a sword on their shoulders they wear a crown and put on a cloak or many pieces of these clothes around their body  men wear a mask when they dance topeng dance  men use more red color for their eyes and cheeks and their eyebrows are colored in to enhance their masculinity  male dancers also put on make-up  crowns and decorations are made from cowhide Male dancers put on:  wear sarong and

wrap a long sash from their hips to their breasts as well as many gold decorations  put both real and golden flowers in their hair  wear a crown  various colors of make-up 327 Costumes in Balinese Dancers: http://travel.nationalgeographic.com/travel/countries/indonesia-photos/#/borododur_6768_600x450.jpg Costumes (as illustrated above) Most female dancers put on: 207. 328 Understanding Check: Multiple Choice Directions: Choose the letter of the correct answer. Write your answer on your paper. 1. An ancient dance tradition that comes from Indonesia. a. folk dance c. jazz b. Bali dance d. modern 2. The two epic dances of Bali dance are _____________. a. ethnic or folk dance c. Mahabharata and Ramayana b. solo or group dance d. court and ballroom dances 3. Balinese dance movements are associated with rhythms and produced by _____. a. gamelan c. piano b. guitar d. orchestra 4. _______________are important in Javanese and Balinese dance as in India. a. Feet and legs position c. Head and shoulder movements b. Hand positions and facial expressionsd. Waist and arms position 5. The Bali dancers usually wear ______ on their heads. a. Beads c. Hachimaki b. Crowns and masks d. Scarfs Score description: 5 4 3 2 1 Excellent! Very Good! Good! Study Hard! Read the lesson again! 208. 329 Thailand‘s Sky Lantern (Yi Peng) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Yi_peng_sky_lantern_festival_San_Sai_Thailand.jpg The Sky Lantern Festival of Thailand is held not just in this country but also in China, Taiwan, and other neighboring countries. This event is about the launching of lanterns which are actually small hot air balloons. Each release of a sky lantern is a petition, small prayer or good wishes of the person who released the lantern. This event is held on the full moon of the 12th month in the traditional Thai lunar calendar. In the Western calendar this usually falls in November. Here are some samples of different meanings of releasing Sky Lanterns: 1. It sends a person‘s bad luck and misfortune away into the air, especially if it disappears from view before the fire goes out. 2. People say a short prayer before launching the lantern. Sometimes they will also write their address in the lantern. Anyone who later finds the lantern can then claim money from the sender. In this way, the good fortune is shared. 3. It is considered good luck to release a sky lantern, and many Thais believe they are symbols of problems and worries floating away. 4. It is an act of veneration to Pra Ged Kaew Ju La Mannee (the Crystal Chedi in heaven in which the Buddha‘s hair is kept) by sending air- ballooned lanterns into the high sky. The Chiang Mai area has been the scene of mass sky lantern release. 209. It is a ritual honoring Phra Mae Kongka, the goddess of water. The construction of colorful boats was a way of not only giving thanks for the abundance of water, but also a way to seek forgiveness for overuse and pollution. Today, Loy Krathong is a way for people to make a wish and look toward the future. Understanding Check: Multiple Choice: Directions: Choose the correct answer. Write the letter only. 1. All are Thailand Lantern Festivals, except ________. a. Chiang Mai c. Loy Krathong b. Khom Fai d. Yi peng 2. What particular term is used for ―sky lantern‖? a. Chiang Mai c. Loy Krathong b. Khom Fai d. Yi peng 3. This is one of the reasons why Thais launch hot balloon lanterns into the sky. a. for fun c. sends away misfortune and bad lucks b. for hatred d. for personal purpose 4. It is a Festival in Thailand to honor the goddess of water. a. Chiang Mai c. Loy Krathong b. Khom Fai d. Yi peng 5. It literally means ―to float‖ The tradition is said to have begun in the 13th century when a young queen made a small boat adorned with candles and sent it down the river.  The festival is believed to originate in an ancient practice of paying respect to the spirit of the waters. A krathong will be decorated with elaborately-folded banana leaves, flowers, candles, and incense sticks. A low value coin is sometimes included as an offering to the river spirits. During the night of the full moon, Thais will float their krathong on a river, canal or a pond lake.  Loi / Loy literally means 'to float,' while krathong refers to the lotus- shaped receptacle which can float on the water. Originally, the krathong was made of banana leaves or the layers of the trunk of a banana tree or a spider lily plant.  This takes place on the evening of the full moon of the 12th month in the traditional Thai lunar calendar. In the Western calendar this usually falls in November. 330 Loy Krathong or Loi Krathong 210. 331 a. Loy c. Krathong b. Chaing d. Fai Score Description: 5 4 3 2 1 Excellent! Very Good! Good! Study Hard! Read the lessons again! Basic Elements of Festival Art Forms: Directions: Fill-in the table below with the information about each festival based on the readings in the previous pages. Festivals Performers Stage/ Props Costumes Visual Effects Sound Effects Purpose of the Performance Taiko Drum Performance – Japan Spring Festival / Chinese New Year Bali Dance Festival- Indonesia Lantern Festival –Thailand Following the aspects discussed in the chart above, give your impressions on any festival that you like best. Explain your choice. ___________________________________________________________________ 211. 332 Rubrics for Group Report: 4 points 3 points 2 points 1 point Rating Cooperation All members contributed equally. Worked together to complete group‘s goals. Performed all duties of assigned team role. Most members contributed. Usually helps to complete group‘s goals. Performed nearly of assigned team role. Occasionally helps to complete group‘s goal. Finished individual task but not assisted other members.

Performed some duties of assigned team role Does not work well and show no interest to complete team‘s goals. Did not performed duties of assigned team role Presentation Report was presented in an orderly manner. Report was presented in an almost orderly manner. Report was presented in a somewhat orderly manner. Report was presented in disorderly manner. Explanation The group explained the topics thoroughly. The group explained the topics well. The group missed some topics to explain. The group did not explain the topic. Behavior The students did not display disruptive behavior during group activities. The students rarely display disruptive behavior during group activities. The students occasionally display disruptive behavior during group activities. The students displayed disruptive behavior during group activities. Total Now it is about time to practice the actual skills you need to learn in order to fully understand the topics you have learned about. 212. 333 PART II. PROCESS The class will be divided into 4 groups. Each group will be given certain tasks. Activity: Contract Signing A: Now you are challenged to visually create one of these wonderful theater arts. The leaders will draw lots to determine what theater art form your group will recreate. Peking Opera, Kabuki, Wayang Kulit Puppet Shadow or Nang Yai Puppet Shadow. Check the square you are assigned to recreate. Write your names and signatures below and give it to your teacher for documentation and recording purposes. Contract Signing: Theater Arts Festivals ________________________________ Name of the group Leader: _________________________ Members: Signatures: _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ Date Signed: __________________________ Spring/Ne w Year Chinese Festival Taiko Drum Festival Khratong Loy Bali Dance 213. 334 PART III. REFLECTION / UNDERSTANDING 1. Among the four theater art forms that were discussed in this quarter, which one do you like best? Why? Answer: _____________________________________________________________ 2. Have you seen the same theater art forms/ festivals of China and Japan performed here in the Philippines? Where? Give some observations. Answer: _____________________________________________________________ 3. Name and compare the theater arts/festivals of Japan and China to the theater arts/festivals of the Philippines. Answer: _____________________________________________________________ _ 4. What values/attitudes/skills of the Chinese, Japanese, Thai and Indonesians do you like to acquire? Why? Answers: Chinese:____________________________________________________________ Japanese:___________________________________________________________ Thailand:____________________________________________________________ Indonesia:___________________________________________________________ Isn‘t it amazing that the other countries in Asia have different Festivals and Theater Art forms just like here in the Philippines? Let‘s answer the following questions to further understand the lessons in this quarter. You may write your answers on a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook. 214. 335 PART IV: PERFORMANCE The rubrics are given below as your guide and references in rating your group in the following activities. Workshops, Technicalities and Staging: Rubrics for Group Presentation: 4 points 3 points 2 points 1 point Rating Cooperation All members contributed equally. Worked together to complete group‘s goals. Performed all duties of assigned team role. Most members contributed. Usually helps to complete group‘s goals. Performed nearly of assigned team role. Occasionally helps to complete group‘s goal. Finished individual task but not assisted other members. Performed some duties of assigned team role Does not work well and show no interest to complete team‘s goals. Did not performed duties of assigned team role Presentation Report was presented in an orderly manner. Report was presented in an almost orderly manner. Report was presented in a somewhat orderly manner. Report was presented in disorderly manner. Creativity The group incorporated all the important aspects of the theater form. The group incorporated almost all the important aspects of the theater form. The group incorporated some of the important aspects of the theater form. The group incorporated a few important aspects of the theater form. Behavior The students did not display disruptive behavior during group activities. The students rarely display disruptive behavior during group activities. The students occasionally display disruptive behavior during group activities. The students displayed disruptive behavior during group activities. Total Good work! It is about time to focus on your acting skills, technicalities, and staging. I know you have experienced role playing activities before. But still you need several workshops to do to enhance more your acting skills. Remember, you have to do your best in this part. Practices and rehearsals are essential for effective and nice presentation. Technicalities and preparation of the stage will be discussed. Don‘t be shy or be afraid in doing so. With the help of your teacher and classmates, I know you will be able to do it! (You may choose from the activities given here).

215. 336 Activity: Workshops You may choose any of the following options to help you practice for your group performance. The teacher will facilitate any of the optional activities. Option 1: Emotion Orchestra: This activity is ideal for groups of 8 - 10 students. One student (perhaps the drama instructor or group leader) serves as the "orchestra conductor‖. The rest of the performers should stand in rows, as though they were musicians in an orchestra. However, instead of having a string section or a brass section, the conductor will create "emotion sections." Each section will create facial expressions, sounds, and simple movements that are well represented in their respective emotion. When the conductor raises his hands, the volume of the performers will increase. When the conductor lowers his hands, the volume will decrease. Just as a maestro performs during an impassioned symphony, the conductor of the emotion orchestra warms the performers up, pointing to them one at a time at first, and then to more sections at once, eventually building to a climactic mood. Performers must make certain that they pay attention to the conductor and become silent as soon as the conductor points to another group. Option 2: Soundscapes: Let the group make a short story about a Japanese cartoon anime or any Asian film that they have watched over the television. They will create a sound for each character of the story and every time they are mentioned they will create a sound. They stop as soon as the narrator continues the story. Option 3: Word Association through Ball Passing 1. In a circle, explore the different forms of Asian musical and popular theater from Japan and China. Each theater form/style has different ways of presenting ―reality‖ on stage. The class will experience how illusions and drama are created in Kabuki Theater, Beijing/Peking Opera, Kodo‘s Taiko Drum, and Spring Festival. 2. All of you will stand up in a circle. The teacher will be at the center of the circle, holding a ball (e.g. volleyball). The teacher will introduce a word, and the group has to think of a word or group of words associated with the given word. Example: the teacher says ―book‖, and the students respond by shouting ―plastic cover‖, ―page number‖, ―reference‖, ―new‖, ―heavy‖, ―knowledge‖, etc. The teacher will randomly pass the ball to the group; the person who catches the ball has to quickly shout one related word. Then the person immediately throws back the ball to the teacher. The group has to refrain from repeating words already mentioned. The teacher will continue this until he/she is satisfied with the words given by the class. The teacher can suddenly change the given word at any point of the game so the group will be engaged and attentive. 216. 337 3. After the game, the teacher will ask the class to recall the different words that surfaced during the game and analyze the words – its connection to the original word. The concepts symbols and metaphor will be discussed. - Symbol (sign, token, emblem, idea or action that signifies something else) - Metaphor (one thing is another) 4. Play the game again and introduce a new set of words. Ask the group to give as many symbols and metaphors for the given word. Example 1: the teacher says ―symbol of mother‖, and the group shouts ―Mama Mary‖, ―spatula‖, ―breast milk‖, etc. Example 2: the teacher says ―metaphor for mother‖, and the group shouts ―nature‖, ―Earth‖ ―ilaw ng tahanan‖, etc. The teacher will continue this until he/she is satisfied with the words given by the class. Give the group a round of applause. 5. End the game by saying that symbols and metaphors have important functions in theater. It creates illusions which the audience understands. The group will experience it as they discover the different forms of Asian Musical Theater. Option: Kumot/Malong at Walis Game 1. The class will sit in one big circle. Place a white blanket (or malong) and a clean broom stick (walis tambo) in the middle. 2. Explain the mechanics of the game. One student will enter the circle and assume a character by using the broom stick and the blanket. The character has to improvise a short scene (Beginning-Middle-End) using only gestures and movement. Refrain from making any dialogue. After the scene, the rest of the group will try to guess the character portrayed in the scene. Encourage the students to think of and explore different characters e.g. from their communities, from literature, newspapers or magazines. After the audience has successfully guessed the character, the performer will return to his/her place. Another student takes the center and follows the same process. 3. Begin the game by calling a volunteer. Play it until everybody has explored a character. 4. Process the experience of the group. How did the group identify the characters in the scene? What can you say about the improvised costumes and props of the characters? What about the gestures and movement of the characters? 5. Explain to the class that costumes in Sarswela are colorful versions of contemporary costumes, since the play is a dramatization of contemporary problems. Costumes also express ‗character.‘ Thus, heroines and heroes were often dressed in beautiful but conservative costumes, while villains almost always donned the latest in fashion from the West. 217. 338 6. In comparison to the Sarswela of the Philippines, the costumes in Kabuki Theater are extremely elegant and very revealing. It is entertaining to see their unique props e.g. long pipes, big swords, oversized clogs. Kabuki is a typical theatrical expression of the Tokugawa culture as it developed in the urban milieu, where merchants played the main role in their fluctuating and ambiguous position of energetic economic leadership in the face of socio-political oppression. Kabuki theater houses became the showplace for their economic success, their immoral fantasies and daring fashions, as well as for the venting of their veiled criticism of forbidden topics and of their masked aspirations for social recognition. The teacher may ask the students to recall their Asian Civilization lesson and review the social class in Japan during the Tokugawa

period. Option: Pass-a-Mask Exercise 1. Sit in a circle. 2. Exercise your facial muscles by creating different facial expressions e.g. emotions, reactions, etc. The teacher will lead the exercise. Japanese or Chinese instrumental music may be played during the activity. 3. After the short facial muscle exercise, explain the mechanics of the game. One person will start the game by making a distinct facial expression – this will be called the ‗mask‘. The person will pass the ‗mask‘ to the person on his/her right. The task of the receiver is to imitate/copy the facial expression of the sender as accurately as possible. After passing the ‗mask‘, the receiver will create his own facial expression and passes it on to the next person to the right. The passing of the ‗mask‘ is repeated until everybody has taken a turn. Encourage the students to create simple hand gestures to accompany their ‗masks‘. 4. Begin the game by asking a volunteer. The students will explore different facial expressions or emotions. Make sure that no ‗mask‘ is repeated throughout the round. Give the group a round of applause. 5. Process the experience of the students. Explain that facial expressions and masks are very important in Kabuki Theater and Beijing Opera. In both musical theater forms, there are painted characters or characters with masks. Their faces, along with gestures and movement, convey the entire range of emotion and experience of the character being portrayed. Option: Gift Giving through Mime 1. In a circle, you will think of an object which you want to receive in your birthday or Christmas. 2. One by one, you will mime (movement without words) the object as if you are using it. 3. Each of you has to create clear movements so other people could guess/understand the gift that you want. 4. Tell them that your objects will be exchanged like gifts during Christmas season. 5. Student will take turns in guessing the object but will have to make another movement to confirm that he or she has guessed the right object. 218. 339 6. The student who can guess the object will be their gift partner. 7. At the end of the game, each of the students should have a partner. Give them two minutes to exchange their gifts. 8. Form a circle and reveal the answers. 9. Process the experience by answering the following questions. a. How did the group exchange the ―gifts‖? b. What can they say about mime/movement in conveying a message? Mime and movements/gestures are very important in Peking Opera. Although the stage of Beijing/Peking Opera is very simple, the gestures made with the fingers, hands and feet, and their facial expressions, along with the categorization of the actors, their costumes and make-up, are symbolic and extremely complicated. Chinese drama depends much more on its symbolism, costumes and make up. Option: Video Clips Presentation: For a simple presentation of your group you may watch these video clips or you may choose from the Internet. Tamasaburo Kabuki Dance : http://youtu.be/ABV86sCZ0FQ 1. Puppet Planet Thailand p2: http://youtu.be/TeMCG6Jnfxs ( Showing on how to manipulate Thailand‘s Puppets) 5. Lion Dance Tutorial: http://youtu.be/lVzjlBdbdEI How to Do the Chinese Lion Dance : Lion Dance in Traditional Southern Chinese New Year Lion Dance: http://youtu.be/DamhUeg6Ra4 Lion Dance Tutorial Part I: http://youtu.be/1rEIfrXewz8 Lion Dance Tutorial Part II: http://youtu.be/a6Ptj532Nxc 6. Bates College Taiko Train Mini Tutorial: http://youtu.be/5bU4qO7pddo Taiko Drumming Workshop: http://youtu.be/F3Scu84ucCQ 219. Review the steps of production mechanics. Culminating Activity/Performance Proper: Criteria for Presentation: Percentage: Rating: Appropriateness of Gestures/Movements 25% Make-ups, costumes, props(visual design elements) 25% Music( culturally based on Asian Music) 25% Creative(use of Theater elements Discuss the different elements needed such as music, props, costume, etc. by asking each group to enumerate the process they follow in preparing a report or presentation.  Make your own reaction/comments according to theater principles (e.g. theme of the play or premise) and other related art/music concepts to clarify each artistic concept.  Have an open forum after each presentation. 340 Activity: Mechanics for the Asian Musical Theater Festival Your class will be divided into subgroup with eight to ten people each. Explain about the culminating activity of the class. Each group will produce a sample of Asian Musical and Popular Theater. The visual production will be part of the festival. The groups are free to choose what form or style to use in their culminating activity. Option: Story Conference and Production Mechanics 1. Each group will present their story and artistic concept. The group can give samples of their music or sound. The group can also create character sketches, masks, sample make-up pattern, costume design, or production design. Lights/Sounds Technicians Stage/Props Designers Make-up/Costumes Artists Reminders: & Principles 25% Total 100% 220. End the session with a group ritual. Date: __________________ My Friend Module, I learned from Asian Theater arts that _________________________________________________________________ I learned from the different Asian Festivals that______________________________________________________________ Your friend, ________________________ ________ _________________________ After you had finished all the activities in this module, it is now time to sum up what they had learned through writing to this diary. The presentation should be documented through photo taking or video recording for viewing purposes.  Remind the group to submit their respective production book.  Open the floor for clarification, insights and recommendations.  Have each group evaluate their performances. Ask each representative to present their evaluation in the class. 341 Reminders:

221. 342 A. Graph for Understanding: Level of Understanding Score Peking Opera Kabuki Wayang Kulit Nang Chinese New Year Taiko Drum Bali Dance Lantern A 5 P 4 AP 3 D 2 B 1 Legend: A = Advance P = Proficiency AP = Approaching Proficiency D = Developing B = Beginning 222. Chinese families gather for the annual reunion dinner known as ―Eve of Passing Year‖ and end the night with firecrackers to drive away bad lucks so that good for It is the most important traditional Chinese holiday.  Spring festival is known also as Chinese New Year.  Musicians are visible infront of the stage. Whip, fans, and ore are usually used as props of the play. B. Chinese Spring/New Year Festival:  The highest aim is to put beauty into every motion, that is why they determined conventions of movement.  The performers utilize four main skills such as,song,speech, dance-acting and combat.  The characters performing are Sheng –Male role,Dan-female role, Jing-painted face male role, and Chou-male clown.  The two main melodies used are Xipi and Erhuang.  It is based on Chinese history, folklore and contemporary life.  Peking Opera is a traditional theater art form of China. 343 SUMMARY Let us now sum up your understanding by reviewing again the topics that we have discussed. Remember that… A. Chinese Peking Opera: Peasant events such as the rice harvests or dance festivals were celebrated with drums Uchite ,Taiko drummer, can wear loose fitting happi (short coat), with an obi  Musical pieces are based on traditional rhythm of regional Japan  Kodo is a professional taiko drumming troupe  It was performed in full-day time. D. Japan‘s Taiko Drum Festival:  Kabuki is a traditional Japanese drama with highly stylized song, mime, and dance and performed only by male actors.  The colored dragon dancing on the streets accompanied by playing of the drums are also been part of the celebration. C. Japan‘s Kabuki: tunes, happiness, wealth and longevity enter their homes. 223. Thailand sky lanterns known as "Yi Peng or Khom Fai‖ is held on a full moon of the 2nd month of the Lanna calendar. . Thailand is the only country in Asia that was not conquered by western people. It was formerly called Siam.  have a religious theme or be an episode from the Ramayana epic H. Thailand‘s Lantern Festival: (Yi Peng)  The characters, such as: gods and goddesses, kings and queens, magical figures, and comedians.  The two types of the Nang are Nang Talung and Nang Yai.  Shadow puppet is one form of public entertainment in the south of Thailand.  Multiple levels of articulations in the face, eyes, hands, arms, hips, and feet are dominant in Bali dance. G. Thailand‘s Nang Puppet Show:  Balinese dance movement is accompanied by the gamelan, a musical ensemble  In Bali there are various categories of dance such as the omnipresent Mahabharata and Ramayana.  Balinese dances are a very ancient dance tradition that is a part of the religious and artistic expression  Each shadow play figure is made from raw cowhide that has been dried and then cut into linen F. Indonesia‘s Bali Dance Festival:  The performances are normally accompanied by a combination of songs and chants.  Shadow theater in Thailand is sometimes called Nang Yai or Thalung.  The Dalang or shadow artist, manipulates carved leather figures between the lamp and the screen to bring the shadows to life.  Lacy shadow images are projected on linen screen with a coconut oil lamp or electric light.  Wayang Kulit is an ancient Indonesian art of Shadow play  The art of Indonesia is permeated by a strong Hindu- Buddhist tradition due to the migration of Indian Culture 344 E. Indonesia‘s Wayang Kulit: 224. The festivals is believed to originate in an ancient practice of paying respect to the spirit of the waters. Glossary: Acrobatics - the performance of extraordinary feats of balance, agility, and motor coordination Aria - a melodic scheme (motif) or pattern for singing a poetic pattern with accompaniment Auspicious – of good omen, propitious, successful, prosperous, fortunate Avant-garde - from French, "advance guard" or "vanguard" , a French term used in English as a noun or adjective to refer to people or works that are experimental or innovative Bali - a province in the country of Indonesia. The island is located in the westernmost end of the Lesser Sunda Islands, lying between Java to the west and Lombok to the east Bizzare – unusual Buddhism- a world religion or philosophy based on the teaching of the Buddha and holding that a state of enlightenment can be attained by suppressing worldly desires Convention - an agreement in international law Couplet - a pair of lines of meter in poetry, usually consists of two lines that rhyme and have the same meter Cowhide - the natural, unbleached skin and hair of a cow. Dalang/ Dhalang – a puppeteer of Wayang Kulit of Indenesia Epic - poem in elevated language celebrating the adventures and achievements of a legendary or traditional hero Epitome – a typical example Loi literally means ―to float‖ while krathong refers to the lotus-shaped receptacle which can float on water.  It is considered good luck to release a sky lantern, and many Thais believe they are symbolic of problems and worries floating away. Loi Krathong  People usually make khom loi from a thin fabric, such as rice paper, to which a candle or fuel cell is attached. 345 225. 346 Etymology - the study of the history of words, their origins, and how their form and meaning have changed over time Gamelan - a traditional Indonesian orchestra Hinduism - a major religion and religious

tradition of South Asia, the oldest worldwide religion, characterized by a belief in reincarnation and a large pantheon of gods and goddesses Java - (Indonesian: Jawa) is an island of Indonesia. With a population of 135 million (excluding the 3.6 million on the island of Madura which is administered as part of the provinces of Java), Java is the world's most populous island Karma – in Hindu and Buddhist philosophy that all actions have equal reactions Krathong – refers to the lotus-shaped receptacle which can float on the water. Loi – means to float Metaphor - a literary figure of speech that describes a subject by asserting that it is, on some point of comparison, the same as another otherwise unrelated object Midriff – the diaphragm Mime (Pantomime) – the acting out a story through body motions without use of speech Mudras – a symbolic position in which the hands are held in Hindu dancing and ritual Myth - a sacred narrative usually explaining how the world or humankind came to be in its present form Obi - a sash for traditional Japanese dress Opera- an art form in which singers and musicians perform dramatic work combining text and musical score Peking- the capital of the People‘s Republic of China Percussion Instrument - a musical instrument that is sounded by being struck or scraped by a beater , or struck, scraped or rubbed by hand, or struck against another similar instrument Ramayana and Mahabharata – Hindu epics Rattan - the name for the roughly 600 species of palms in the tribe Calameae, native to tropical regions of Africa, Asia and Australasia. 226. 347 Repertoire (/ˈrɛpəˌtwɑr/ or /ˈrɛpəˌtwɑː/)- refers to a list or set of dramas, operas, musical compositions or roles which a company or person is prepared to perform Soundscape - a sound or combination of sounds that forms or arises from an immersive environment Stylization- design in or cause to conform to a particular style, as of representation or treatment in art Tableau- performers pose and do not move or talk to display a certain situation or scene Taiko - means "drum" in Japanese ,etymologically "great" or "wide drum" Trousers -an item of clothing worn from the waist to the ankles, covering both legs separately (pants) Vivacityliveliness References: Video Clips: Beijing Opera Performance Clip http://youtu.be/xYWiQ_RnLWE SanCha-Ku http://youtu.be/1NH8w3kGaoc Peking Opera http://youtu.be/vtV3iAuYN48 Erhu Playing: ―Counting Ducks‖ http://youtu.be/1rVfUIq8A1w Lunar New Year Celebrations Begin in China http://youtu.be/5Xtp9M5eU1 Lion Dance Final http://youtu.be/sE1ynkYftdw Lion Dance 2013 http://youtu.be/PPz_V3YrzF0 Kabuki Theater http://youtu.be/67-bgSFJiKc Tamasaburo "Wisteria Maiden‖ part 1 http://youtu.be/sPgtX-ljHi4 Tamasaburo Kabuki Dance : http://youtu.be/ABV86sCZ0FQ Kodo 30th Anniversary - One Earth Tour http://youtu.be/qyGaK1FR6gU Japanese Theater 3: Kabuki http://youtu.be/F3IHdm2Tf8g The Wayang Puppet Theater: http://youtu.be/pfydro4X2t0 Wayang Kulit (Puppet Theater) – Bali: http://youtu.be/MNCUMVMygRI Mahabharata Performance: Wayang Kulit Jawa: Arjuna Slays a Giant: 227. 348 http://youtu.be/Of7ViIM9Wwc Watch Wayang Kulit being made: http://online.internationalfolkart.org/dancingshadows/making-puppets/watch-wayang- kulit-being-made.html Traditional Thai Puppet Performance in Phattahlung Thailand: http://yotu.be/5yb_STsV9dY / ก ส ก 2: http://youtu.be/QtOkXnmfryE Tari Panyembrama - Balinese Dance: http://youtu.be/PIGGWeGYTjI Loy Krathong Festival in Chiang Mai 2009: http://youtu.be/pf8oPMkZmxg Explore Wayang Characters & Stories: http://online.internationalfolkart.org/dancingshadows/repetoire/whos-who.html Puppet Planet Thailand p2: http://youtu.be/TeMCG6Jnfxs Lion Dance Tutorial: http://youtu.be/lVzjlBdbdEI How to Do the Chinese Lion Dance : Lion Dance in Traditional Southern Chinese New Year Lion Dance: http://youtu.be/DamhUeg6Ra4 Lion Dance Tutorial Part I: http://youtu.be/1rEIfrXewz8 Lion Dance Tutorial Part II: http://youtu.be/a6Ptj532Nx Bates College Taiko Train Mini Tutorial: http://youtu.be/5bU4qO7pddo Taiko Drumming Workshop: http://youtu.be/F3Scu84ucCQ Readings: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kodo_(taiko_group) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peking_opera#Aesthetic_aims_and_principles_of_movemen t http://arts.culturalchina.com/en/87Arts7309.html http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_New_Year http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dragon_dance http://www.encyclopedia.com/topic/kabuki.aspx http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kabuki 228. 349 http://factsanddetails.com/japan.php?itemid=715 http://dictionary.reference.com Webster Comprehensive Dictionary International Edition, J.G.Ferguson Publishing Compony, Chicago http://www.ibiblio.org/chineseculture/contents/entr/p-entr-c01s02.html http://jtex.wordpress.com/2009/10/11/dance-costume-1-taiko-drummers/ http://www.goodsfromjapan.com/clothing-happi-coats-c-247_255_129.html http://www.historylink.org/ttac/TAIKO%20DRUMMING.pdf Information from: Thai Studies by Wadee Kheourai. http://www.thailandlife.com/thai-culture/shadow-puppets.html

HEALTH 1.

Sexuality is a vital component of one‟s personality. Sexuality is the totality of one‟s attitudes toward one‟s self and toward others. Knowledge of gender and human sexuality is significant in enhancing the quality of one‟s relationships. Good decisionmaking skill is essential in managing gender and sexuality issues. Understanding sexuality is essential to family health. As a final point, education for human sexuality will help you make intelligent decisions concerning sexual behaviours and will help you grow into a mature man or a mature woman. 2    Unit I: Family Health Gender and Human Sexuality Introduction FOCUS As you continue to grow and develop, it is important that you know how to manage the crucial aspect of your personality, your sexual health. This module will help you understand the concept of gender and human sexuality. It will also enhance your decision-making skills to help you manage sexualityrelated concerns. Knowledge of Sexually Transmitted Infections (STIs) like Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) as link to gender and human sexuality issues is particularly significant for one‟s sexuality as significant factor to the optimum development of family health. Prevailing norms and standards of society relative to gender and human sexuality have greatly influenced the important growing implications for the HIV and AIDS challenge. CONCEPTS TO LEARN

2.

Objectives: At the end of the quarter, you should be able to: 1. discuss sexuality as an important component of one‟s personality. 2. explain the importance and dimensions of human sexuality. 3. analyze the factors that affect one‟s attitudes and practices related to sexuality. 4. assess personal health attitudes that may influence sexual behaviour. 5. relates the importance of sexuality to family health. 6. discuss the signs, symptoms, and effects of sexually transmitted infections (STIs), such as Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) Infection and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS). 7. enumerate steps in the prevention and control of STIs. 8. analyze why abstinence is the most effective method for the prevention of HIV and AIDS and other STIs. 9. follow government policies in the prevention and control of HIV and AIDS (RA 8504 or Philippine AIDS Prevention and Control Act). 10. explain other government efforts in ensuring a clean blood supply to prevent issues and problems related to sexuality (RA 7719 or Blood Services Act of 1994). 11. apply decision-making skills in managing sexually-related issues The Learner‘s Material is composed of two (2) lessons; Lesson 1 is about the importance and dimension of human sexuality. It discusses personal health, attitudes that may influence sexual behaviours. Lesson 2 comprises the problems and issues related to sexuality specifically STI, HIV, and AIDS. In every lesson, you will answer the pre-assessment tests and accomplish the different activities prepared for you in this Learner‘s Material. Are you ready? You may first consider doing some activities that will brighten you up while expressing your knowledge about sexuality as an important component of one‟s personality. 3

3.

Pre-Assessment A. How much do you know about gender and human sexuality? Find out by answering the following questions. Write your answers in your activity notebook. 1. What term defines a man or a woman based on biological characteristics? a. sex b. gender c. sexuality d. androgyny 2. Which of the following illustrates gender? a. Miguel loves to cook. b. Marco does not cry in public. c. Hazel has a positive body image. d. Ahmed is attracted to Felicity. 3. What do you call the sets of activities that society considers as appropriate for men and women? a. gender role b. gender identity c. gender equality d. gender sensitivity 4. Why is it important to understand human sexuality? a. We will all be mature adults. b. We have similar sexuality issues. c. There is a specific age for developing one‟s sexuality. d. It will help us build a better relationship with ourselves and others. 5. Which characterizes a good decision? a. Easy to make b. Makes your friends happy c. One that your teacher told you to make d. Arrived at after a thoughtful consideration of consequence/s Do you think you got the correct answers? When you finish this module, you will have the opportunity to change your answers based on what you have learned. 4

4.

What did you realize from the Activity? C. Before you start studying the next lesson on human sexuality, you are going to answer the self-inventory test about STI and HIV/AIDS. How familiar are you with STIs HIV AIDS? 1. I have never heard of them or I have heard of them but don't know what they are. 2. I have some idea what they are, but don't know why or how they happen. 3. I have a clear idea what they are, but haven't discussed them. 4. I can explain what they are and how do they occur what they do that may affect family life. Have you made a personal health plan on how to protect yourself from risky sexual behaviour? 1. 2. 3. 4. I have neither planned nor thought about it. I have planned but not thought about it. I have planned but not practiced it. I have both planned and practiced it. D. For each of the following topic, place a check mark in the cell if it describes your experience. 5 Why did you not agree with some statements?  Why did you agree with some statements?  Did it reflect your views regarding gender and human sexuality? B. Read the following statements. Analyze your personal stand on each item. Write a short explanation why you agree or disagree with it. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Teaching is a job for women. Men have no right to cry in public. Both men and women can be police officers. It is the responsibility of both parents to take care of their children. Both the father and the mother should share in meeting the financial needs of the family. Check Up! Take a minute to review your conclusion.

5.

Topic/Concept Have read it Have heard it Have seen a Have written TV or movie a report production paper on it STIs HIV/AIDS Abstinence Refusal Skill Blood donation/transfusion E. Fact or Fiction: Are the following statements true or false? Write true or false on the space before the number in order to find out your knowledge in sexually transmitted infections particularly HIV/AIDS. When you finish this module, you will have the opportunity to plan for yourself on how to avoid being infected with HIV/AIDS and live a healthy lifestyle in order to have a healthy relationship with your family. 1. A person can acquire HIV/AIDS from using intravenous syringe used by the infected person 2. Most sexually transmitted infections can be treated and cured without medical attention. 3. If an HIV/AIDS woman gives a normal birth to a child, her child may have a greater chance of being infected too. 4. A person always knows when he or she has a sexually transmitted infection. 5. People who get sexually transmitted infections have a lot of sex partners. 6. All types of sexually transmitted disease can be cured. 7. Parental consent is needed before you are treated for a sexually transmitted disease if you are under 18 years of age 8. You can have no symptoms, yet be infected with a sexually transmitted disease and be able to pass it on to someone else. 9. You can get several sexually transmitted diseases at one time. 6

6.

Lesson 1: Gender and Human Sexuality Objectives: At the end of the lesson, you should be able to do the following: 1. discuss sexuality as an important component of one‟s personality. 2. explain the importance and dimensions of human sexuality. 3. analyze the factors that affect one‟s attitudes and practices related to sexuality. 4. assess personal health attitudes that may influence sexual behaviour. 5. relates the importance of sexuality to family health. Learning Goals and Targets Write your targets on what you expect to learn after reading and accomplishing this learning material. Learner‘s Goal: What do I need/hope to learn? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At the end of this quarter, I have to learn the following: 6. 7. 7

7.

Sexuality as an Important Component of One‘s Personality Sexuality is a natural and healthy part of life. It is everything about being a male or female. It‘s the most important aspect is masculine or feminine identification. Sexuality involves the name given at birth, the toys played with, the clothes worn, the friends played with, the roles and responsibilities at home, and it provides a sense of self – worth when sexual understanding is positive. What to Know Sex is a major aspect of personality. It is closely related to emotional and social development and can be best understood by connecting it to the total adjustment of the individual in the family and society. The process of sexual development begins from birth to adulthood thus it is a continuous developmental process throughout life. The purpose of gender and human sexuality education is to promote wholesome family and interpersonal relationships. It aims to provide you with the knowledge and skills needed to establish and practice healthful behaviours. Finally, it aimssocial, emotional, and Sexuality involves the physical, mental, to produce students like you who can take responsibility for sexual health. Effective sexuality education can provide you with culturally relevant and ethical dimensions of one‘s personality. scientifically accurate information that includes opportunity to explore attitudes, values, and life skills to be able to make informed choices about sexuality. 8

8.

Sexuality refers to your total self physical self The way you look as a man or a woman mental self The way you think as a man or a woman social self The way you interact with others emotional self The way you feel about yourself and others The way you value your relationships ethical self It is important to have a clear outlook of yourself. Then you will be able to focus on your good points and develop your weaknesses. If you know yourself well, you will know what you must do to stay healthy. 9

9.

Answer the following questions: How do you express yourself? How do you see yourself? How much do you know yourself? How much do others know you? Write your answers in your Activitynotebook. 10   Activity 1 Here is someone who wrote about herself in a poem. Read and analyze how the author wanted to express herself. The Wonder of ME by: Bernadette Borja Rosaroso Look at me in the eyes, Tell me who am I. Think of me just like you are, As I take you as mine. Gaze into my innermost world, You‘ll learn who I am. Interact with me, And acquire a little of myself. Feel my soul And together we‘ll discover each other‘s world.

10. Sexuality means you have to be aware of yourself better. As you grow older, you will experience a range of social, emotional, and physical changes. As these occur, you need an intensive knowledge on how to deal with your attitudes and behaviour. Sexuality refers to your attitudes and behavior toward yourself how you see yourself how you feel about yourself sexuality toward yourself how you think of yourself how you love yourself Healthy sexuality means taking high sense of responsibility for all your actions since this can affect self-esteem, decision-making, and behaviour. 11 11. Activity 2 – Graffiti You! On a half-size cartolina, write quotations, sayings, slogans, and so on that will describe and reveal your likes, passions, and aspects of your personality. After sharing this in class, you can post it on your bedroom walls and be inspired! A sample has been done below. I I am beautiful! DANCING! If others can, why can‘t I? 12 NEVER GIVE UP! GO FOR IT!!! I can make it!

12. Sexuality can be best understood through the help of the people around you. Sexuality refers to your perceptions, feelings, and behaviours towards others how you see others how you think of others Sexuality towards others how you feel about others how you love others The way you see yourself is influenced by many people. It is important to maintain good relationships with others. They will support you and give you confidence, provide companionship and will keep you from being lonely. 13 13. Yes, this is very much me! X No, not me at all. o Unsure. Extrovert ____ Selfish ____ Confident ____ Aggressive ____ Shy ____ Attractive ____ Good listener ____ Approachable ____ Liked ____ Fun ____ Sincere ____ Irresponsible ____ Kind ____ Dependable ____ Other/s: ___________ _________________ Listed below are characteristics which may or may not represent you. Using the icon at the left side, see if you can rate yourself. After you are done, fold the paper in half and ask a classmate to rate you. Extrovert ____ Selfish ____ Confident ____ Aggressive ____ Shy ____ Attractive ____ Good listener ____ Approachable ____ Liked ____ Fun ____ Sincere ____ Irresponsible ____ Kind ____ Dependable ____ Other/s: _____________ ___________________ Extrovert ____ Selfish ____ Confident ____ Aggressive ____ Shy ____ Attractive ____ Good listener ____ Approachable ____ Liked ____ Fun ____ Sincere ____ Irresponsible ____ Kind ____ Dependable ____ Other/s: ___________ _________________ After accomplishing this task, compare your response with the answers of your classmates regarding your characteristics. Are they the same? Do your classmates see you as you see yourself? Reflect on this matter. 14Activity 3 - How I See Myself – How Others See Me 14. you have the right to be informed on how to it will help you appreciate how life began.  you will experience bodily changes and you need to learn how to properly manage these changes.  you should respect your own and another person‟s body.  it will help you appreciate your sexual identity.  giving and receiving love is a human need. Healthy sexuality encompasses the following characteristics: SELFLOVE your acceptan ce of yourself SELFKNOWLED GE your understandin g of your feelings and your character SELFCONFIDE NCE your awareness of the things that you can do well SELFRESPECT your regard for yourself as a worthwhi le person SELFEXPERESSI ON your way of showing your individualit y in expressing yourself as a man or as a woman. Bear in mind that learning human sexuality is important because … be disease-free and to live a healthy lifestyle. 15 15. What picture do you see that comprise the individual‟s personality? What do you think will happen if you lack any of these pieces? 16  What figure have you formed? Gender and Human Sexuality Gender is a social concept on how men and women should think, feel, and act. It refers to femininity or masculinity of a persons‘ role and behaviour as defined by society. Human sexuality is the quality of being male or female. It is the way in which we experience and express ourselves as sexual beings. Activity 4 - Puzzle-Puzzle Fill up the pieces with the words/phrases hat describe your personality. Afterwards, fix the puzzle. Piece 1 –what is your idea of being a man or a woman? Piece 2 – how does the link of thinking of a woman differ from that of a man? Piece 3 – how do you behave as a man or a woman? Piece 4 – how do you feel about yourself and others? Piece 5 – what are your guiding principles about relationships? 16. Ooopppsss! Before we go further, let us first unlock some words and symbols! Are you familiar with these symbols? Where do you usually see these? Gender and sexuality are two issues that affect your life as a teenager. These two concepts have some of the greatest impact on how you view yourself and deal with other people especially with the opposite sex. Sexual feelings are normal and healthy. As a teen, you will experience a heightened desire to explore your sexuality. This is completely normal and healthy. Just keep in mind that sexuality encompasses our whole being. Managing sexuality-related issues should be founded on values particularly self-respect and respect for others. 17 17. Below is a diagram showing health attitudes that can influence sexual behaviour. Which of these do you possess? SELF ► appreciates own body ► takes responsibility for own behaviours ► knowledgeable about sexuality issues FAMILY ► communicates effectively with family ► able to express love to your family members ► perform your duties and responsibilities at home. PEERS ► express love and intimacy in appropriate ways ► have the skills to evaluate readiness for mature relationship ► interact with both genders in appropriate and respectful ways ► respect both gender in all apects Levelling Off SEX gender equality GENDER Gender Role SEXUALITY 18 18. Please read and analyze the following key terms. Sex – centred on the biological basis of being a male or female. Gender – is a social concept on how men and women should think, feel, and act. It refers to femininity or masculinity of a person‘s role and behaviour. Gender Equality– permits man and woman equal enjoyment of human rights. Gender Role - refers to set of roles, characteristics, and expectations of how a man or woman should feel, think, and act as influenced by parents, peers, and society. Sexuality –is an integral part of what we do and who we are; it is the way in which we experience and express ourselves as sexual beings. It is the total expression of an individual‘s selfconcept. Activity 5 - Gender Assumptions In your activity notebook, draw the symbol for the male gender if the phrase states a usual role for men and draw the symbol for the female gender if it is the usual role for women. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. giving birth making a living fixing the broken faucet doing household chores helping the children with their homework 19

19. Activity 6 Write the changes that you expect as you mature from a boy/girl to a man/woman. Copy the example figure below and write your own figure in your activity notebook. playful responsible boy/girl man/woman Gender Role is often an outward expression of gender identity. It is manifested within society by observable factors such as behaviour and appearance. Your gender role demonstrates the typical characteristics of a person in his or her behaviour. Activity 7 Let us further enrich your vocabulary by undertaking this Activity. Society Says In your activity notebook, copy the table as shown below and write words or phrases that you associate with the words masculine and feminine. GENDER ROLES MASCULINE Example: breadwinner FEMININE Example: babysitter 20 20. This table will help you identify the gender roles and sexual behaviour of male and female as well as differentiate the roles and behaviour of each gender. Sexual Behaviour Standards are behaviours that have come to be accepted by society. Social and cultural norms are some of the factors which influence gender roles. The aim of education for human sexuality is to develop in a boy the characteristics of the personality belonging to his sex, and in a girl the characteristic of her own sex, thus turning a boy into a mature man and a girl into a mature woman, Using Life Skills to Improve Sexual Health The life skills that are mentioned below will give you the tools to deal with problems both big and small. LIFE SKILLS Assessing Your Health Making Good Decisions Communicating Effectively Practicing Wellness Setting Goals Using Refusal Skills Evaluating Media Messages 21 21. Evaluating Media Messages is being able to judge the worth of media messages. It is a big challenge knowing that most media messages are very convincing Activity 8 Give an example of a situation for each of the life skills learned. Explain how you will use each skill in these situations? Write you answer in your activity notebook. Which of the life skills do you feel will be the easiest one for you to use? Which is the most difficult to use? Explain your answer. 22 Refusal Skill is a way to say no to something that you don‟t want to do. This skill requires practice. But first, you must feel strongly about what things you want to avoid.  Setting Goals or aiming for something that will give you a sense of accomplishment. Just be sure to be realistic with your target goal.  Practicing Wellness can be accomplished through information about good sexuality.  Communicating Effectively. Communication skills help you avoid misunderstanding by expressing your feelings in a healthy way. This means if you listen to what people say, they will want to listen to you as well.  Making Good Decisions means making choices that are healthy and responsible. You must have the courage to make difficult decisions and stick to them.  Assessing your Health means evaluating your well-being periodically. This includes your sexuality. Figure out what you can do to improve your health if it is not as good as it can be.  22. A decision is a choice you make or act upon. A good decision is a decision in which you have carefully considered the outcome of each choice. To accept personal responsibility is to accept how your decisions may affect you and other people. Decision-making skills will help you make decisions based on your needs and desires. At the same time, it helps you to resist peer pressure Decision-making skills must be practiced and exercised in resolving issues and concerns about sexuality. At the end, you have to understand gender and human sexuality with a lesson in decision-making. Take a look at the illustration below. This will guide you in enhancing your decision-making skills. 23 23. The Six Steps of Decision Making Your decisions related to your sexual behaviours affect yourself a Does it show respect for me and others? Does it follow norms and standards of society 24 Is it healthful?  Is it legal?  Is it safe? nd other now or later in your life. These sexual behaviours may be toward yourself, your family, your friends, or other people. Determine the problem Explore the alternatives Consider the consequences Identify your values Thus, what you choose to do, and how you behave, should be guided by family, social and spiritual standards, and should be based on decision-making steps or procedures. Decide Evaluate Activity 9 - Making Good Decisions In your activity notebook, label the page with the letters D E C I D E vertically. Use the six steps in decision making in going through this activity. 1. Your classmates are going to a party this weekend, this is the first time that you are asked to attend by a friend but then you discern that your parents will not approve it. You don‟t want to make your friends angry by not going, but you also don‟t want to get in trouble with your parents. Determine what decision you should make. 2. One of your closest friends tells his/her problem and asks for your support. He got his girlfriend pregnant / she got pregnant. How can you show your support and stand firm with the morals that having children should be the choice of matured individuals under the blessing of marriage? The following guide questions may help you decide. 24. What to Process These activities will help you understand further your own personality and sexuality as we relate it to family health. Accomplish it with pride! Activity 10 Follow the instructions below to help you complete the poem ―I Am‖ and make it a poem about you. Write this in a whole sheet of paper. Post it in the display area of the classroom. . I Am Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Line 6: Line 7: Line 8: Line 9: I am (write your name). I am the child of (write the full names of your parents). I am the grandchild of (write the full names of your four grandparents). I am the sibling of (write the first names of your brothers and sisters, if any). I am the friend of (write the names of a few friends). I am (write three descriptive words that describe you). I am a (write something that you do well – for example, I am a volleyball player). I am a resident of (write the name of the barangay and the city in which you live). I am (write your citizenship). 25

25. Do you possess any of these personality traits? What will you do to turn each trait positively in order to improve your personality and sexuality? Discuss it with your classmates. 26   You probably spend most of you day interacting with other people. Having good understanding of your sexual health allows you to get along with the people you meet every day. Activity 11 - Dealing with People We all encounter people in our lives. Here are some descriptions of people. In your activity notebook, jot down some positive ways of dealing with each type of personality. 1. Show off (people who would like to be the center of attraction whenever possible). 2. Worriers (people who worry about everything). 3. Gossips (people who spread rumors and often exaggerate information). 4. Bullies (people who use threats, fear, and cruelty to control others). 5. Whiners (people who grumble and complain about everything).  How did you find the activity? What else did you discover about your family background? How does this Activityhelp you understand your personality and sexuality? Write your answer in your activity notebook.    26. Activity 12 - How Well Do I Know Myself? On your activity sheet, trace your left and right hand on each side of the paper. Each finger represents a characteristic of a healthy sexuality. List your specific behaviors on each component. Thumb Finger: Self-Expression (how do you express your sexuality?) Index Finger : Self-Respect (what do you do to improve your selfrespect?) Middle Finger: Self-Knowledge (what are the things that make you happy?) Ring Finger: Self-Love (how do you express your love to yourself?) Little Finger: -Self-Confidence (what do you do best?) List specific behavior/qualities that you want to improve. Little Finger : Self-Confidence (what else do you want to accomplish to gain self-confidence?) Ring Finger: Self-Love (how do you want to be loved?) Middle Finger: SelfKnowledge (how can you achieve happiness?) Index Finger: Self-Respect (how will you gain self-respect?) Thumb Finger: Self-Expression (how will you develop your sexuality?) By doing this activity, you can reflect on the things/behaviour that you develop and improve for you to be sexually healthy. Share your answer with your classmate and learn more about sexuality. 27 27. Activity 13 - Male versus Female In your activity notebook, copy the Venn diagram as shown below. Write the roles played by male and female in the space provided. In the space where the two circles meet, write the common roles played by both. Where they don‟t join, write their specific roles. Choose the specific roles from the box below. MALE FEMALE kiss mom kiss dad play with doll ride a bike cook sing in public back out of a fight baby-sit play baseball dance have long-hair wear an earring have tattoo wash dishes cry wear jewelry take ballet lessons join rock band clean the house invite a person on a date change diaper fixing a broken faucet 28 28. What to Reflect and Understand You can reflect and understand better your personality by accomplishing the activity below. Activity 14 Read and reflect on the article below. Love in Action Teofilo Guiang Jr. Retired Secretary, Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas Philippine Daily Inquirer February 28, 2000 I am now 67 years old. And many times, I find myself seated on an old bench in front of our sari-sari store where I could have a clear view of schoolchildren and office workers en route to different places. I‟m glad I don‟t have to endure the rigors of rushing things anymore like waking up early in the morning, fixing myself orderly and neat, having breakfast hurriedly and trying to beat other people rushing for seat in a passenger jeepney bound for the office. Among the lifetime of things remembered is this one which occupies my mind when I‟m lonely. The fourth commandment says: ―Honor your father and mother.‖ I have no parents anymore for death had caught up with them some years ago. 29 29. During the remaining days of my mom, she and dad stayed with us at Quezon City. I was then very involved in office work and Church activities, not fully aware that I was spending little time with mom and dad. Mom was practically blind for she had been sick of eye disease called glaucoma for 18 long years. Indeed, those were trying times for us in the family. I can still picture in my mind how dad would wash the face of mom, how he would comb her hair, how he would tell her an interesting story, how he would give her the prescribed medicines on schedule and how he would strum his old guitar as he sang a sweet kundiman for her. Dad was the ever patient and competent ―nurse‖ of mom. No doubt, he was a model husband and father. Then the unexpected thing came. Mom was hospitalized. She was in her sick bed and comatose. Surprisingly, there were moments when she would repeatedly utter the words: ―Ang anak kong bunso hindi ako mahal.‖ I was somewhat disturbed for she was referring to me. When I went home that night, I tried to find out why she uttered those words. Perhaps the nice little things I‟ve done for her like giving her money for her medicines and talking to her in her room were not enough to make her feel the warmth of my love for her. I should have spent more quality time with her. I should have talked to her more often. And I should have brought her somewhere for recreation more often. Later, when mom regained full consciousness, I did exactly what my dad and two brothers did for her with loving care. I massaged her arms tenderly, fixed her silvery hair in place with my hands and told her some petty jokes that made her chuckle. From that time on until she expired peacefully, she didn‟t utter anymore the words: ―Ang anak kong bunso hindi ako mahal.‖ Then I came to realize fully that love expressed in words is not enough. It must also be expressed in action. When I went that night, I tried to find out why she uttered those words. 30 30. Did you like the story? What lesson/s did you learn from it? Do you know how to express affection to your loved ones? How do you do it? Express yourself. Write a short essay about this in your Activitynotebook. 31     Surprisingly, there were moments when she would repeatedly utter the words: ―Ang anak kong bunso hindi ako

mahal.‖ I was somewhat disturbed for she was referring to me. Perhaps the nice little things I‟ve done for her like giving her money for her medicines and talking to her in her room were not enough to make her feel the warmth of my love for her. I should have spent more quality time with her. I should have talked to her more often. And I should have brought her somewhere for recreation more often. Later, when mom regained full consciousness, I did exactly what my dad and two brothers did for her with loving care. I massaged her arms tenderly, fixed her silvery hair in place with my hands and told her some petty jokes that made her chuckle. From that time on until she expired peacefully, she didn‟t utter anymore the words: ―Ang anak kong bunso hindi ako mahal.‖ Then I came to realize fully that love expressed in words is not enough. It must also be expressed in action. 31. Rate yourselves accordingly using the rubrics in the next page. 32 Answer the following questions. Use them as your guides. o What are the factors that shape our sexual attitudes? o How do these factors positively or negatively affect our sexual attitudes? o What can we do to maximize the negative effect of these factors on our sexual attitudes?  After the presentation, analyze the factors that shape the sexual attitudes of the various characters.  Each group shall present the skit in two (2) minutes. Activity 15 - Role Play To better analyze the factors that affect the attitudes and practices related to human sexuality, you are going to internalize a given character. Gather your classmates, group yourselves into five (5). Each member of the group will assume the role of any of the following: 1. one who grew up in a very religious family 2. one who was raised by authoritative parents 3. one who has been strongly influenced by media 4. one who has good friends from the opposite sex 5. one who has been educated in an exclusive school You are given ten (10) minutes to prepare a short skit. 32. CRITERIA Work Attitude (cooperati ve with the group) Presentati on of Character Relevanc e of the actions Use of NonVerbal Cues (voice, gestures, eye contact ) ADVANCE (20) PROFICIENT (15) Always cooperative and focused on task during group work and presentatio n. Usually cooperative and focused on task during group work and presentation. Convincing in communicat ing character‟s feelings, situation and motives. Competent in communicatin g character‟s feelings, situations and motives. Actions are clearly established and effectively sustained. Impressive variety of non-verbal cues is used in an exemplary way. APPROACHING PROFICIENT (10) DEVELOPIN G (5) Sometimes cooperative and focused on task during group work and presentation. Rarely cooperative and focused on task during group work and presentatio n. Adequate in communicating character‟s feelings, situation and motives. Limited in communicat ing character‟s feelings, situation and motives. Actions are clearly established and generally sustained. Actions are established but may not be sustained. Actions are vaguely established and may not be sustained. Good variety of non-verbal cues is used in a competent way. Satisfactory variety of nonverbal cues is used in an acceptable way. Limited variety of non-verbal cues is used in a developing way. 33 33. A P AP D B - 81 -100 points 61 – 80 points 41 – 60 points 21 – 40 points 0 -20 points Education for human sexuality deals with the formation of virtuous habits right attitudes integration of positive values Activity 16 For each factor listed below, provide examples of how this factor affects your sexual attitudes and behaviors. Write your answer in your activity notebook. 1. Family. Family values oftentimes determine your own values. Describe how your family affects your values regarding human sexuality. 1. Culture. Filipinos living in different regions have diverse cultures and beliefs. Your cultural background can affect your values regarding sexuality, along with the norms and standards set by society. Describe how your culture affects your human sexuality. 2. Peers. Like your family, your friends can also have a significant impact on your views on human sexuality. Describe how your friends affect your human sexuality. 3. Media. The media plays a significant role in our lives as we regularly watch televisions, listen to radio, search the internet, read newspapers, etc.Describe how media affects your human sexuality. 34       Imaginatio n, Creativity, and insight that Choices Choices Demonstrat e enhance role play Choices Demonstrate thoughtfulnes s that completely enhances role play. powerfully Demonstrate awareness that acceptably enhance role play. Choices demonstrat e little awareness and do little to enhance role play. Congratulations! You did a great job! Please refer to the boxed entries for you to assess how you fare in activity 15. 34. Is the information real and accurate? Why or why not? DOUBLE STANDARD OF MORALITY boys and girls are given the impression of men being superior to women. In as much as we would like to practice gender equality, the rules for human conduct and human appropriateness are not alike for both sexes as practiced in most areas in the Philippines. This is likely shown in the examples below: A. Boys and men are permitted to stay out more and up to a later time than the girls and women. B. A philandering or immoral man is considered as demonstrating his manliness or ―pagkalalaki‖. A philandering or immoral woman is considered as cheap, bad, or ―masamang babae‖. C. Women are expected to remain virginal until they marry, while it is generally acceptable for men to have sexual experience before marriage. D. Women are socially judged and legally penalized for adultery and for having children out of wedlock. E. Men who stay at home to do household chores instead of having jobs to earn money for the family are considered by some as ―under „d saya.‖ 35 What messages were presented about being a man or a woman?  What is the commercial all about? Activity 17 - Analyze Media Message Think of a commercial and write how men and women are being portrayed. Then, respond to the following:

35. Activity 18 In your activity notebook, answer the following questions: 1. What is your stand on double standard of morality? 2. How can we possibly eliminate the double standard of morality? VIRGINITY - a virgin is a person who has not had sexual interaction. Staying virgin until marriage keeps you… SOCIALLY -free to develop many relationship s PHYSICALLY -free from EMOTIONALLY pregnancy & venereal diseases -free from exploitation by free from having to choose a hurry-up others. -free from guilt, wedding and an illegitimate child doubt, disappointment, and loss of reputation. VALUE your virginity for your own good and your future spouse KNOW your attitudes & standards How does one stay Virgin? 36 ACT - choose friends with high standards -stay away from dangers and temptations -be kind, firm, and proud of your values. 36. Activity 19 - My Abstinence Bag Abstinence is the best decision one can make in safeguarding sexual health. In this activity, list five items that you value most in life and will help you say no to unhealthful practices. Explain how this item can encourage you to make right decisions. For example, putting a family picture in my abstinence bag can remind me of how I value my loved ones and how I would like to make them proud of my achievements. Activity 20 In your Activitynotebook, answer the following questions: 1. Do you believe that virginity is important for both boys and girls? Why? 2. What are your attitudes and standards towards virginity? Compare it with the norms and standards set by society. Does it confirm? 3. How do you value virginity? Now it‟s time to take a comprehensive test based on what you have learned! Let your teacher lead you in the assessment process! Good luck! 37 37. What to Transfer You are expected to demonstrate the knowledge you have obtained upon learning this module. Values are strong beliefs held by persons, families and group of people about important issues. It is essential to know one‘s own values, beliefs and attitudes, how they influence on the rights of others and how to stand up for them. As you mature, you develop your own values which may be different from one another. Social norms and standards can affect your sexual decisionmaking and behaviour as it influences values and behaviour. 38 38. After completing this survey, what observations can you make about your values? Your sex role should not limit your interests. You can be masculine and feminine and participate in events and professions that are usually chosen by persons of only one sex. Healthful sexuality is being comfortable and contented with your attitudes about your sex role. 39Activity 21 - What Do You Value? Values are qualities or conditions that are important to a person. Complete this survey by determining what you value in yourself. In your activity notebook, tick on the appropriate box based on the importance you assign to each attribute. Not Very Important Important Important 1. To be respected by my parents. 2. To be respected by my friends. 3. To have a positive image of myself. 4. To have lots of friends. 5. To do well in school. 6. To give and receive love. 7. To stay virgin until marriage. 8. To build healthy relationships with members of both sexes. 9. To appreciate sexuality as factor of personality. 10. To make intelligent decisions concerning sexual behaviour. 39. How can you say that a particular gender role conforms to the standard of the society? 40 Which gender takes on which role in the present day?  Analyze and discuss with your classmates the strengths and weaknesses of the accepted roles of men and women in the past. Activity 22 - Visualize and Learn! b. You will be given five minutes to close your eyes and imagine a scenario in the past where kings and queens once lived. Imagine you are the king (if male) or queen (if female). The queen is captured and needs recuing from her captors. The king assumes the conventional role of a brave king who rescues his queen, while the queen takes on the role of a meek and mild queen who needs looking after. c. Visualize a scenario of a typical Filipino family. Analyze and enumerate the roles being played by the male members of the family (grandfather, father, male siblings) and the female members of the family (grandmother, mother, female siblings). Does it conform to the norms set by the society? After going through Activity 22, 40. Write a reflection on why you think the gender role depiction in media must be addressed. 41 Recreate one of the scenes of the film by submitting a script of your own for this scene.  Extract any gender-biased content.  Choose a movie or a television show which you believe has gender role labels in it and you must deconstruct and analyze.  *bullying *RH Bill * sexual harassment *cybercrime law Choose one topic and write your personal views.. Discuss how it will affect the health of the community as a whole. Suggest ways on how to manage this issue. Write your answers in your Activitynotebook. Activity 23 - Watch and Relax! This is your opportunity to show your understanding of gender role in the media.    Activity 23 - Critical Thinking Let us try to connect our lesson to current issues in our country. Here are some current issues that focus on sexuality, gender equality, and sexual orientation: 41. Activity 24 - K W A Chart In your activity notebook, copy the table as shown. List your top five (5) issues concerning sexuality regarding what you know, what you want to learn, and what you have learned. Give a brief explanation of your answer. Sexuality Issue What I Know What I Learned How I Will Apply (the concept/skill learned) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Human sexuality is the totality of being a man or being a woman. It includes everything that makes you a male or a female – your ideas, behavior, feelings and judgments. 42

42. Do I periodically evaluate my sexual health? Am I making good decisions? Am I setting and meeting my goals? Do I use refusal skills when I need to? Am I communicating my feelings and expectations? Do I compare and evaluate media messages as to the norms and standards of society Summary Think back on something that you have learned from this Learner‟s Material. Reflect on the following questions and then write your answers on the box. 1) What did you learn? 2) How did you go about learning the lesson? 3) Why did you choose to learn it? 4) What/Who helped you learn it? 5) What hindered your learning? 6) How did you know that you had learned it? 43     Activity 25 As you analyze the significance of sexuality to family health, ask yourself the following questions: 43. Government Policies and Republic Act No. 8504 and 7719 Introduction: After learning about human sexuality and gender, you will now be introduced to the nature and prevention of sexually-transmitted infections (STIs) like Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS). Sexually-transmitted Infection (STI) is a communicable disease that is spread from person to person through sexual contact. Despite the efforts of government and civil society, the incidence of STIs particularly HIV/AIDS continues to increase. Thus, it poses a serious threat to Filipinos especially to young people like you. According to the Department of Health‟s Philippine HIV and AIDS Registry, we had already exceeded the 10 thousand mark in HIV infections since 1984 when the disease was first documented in the country. More tha Sexually Transmitted Infections (with emphasis on HIV/AIDS ) Lesson 2: Issues and Problems Related to Human Sexuality Issues and Problems Related to Human Sexuality n a thousand of these already developed into full-blown AIDS. Sexually-transmitted infection is preventable. The first step is to remain sexually abstinent until marriage. Next is to obtain accurate information about these diseases and recognize inaccurate information. Third is to enhance life skills. By knowing how to make decisions and practice refusal skills you can never go wrong in safeguarding your health. 44 44. Objectives At the end of this module you will learn to 1. Discuss the signs, symptoms and effects of sexually transmitted infections (STIs) such as Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) infection and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome ( AIDS) 2. Identify and analyze steps in the prevention and control of STIs 3. Realize why abstinence is the only sure way to avoid sexually transmitted infections particularly HIV/AIDS 4. Follow government policies in the prevention and control of HIV and AIDS (RA 8504 or Philippine AIDS prevention and control Act) 5. Explain other government efforts in ensuring a clean blood supply to prevent issues and problems related to sexuality. 6. Applies decision-making skills in managing sexuality related issues. This time you will answer the following pre assessment activity. This is non-graded test. The purpose is to identify your learning needs. It is important that you answer the items to help you find out what you need to know. Pre-Assessment A. Before you start studying the next lesson on human sexuality, you are going to answer the self-inventory test about STI and HIV/AIDS. How familiar are you with STIs HIV/AIDS? 1. I have never heard of them or I have heard of them but don't know what they are. 2. I have some idea what they are, but don't know why or how they happen. 3. I have a clear idea what they are, but haven't discussed them. 4. I can explain what they are and how they occur, what they do that may affect family life. 45 45. Have you made a personal health plan on how to protect yourself from risky sexual behaviour? 1. 2. 3. 4. I have neither planned nor thought about it. I have planned but not thought about it. I have planned but not practiced it. I have both planned and practiced it. B. For each of the following topic, place a check mark in the cell if it describes your experience. Topic/Concept Have Have Have seen Have written a read it heard a TV or report paper on it it movie production STIs HIV/AIDS Abstinence Refusal Skill Blood donation/transfusion C. Fact or Fiction: Are the following statements true or false? Write true or false on the space before the number in order to find out your knowledge in sexually transmitted infections particularly HIV/ AIDS. When you finish this module, you have to plan on how you can avoid being infected with HIV/AIDS and live a healthy lifestyle in order to have a healthy relationship with your family. 1. A person can acquire HIV/ AIDS from using intravenous syringe used by the infected person 2. Most sexually transmitted infections can be treated and cured without medical attention. 3. If an HIV/AIDS woman gives a normal birth to a child, her child may have a greater chance of being infected too. 4. A person always knows when he or she has a sexually transmitted infection. 5. People who get sexually transmitted infections have a lot of sex partners. 46 46. 6. All types of sexually transmitted disease can be cured. 7. Parental consent is needed before you are treated for a sexually transmitted disease if you are under 18 years of age 8. You can have no symptoms, yet be infected with a sexually transmitted disease and be able to pass it on to someone else. 9. You can get several sexually transmitted diseases at one time. Check if your answers are correct. What you will do! Learning Goals and Targets A. Let‘s agree on this You should propose responsible and informed decisions that will demonstrate understanding of issues and problems related to human sexuality particularly Sexually Transmitted Infections (STIs ) with emphasis on HIV / AIDS B. What are your goals? Complete the following statements below. Write your answer in your health journal. 1. The behavior I would like to change or improve to avoid risky sexual behaviours are_________________________ 2. The steps involved in making this change are_________________________________________ 3. My timetable is_________________________________ 4. The people I will ask for support or assistance

are___________________________________________ 5. The benefits I will receive are___________________________________________ 47 47. What other ideas in human sexuality do I have or connections can I make to STIs and HIV/AIDS? 48 How does knowing about this information change my thinking?  What does it mean to me?  Why is this important?  What steps are involved to accomplish this healthy sexual behavior? So what:  What behavior I would like to change or improve to have a healthy sexual behaviour?  What I want to know about the topic? Read the questions below and fill out the column in my response column. Write your answers in your activity notebook. What? / So What? / Now What? Strategy: My response What: 48. What are the implications human sexuality to a healthy family life? What am I going to do or apply to protect and promote healthy sexuality? What measures will I do to prevent HIV/AIDS? Just enjoy and have fun in learning! Your teacher will help and guide you as you walk through your learning journey. 49  Now what: 49. What to Know u Are you ready? What is STIs? Sexually-transmitted infection or STI, also known as sexuallytransmitted disease (STD) is a communicable disease that is spread by a pathogen (disease-causing organism) from one person to another person through sexual contact. A person who has a sexual relationship with someone who is infected can get one or more of these diseases. STIs are transmitted through an exchange of bodily fluids during sexual intercourse. These infections are commonly caused by bacteria and viruses. Some STIs can be treated successfully but many STIs such as HIV/AIDS still have no cure. The good news is, all STIs can be prevented. Symptoms of STIs depend on the type of infections. Common symptoms include discharge from the genitals, warts, blisters or sores in the genital area, a rash, painful urination, or flu- like symptoms. Some STIs don‟t have any signs or symptoms. In fact one of every 10 people can have STIs but be asymptomatic. These people are carriers and are very dangerous because they can transmit an infection without even knowing it. . The only certain way to prevent/to keep from catching these diseases is by abstinence. Sexual abstinence is the deliberate choice to refrain from all sexual activity. 50 50. Let‘s Review 1. What is a sexually transmitted infection? 2. What is abstinence, and why is abstinence the only certain way to prevent STIs? Knowing About STIs Teens are the age group most likely to get STIs that is why it is important for teens to learn about STIs Study the table below and identify sexually transmitted infections. Make a summary and identify the major ways on how to prevent sexually transmitted infections. COMMON SEXUALLY TRANSMITTED INFECTIONS Genital herpes Gonorrhe a Pathogen Human Chlamydia Herpes (causative Immunodeficienc Trachomatis Simplex-2 agent) y Virus (HIV) bacterium Virus Neisseria gonorrhoea bacterium Trepone ma Pallidum bacteriu m Long term Immune systems effects failure, severe illness leading to death,8-10 years to see signs of infection, infection of infants leading to death Sterility, liver disease, testicular disease, infection of heart lining, eye infections for newborn leading to blindness If left untreate d, mental illness, heart and kidney damage, and death may result AIDS Chlamydia In women, pelvic inflammatio n with abdominal pain, fever, menstrual bleeding, ectopic pregnancy In men, enlarged lymph glands of the groin, infection of the testicles. Infection during birth 51 If left untreated, it may cause cervical cancer in women and cause deformities in unborn babies Syphilis 51. Preventio Abstinence from n sexual measures intercourse and from use of intravenous drugs can cause blindness or illness in newborn Abstinence Abstinence Abstinence from sexual from from sexual intercourse sexual intercourse intercourse and from and from use of use of intravenous intravenou drugs s drugs Abstine nce from sexual intercour se and from se of intraveno us drugs What are HIV and AIDS? Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) is a fatal communicable disease with no effective treatment or known cure. It is the final stage of infection caused by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). When HIV enters the body it attacks the body‟s immune system. Thus, the body becomes vulnerable to opportunistic infections or diseases that develop when the body‟s defense system becomes weak. Among these infections are Kaposi‟s sarcoma, a rare but deadly type of skin cancer, recurrent pneumonia, and toxoplasmosis within the brain. Early symptoms of infection with HIV may include a rash, sore throat, fever, and tiredness. Nearly everyone with HIV develops AIDS. People with AIDS cannot fight off diseases that healthy people could easily resist. Because AIDS has no cure, people with AIDS eventually die from one of these diseases. 52 52. Ways of Acquiring HIV Activity 1 - Deal or No Deal Let us deal with how HIV AIDS can be transmitted from one person to another. The following chart lists ways of acquiring HIV. If the manner is false, put an X on the No Column meaning no deal, but if the manner is an actual way of acquiring HIV put an X in the Yes Column meaning we need to deal it. Ways of Acquiring HIV 1. Breastfeeding 2. Handshaking 3. Sharing the eating utensils with someone infected with HIV. 4. Donating blood with Red Cross 5. Selling blood in blood banks 6. Someone who has HIV who coughs and sneezes near you 7. Hugging someone with HIV 8. Having unprotected intercourse with someone with HIV 9. Sharing contaminated syringes, needles or other sharp instruments with someone infected by HIV 10. Receiving transfusion of blood infected with HIV 11. Sitting in the toilet seat used by the HIV patient 12. Mosquito bites 13.

Tattooing using an infected needle 14. Swimming with an HIV infected person 15. Wearing clothes of an infected person 16. Ear and Body piercing with an infected needle 53 Yes No 53. HIV must enter into the person‟s bloodstream to infect the person. HIV has been found in many body fluids including blood, semen, vaginal fluids, and breast milk of infected person. Which items have you already known and been informed about how HIV/AIDS can be acquired? Have you heard of other ways AIDs can /can‟t be transmitted or not transmitted? How can you correct misconceptions? Check your answer. Your teacher will help you analyze the responses. Make a generalization on how a person can acquire HIV AIDS. I learned that HIV can be transmitted by ___________ I learned that HIV cannot be transmitted by_____________ 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 Activity 2 - Reducing the Risk of HIV In small groups, brainstorm on how HIV can be transmitted and then create a chart or web to illustrate it. For each method of transmission, you and your partners will list at least three ways to reduce one‟s risk of exposure to HIV. A sample chart appears below. Groups share their charts/webs and discuss. 54 54. baby during pregnancy) Activity 3 - Good Reasons for Abstinence A. Defining Abstinence How will you define abstinence? Have you experience giving up one thing in your life in one-week period? Try this with a partner or classmate. Choose one or two from the activities. 1. You will refrain from any of the following activity- watching television, not eating a particular food, or not playing a particular game or sport for the entire one-week period. 2. During that time, you will keep a diary of your feelings and attitudes about being ―abstinent.‖ 3. After a week is up, you and some of your classmates will meet in small groups and share your feelings and discoveries. Answer the following questions in your small group. a. How hard was it to abstain for the entire week? b. Did it get more or less difficult as the week went by? Explain. c. Did friends or family members try to tempt you during the time period? d. How did you handle the pressure? Abstinence is ____________________. Now what is sexual abstinence? How can sexual abstinence keep a person from getting pregnant and protect them from STIs HIV AIDS? Some people choose abstinence for other reasons as well. Read the article and use the information in the article to complete the chart that follows. Remember to copy the chart in your activity notebook and fill it with required entries. 55 Maternal transference (Mother to Mode of Transmission Sexual Contact (Infected Body Fluids, Blood. Semen). Injecting drug and sharing infected needles Ways to prevent and control 55. SOME THOUGHTS ON ABSTINENCE Marta, 15 years old, wants to finish her schooling without delay and give her full attention to helping her parents in their business. She has a close friend Jonathan, 17 years old, who invited her to attend a party with their friends. Marta knew that this group of friends has been drinking alcohol and using drugs. She knows that using drugs and alcohol affects one‟s ability to make decisions regarding sexual behavior. This means that when a person uses drugs or gets drunk, his/her ability to think clearly and wisely can be affected. So, he told Jonathan that in order to avoid getting infected with STIs such as HIV/AIDS they must refrain from doing risky behavior that may tempt them to have undesirable sexual activities. She was able to convince Jonathan to stay away from this group of friends who engage in unhealthful practices. Jonathan realized that abstinence is a good way to avoid getting into trouble. Their classmates, Peter and Joanna, have also chosen abstinence. They promise to abstain from sexual behavior because they would like to keep their purity until marriage. Instead, they focus on their studies in order to prepare for their future together. Racquel does not engage in sexual behavior because she would like to protect her reputation and that of her family. She believes that risky sexual behaviors will only bring her shame and guilt. Apparently, Noemi wanted to abstain from sex because she chose to obey her parents‟ advice to be modest and respect her body. All of these young people have different reasons but the end result is the same- they have chosen abstinence and they are all proud of their decision. There is an increasing number of young people being infected with Sexually Transmitted Infections (STIs) or for every 10 cases 1 is a child. The most serious of these diseases is AIDS 56 56. Activity 4 – Teens Straight Talk TEENS‘ STRAIGHT TALK Name Reason for choosing abstinence Your name______ (Your thoughts concerning this reason) Marta Jonathan Peter and Joanna Racquel Noemi Reducing the Risks of Sexually Transmitted I The best way a teenager can prevent sexuality-related problems is through sexual abstinence. Abstinence is refraining completely from sexual relations with other people. 57 Sexually-transmitted infections could be completely eradicated if people practice wise decision-making skills and firmly say no to risky sexual behaviors.  Safeguarding one‟s sexual health starts from accurate information and awareness of sexuality-related issues. nfections KEEPING FIT 57. Government efforts in ensuring a clean blood supply to prevent issues and Problems related to sexuality (RA 7719) or the Blood Services Act of 1994) 58 Republic Act No. 8504 also known as Philippine AIDS Law Rubric 4 for your Activity 2 and 4 3 2 1 Explanati on Complete response with detailed explanation Good Response Explanatio n is not clear Misses key points Shows complete understandi ng of the question Shows substantial understandin g Response shows some understan ding Response shoes lack of understan ding Complete response with bright opinion Meets the sensible opinion Hardly makes sensible opinion Does not meet sensible opinions Demonstrat ed Knowledg e

Sensible opinions With clear explanation Point s Total points YOU ARE PROTECTED!!! Government Policies in the Prevention and Control of HIV/AIDS and Other STIs 58. The Philippine National AIDS Council (PNAC) shall oversee an integrated and comprehensive approach to HIV/AIDS prevention and control in the Philippines. Let‘s Appreciate What is the government doing to protect the health of the Family in terms of STIs HIV AIDS? How are you protected in case of blood donation and blood transfusion? Here‘s more…. Have you donated blood? Or received blood transfusion? How does it feel? There is a law that covers the proper ways to give a nd receive blood services. 59 The State shall provide a mechanism for anonymous HIV testing and shall guarantee anonymity and medical confidentiality in the conduct of such tests.  The State shall also ensure safe practices and procedures regarding donation of blood, organ or tissue.  The State shall promote public awareness about HIV/AIDS through various modalities: integration in the curriculum or development of special modules in basic education; inclusion in tertiary and vocational curriculum; providing education in the workplace, for Filipinos going abroad and among community people in general. Republic Act 8504 also known as the Philippine Aids Law The Philippine AIDS Prevention and Control Act of 1998 or RA 8504 is the government‟s response to the threat of HIV/AIDS in the country. Important provisions of the law include the following: 59. RA 7719 or the Blood Services act of 1994. This law protects and promotes public health through provisions related to blood donation. The government promotes voluntary blood donation as a humanitarian act. However, there are requirements that you need to meet if you want to donate blood. This is to ensure a clean and safe blood supply. Thus, you need to live a healthy lifestyle in order for you to be a voluntary blood donor in the future. To protect you from blood transfusion transmissible diseases like HIV/AIDS, this law lays down the legal principle that the provision of blood for transfusion is a professional medical service and not a sale of a commodity. They establish scientific and professional standards for the operation of blood collection units and blood banks/centers in the Philippines. People don‟t have to sell blood as a commodity. To be a responsible voluntary donor you donate the blood for a cause through medical and scientific care. What to Process Activity 1 - Let‘s Think Critically Reflect on the following focused points and write your ideas in your activity notebook 1. Analysis: How can good general health practices be healthful in preventing STIs. 2. Only two strategies if practiced consistently reduced the risk of STIs to zero. Name the steps in the prevention and control of STIs particularly HIV/AIDs 3. Analyze why sexual abstinence is the most effective method for the prevention of HIV/ AIDS and other STIs. 60 60. Activity 2 - Life Skills in Action Common Sense and Good judgment are powerful strategies to prevent and control STI HIV AIDs. Think about this 1. How does alcohol affect the persons judgment in making responsible sexual behavior? 2. Why do we need to practice saying NO to behaviors that are risky to your sexuality? 3. Explain how you can practice refusal skills to prevent and control STI HIV/AIDS. Activity 3 - Tracing the Link The drug, the blood, the alcohol connections to STI HIV AIDS Blood Drugs Alcohol How does it contribute to the transmission of STI HIV AIDS? Read the article below Dr. Jane Perez is a school physician lecturing about STI HIV AIDS in Bangkalan National High School asks the students the following questions: How many of you have seen the effects of drinking alcoholic beverages or have read the effects of taking dangerous l drugs? ―What is the danger of using shared syringe in cases of blood transfusion? ― ―What are the possible harmful effects to people being tattooed using needles? ― Have you donated blood? Or received blood transfusion? 61 61. She received varied responses, and she continued asking them to see a strong links or connection in the prevalence of STI HIV/AIDS. What are the connections of alcohol, drug abuse, blood donation and transfusion to STI and HIV/AIDS? Can you give your response? Write your answer on the space provided and discuss your answer with your classmates. 1. How can drinking alcohol leads to STI HIV ? _____________________________________________________ 2. What are the dangers of using shared needles in tattooing, or shared syringe in injecting drugs? _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ 3. Have you donated blood? Or received blood transfusion?How does it feel? ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________ 4. There is a law that covers the proper ways to give and receive blood services. It is RA 7719 or the Blood Services act of 1994. What is Blood Services Act of 1994 (RA 7719 )? _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ 5. Why is it important that blood donors be qualified to donate blood? Can you relate this law to STI and HIV/AIDS protection and prevention? _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ 62 62. What to Reflect and Understand These are activities you will do to help you acquire adequate and significant information about this topic. It is important that you clarify ideas about the lesson. You are going to watch an interactive video and video news episode about HIV AIDS incidence in the Philippines this will help you and be aware of the Activity 1 - Interactive Video You are going to watch an interactive video entitled ―Power of You‖. This video aims to raise awareness on STI and HIV/ AIDS among young people like you. Would you like to make intelligent and

informed decisions about Human sexuality? This interactive Video was especially made for you by the Dept Education and the UNICEF. a. Visit the web sites and collect materials and Fact sheets about STI HIV / AIDS. b. View some video clips on HIV updates in the Philippines like Kapuso mo Jessica Sojo www.you tube.com. c. The ―Power of You‖ by the DEP ED –UNICEF 63 63. Tell the class what you believe 64 You need to be heard and speak out on the topic‖ HOW can I be safe from HIV / AIDS.‖  Be ready to make an advocacy campaign about preventing HIV /AIDS.  After the activity you can make a compilation of facts and information about HIV / AIDS.  What is HIV? What is AIDS? What are the signs and symptoms of Human Immunodeficiency Virus ( HIV) and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) How can HIV/AIDS be spread from one person to another person? What are the effects of HIV/AIDS to our body? How can HIV and AIDS be prevented? Report the information that you have gathered in class. Compare this with what you already learned in class. Activity 3 - I Believe      Interview a health personnel about HIV/AIDS using the following guide questions:  Visit your school clinic or barangay health center. Activity 2 - Investigative Reporting HIV/AIDS 64. Activity 4 - Just Say NO! How to say no and remain friendly to someone you like? Is it difficult for you to refuse? If somebody ask you to do risky behavior like drinking and smoking or even doing pre-marital sex , how will you refuse? Throughout life you are likely to meet people who will persuade you to do things you do not want to do. How do you say no and still remain friendly with someone you like? Is it difficult for you to refuse? If somebody asks you to do risky behavior like drinking and smoking or even do pre-marital sex, how will you refuse? The ability to say NO to unhealthful practices is called Refusal Skills. The following are the different ways of saying NO to things that you don‟t want to do. Technique of saying NO The Response Maintain eye contact and say NO firmly Be true to yourself and to your belief. Give reasons for saying NO. Person A: Do you want to be my drinking buddy? Walk away or avoid the situation If you know that the group are doing risky sexual behavior that you don‟t want to do or join, then JUST don‟t GO Person B: NO! I love my body. I don‟t want to die young. 65 What‘s Your Response? 65. Change the subject Match verbal with non-verbal communication Try suggesting something better to do with your time, Person B: Let‟s smoke. Person A: I think it would be better if we eat instead . Shake your head and say NO! Give your personal Conclusion: Internalize how you will firmly refuse an offer to engage in risky behavior For more skills on Refusal Skills Visit http://www.thecoolspot.gov/index.asp Activity 5 Role-play the following situation showing how you can express feeling or thought on resisting pressures using refusal skills. Practice with your friend. 1. A friend inviting you to drink alcohol after school 2. Ramon told you to cut classes so you can attend a birthday party. 3. Carmen invited you to try smoking. 66 66. Activity 6 - Check it out 1. Find out what government agencies are responsible for educating the public about HIV/ AIDS in our country. List them in your notebook and write their specific task/s. 2. How does the government protect the rights of people living with HIV/AIDS? 3. What services are available for people living with HIV/AIDS? How can they avail of these services? 4. What will be your behavior toward a person with HIV/AIDS? What will you tell her/him? Summative Assessment Answer the summative test before you proceed. 67 67. What to Transfer Activity 1 Let us apply what have you learn. Design a poster that tells teenager on how to avoid STIs and HIV/AIDs using Abstinence and Refusal Skill. Activity 2 - Applying Health Knowledge 1. Design a booklet or a health journal entitled ―STI and HIV/ AIDS ALERT‖ that summarizes the major points presented in the lesson. 2. What steps should public health agencies take to further control the spread of STI and HIV/AIDS? 3. As a teenager, how will you avoid being infected by this disease? 4. You will need parental involvement. Ask your parent or another adult at home how they learned about blood donation, STIs and AIDS/HIV. Ask them about the accuracy of the information. Seek advice from your parents on how you can prevent being infected by HIV/ AIDS 5. Community Involvement. Find out what kind of services are available to help people who have HIV/AIDs in your community. Look also in your community measures they are doing in relation to Blood donations. Prepare a report to share your findings with your classmates 68 68. What will I do to protect myself from contacting STI and HIV/ AIDS? 69 What shall we do to decrease the number of HIVAIDS in our country?Activity 3 - Thinking Critically 1. Application. Develop a law of your own that you think would be effective in the prevention and control of STIs HIV/AIDS. Explain your thinking. 2. Application. The only known way to prevent a kind of STI is to abstain from sexual contact. What strategies can you suggest that would be effective in telling this concept to teens who are already sexually active? Are you ready to answer the following questions? Activity 4 - Critical Thinking Imagine that you have a chance making solutions on how to decrease the number of HIV/ AIDS in our country, what are the three things that you will do? 69. 1. Write all your answers in your health journal. 2. Post your decisions in the form of sticker messages on the bulletin board or in any display board. 3. Suggest activities for you and your class to decide. a. You may want to present a theater presentation on how you will prevent and protect yourself from contacting STIs and HIV/AIDS. b. Organize a

Parent‟s forum on STI and HIV/AIDS. Invite your teachers, and parents to this information campaign. c. Start a students‟ advocacy campaign on how teenagers can be protected from HIV AIDS Activity 5 - Independent Study Check yourself. Reflect and Understand After you complete the guided practice review and answer the questions below to review what you have learned a. In your own words, can you give the difference between HIV and AIDS. b. What are the four ways that HIV can be passed from one person to another person? c. If you become HIV positive, what will you do to prevent AIDS? And what will you do to live longer? d. AIDS is not curable but it is preventable. What are the best methods of prevention? e. Name two ways teenagers can do to reduce the risk of HIV infection. f. How can using alcohol and illegal drugs increase a person‟s risk of having HIV infection? 70 70. Use the chart below in answering the items Summary Think back on something that you learned on this Learner‟sModule. Reflect on the following questions and then write your answers on the box. 1) What did you learn? 2) How did you go about learning the lesson? 3) Why did you choose to learn it? 4) What/Who helped you learn it? 5) What hindered your learning? 6) How did you know that you had learned it? 71 71. LGUs The Department of Tourism must provide education for tourists and transients.  Employers, working with DOLE must develop workplace education and safety.  The government must provide education for Filipinos going abroad.  The DOH must conduct public health education campaigns.  The Government must promote education and information campaigns. Schools and non-formal education programs must include HIV/ AIDS education. Supplemental Readings RA 8504 OR THE PHILIPPINE AIDS LAW OR THE PHILIPPINE AIDS PREVENTION AND CONTROL ACT. Article 1 The DOH will provide anonymous HIV testing 72 HIV testing can only be done with the consent of the person tested.  The Government will provide appropriate confidential HIV testing.  The DOH will provide guidelines on safe surgery and medical procedures. Article 3  All blood, organs, and tissue for donation will be tested. If it tests positive, it will be disposed of safely, and not used.  The Government will develop and promote safe medical practices  It is against the law to give false or intentionally misleading information on HIV/AIDS. Article 2  Accurate information about prophylactics will be provided. must develop local HIV prevention and education efforts. 72. HIV status can be shared by health officials in three circumstances; officials of the AIDSWATCH council, health workers who are involved in treatment and need to know for their own safety, and a judge if under subpoena for an official court case. 73 All healthcare workers and anyone handling health records will strictly preserve patient confidentiality on HIV status, and the identity of people with HIV.  Confidentiality will be protected on HIV status.  Contract tracing is permitted provided confidentiality is not breached. Article 6  Reporting procedures will be developed to track HIV rates, while respecting client confidentiality.  The Government will establish an AIDSWATCH council.  The Government will monitor HIV/AIDS  The DOH is to make sure that health insurance is available to people with HIV. Article 5  The DOH is to do STD prevention and control efforts.  Livelihood efforts will be made available for people with HIV.  LGUs must provide community-based prevention and care efforts.  Hospitals will provide adequate care for persons with HIV.  The Government will ensure adequate health and support services for people with HIV.  The DOH will make adequate and affordable HIV testing available in all of the barangays in the Philippines. Article 4  Counseling will be conducted before and after testing  73. This council will be responsible for implementing the act and conducting all national AIDS performanc 74 The government will establish a Philippine National AIDS Council  Legal penalties for discrimination will be enforced. Article 8  Decent burials cannot be denied based on HIV status.  Hospitals can health services cannot refuse treatment or discriminate based on HIV status.  Credit services cannot be denied based on HIV status. Insurance cannot be refused based on HIV status, provided the person does not lie about their HIV status.  A person with HIV has every legal right to seek public office.  A person with HIV has the legal right to travel, live, and lodge with the same freedom as any other citizen. Quarantines and other restrictions are illegal.  Schools are not allowed to refuse admission, punish students, or deny participation in activities based on real or perceived HIV status.  Employers cannot discriminate in hiring, firing, promoting, or assigning based on actual or suspected HIV status.  Discrimination against people with HIV is illegal.  People with HIV must inform spouses and sex partners as soon as reasonably possible. Article 7  Legal penalties can be provided for breaching confidentiality.  HIV results may be given to the person tested, an official of the AIDSWATCH council, and a parent or guardian. It cannot be given to anyone else.  74. Unit II: Family Life 75 75. Lesson 1 – Courtship, Dating, and Marriage Introduction Family is a very important part of our everyday life. It helps us in improving our personality. It also helps us in shaping our life. It teaches us the value of integrity, love and honesty and provides us with tools necessary for success. Do you know how your parents met and formed your family? Were you able to ask them their love story? Family is considered a place where you can be yourself. It is a place where you are accepted for what you are. This is where you are completely tension free and everyone is there

to help you. Family encourages you when you are surrounded by problems. It helps you survive through tough times and brings joy and happiness into your life. Today, most people don‘t realize the importance of family; they prefer to spend most of their time with their friends. But when they are surrounded by problems, it is their family that helps solve them. At the time when even our best friends refuse to help us, it is our family that will help us. So it is very important for each and every individual to give importance to his/her family above anything else and enjoy spending time with family members. Have you imagined yourself going through a process of dating, courtship, and marriage? This module is designed for you to identify the importance of planning marriage in having a successful family life in the future. 76 Objectives At the end of the lesson, you are expected to do the following 1. Recognize the different factors that contribute to a successful marriage. 2. Discuss the roles and responsibilities of parents in fulfilling the needs of their children. 3. Analyze the effects of having a big family and problems it may cause to the health of the nation. 4. Make a plan on how to have a successful marriage and family life. 76. Pre-Assessment LOOP-A-WORD Loop as many words as you can that have something to do with marriage. Use the words in a sentence or give the meaning of each. P R T G N A N C Y D A T I N G V C T R M A R R I A G E A L C A REVUNFGNEWBORINFATUATIEFRIENDSHNSYFXNYJKTTEULFAMIENGAGE M E N J L C F O O E E E H N O I W L T E N P G Y R R T S H I P Dating Engagement Courtship Love Infatuation Marriage Friendship Pregnancy Newborn Family You did a good job! Now, think of what you wanted to achieve after running through this module. 77 77. Learner‘s Goals and Targets You may now write your goals and targets for this lesson in a health notebook/diary: MY GOALS 1. 2. 3. 4. >>> ARE YOU READY? READ ON. Dating in a relationship is important because it allows you to get to know the person you are in a relationship with, while having a 87 Provides an opportunity for one to know his/her strengths and weaknesses in dealing with the opposite sex.  It leads one to observe the other person‟s character.  It gives quality time to each other.  It strengthens the relationship.  It forms affection and respect. Types of Dating: a. Standard date – involves two people b. Double date – two couples go on a date at the same time and place c. Group date – where any number of couples can enjoy a date Importance of Dating 87. good time. Dating helps to reveal any potential problems you may have if pursuing a more serious relationship with a person, and it sets the foundation for marriage. In addition... Going steady is a period wherein the relationship between two people remains strong and well. Engagement – a period of agreement entered between two people in love for them to be able to know each other and their families well enough to be sure that they are ready and are suited for life-long companionship. It provides opportunity to develop interpersonal skills useful before and even within marriage. Time of understanding and devoting much time to explore each other‟s strengths and weaknesses so they could adjust to one another. Activity 7 If you are engaged, which do you prefer, Long Engagement or Short Engagement period? Explain in front of the class. ☺☺ Wow! That is very nice. You have high standard expectations. Do you want to know more? Read on.☺☺ Activity 8 - My Ideal Partner On a separate sheet of paper, draw, and color your ideal man / woman. Below your drawing, write the characteristics you expect from him / her. Marriage is the most enjoyable human relationship. It is the most significant event that may happen to your life. It takes only two people, a man and a woman to unite and make a successful relationship as married couple. Marriage is a lifelong partnership of a man and a woman. It is two unique individuals, who understand, respect, care, and love each other. It is a bond between two people who continue to grow and develop their best qualities as human beings. Marriage is not a mere contract but an inviolable social institution. Its nature, consequences and practices are governed by law and not subject to stipulation except that the marriage settlements may to a certain extent fix the property relations during the marriage. (Civil Code of the Philippines) 88 88. Marriage is a cherished institution under which man and woman believe in one faith and children are conceived, raised, and nourished to become useful and productive citizens of the country and the world. It is essential to the continuity of the human race. Filipinos view marriage as a sacrament and a lifelong commitment. Husband and wife work for the successful and harmonious relationship at home and among family members. Trust, respect, kindness, and love are essential factors to attain this goal. Factors Necessary to Consider in Choosing a Lifetime Partner to Work Out for Successful Married Life: 1. Maturity a) Can make good decisions b) Responsible in handling relationships 2. Fidelity a) b) c) Can make the relationship lasting Sincere and true to his / her promises Considers relationships sacred 3. Commitment a) Can make peaceful and lasting relationship b) Dedicated in fulfilling his / her responsibilities 4. Love a) Strengthens relationship b) Understands one is partner c) Enduring 5. Economic Readiness a) Aims for better future of the family b) Financially stable c) Good provider for the needs of the family 6. Physical Maturity a) Proud of having good partner b) Have healthy body 7. Character a) Responsible and honest b) Hard-working and industrious c) Respectful and compassionate d) God-fearing 89 89. Did You Know? EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 209 THE FAMILY CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES July 6, 1987 Marriage is a special contract of permanent union between a man and a woman entered into in accordance with law for the establishment of conjugal and family life. It is the foundation of the family and an inviolable social institution... The Family Code of the Philippines sets eighteen (18) as the age of majority of the Filipinos. However, for marriages between the ages of 18-21, the written consent of the parent is required. Without the written consent, the marriage is voidable. A person who is between the ages 21-25 is obliged to ask their parents or guardian for advice and has to make a sworn statement that advice was sought and given. If there is no parental advice or if the advice is unfavourable, the marriage license is issued only after three months after the publication of the application for the license. The marriage of persons who are below 18 years of age

is void (not lawful, not legal) and therefore, no true marriage took place. 90 90. Activity 9 Can you cite another law that strengthens the bond of a man and a woman as a couple? Share it by writing your ideas in your activity notebook. Remember to present it in class and to share it to your friends / classmates, relatives, or neighbours. RECIPE / INGREDIENTS OF A SUCCESSFUL MARRIAGE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Love Understanding / Respect Care Loyalty A Shared Philosophy Cooperation Growth Involvement Sharing and Giving Communication To achieve a better married relationship with a partner, communication must be exercised that may lead to mutual accommodation and adjustment. What to Process 91 91. Activity 10 Read and answer the following questions. Share your answers in class. 1. What can you say about the article? 2. What does it want to tell you? 3. What lesson can you get from the article? Is it Love or Infatuation? Infatuation is an instant desire. It is one set of glands calling to another. Love is a friendship that has caught fire. It takes root and grows, one day at a time. Infatuation is marked by a feeling of insecurity. You are excited and eager, but not genuinely happy. There are nagging doubts, unanswered questions, little bits and pieces about your beloved that you would just as soon not examine too closely it might spoil the dream. Love is quiet understanding and the mature acceptance of imperfection. It is real. It gives you strength and grows beyond you to bolster your beloved. You are warmed by his/her presence even when he/she is away. Miles do not separate you. You want him/her nearer, but near or far, you know he/she is yours and you can wait. Infatuation says, "We must get married right away! I can't risk losing you!" Love says, "Be patient. Do not panic. Plan your future with confidence." Infatuation has an element of sexual excitement. If you are honest, you can admit it is difficult to be in one another's company unless you are sure it will end - in intimacy. Love is the maturation of friendship. You must be friends before you can be lovers. Infatuation lacks confidence. When he/she is away you wonder if he/she is cheating. Sometimes you check. Love means trust. You are calm, secure, and unthreatened. Your beloved feels that also and that makes him/her even more trustworthy. Infatuation might lead you to do things you will regret later, but love never will. Love is an upper. It makes you look up. It makes you think up. It makes you a better person. (source: http://www.drirene.com/isitlove.htm) 92 92. Which do you prefer, courtship before or at the present times? Support your answer. Activity 12 - What You‘ll Do In your activity notebook, write your answers to the question. What are the benefits of dating? a. As a couple b. As a group Great job! Now you may proceed to the next activity 93 What time of your life would you prefer courtship? Why? Is it necessary to undergo courtship? Why? Compare courtship before and at present times. Why do you think courtship at present times is faster and easier than before?    Activity 11 - Film Analysis HI! Let‘s unwind and watch a video clip. After watching, read and answer the questions. (Reference: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VolwsYhOCTc ) 93. What can you say about courtship before and at present times? Excellent job! You are truly in love. Keep it up for the next activity. Activity 15 – Poem Analysis Let‟s Begin! Group yourselves into four. You will interpret the message of this poem. Your group is given 2-3 minutes for the presentation. ―Don‘t think you can direct the course of love, For love, if it finds you worthy, Directs your course.‖ - Khalil Gibran Do boys and girls have the same style in courting the opposite sex?  How do you feel sharing your love story?  Each of you has one minute to share. After the sharing, answer the following questions:  Close your eyes for one minute and reminisce the past.  Make a single circle, so that everyone will have a chance to talk and share his/her personal experiences. Activity 13 – Miniature Bulletin Board Prepare a miniature bulletin board to express your stand on the issue dating is/not necessary in having a relationship. What to Reflect and Understand Activity 14: Sharing of Personal Experiences in Courtship This activity will help you to reflect on your past experiences during courtship and to understand the nature of the boys and girls during courtship. Procedure: 94 94. Good work! Now you may proceed to the next Activity Activity 16 Below are terminologies that you encountered earlier in the lesson, can you remember their meanings? a. Fidelity ___________________________________________________ b. Commitment ___________________________________________________ c. Character ___________________________________________________ d. Maturity ___________________________________________________ e. Marriage ___________________________________________________ Activity 17 – Verse It Out Be with your groupmates and choose one verse that best suits your principles about marriage. The group will explain it in front of the class. You‟ll be given five minutes to explain your answer. a. Mark 10:6-9 - "But at the beginning of creation, God made them male and female. For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and be united to his wife, and the two will become one flesh. So they are no longer two, but one. Therefore what God has joined together, let man not separate." b. 1 Corinthians 7:3 - ―The husband should fulfill his marital duty to his wife, and likewise the wife to her husband.‖ c. Qur‘an [24:32] - ―You shall encourage those of you who are single to get married. They may marry the righteous among your male and female servants, if they are poor. GOD will enrich them from His grace. GOD is

Bounteous, Knower.‖ d. Qur'an [30: 12] - ―He has planted affection and mercy between you‖. Good job! Now you may continue to the next activity 95 95. Activity 18 Choose an issue below and discuss it in a group if you are in favour or not. You are given 10 minutes to conceptualize before you share it in front of the class. 1. Early Marriage 2. Live-in partners 3. Same sex marriage Activity 19: I Should Decide If you do not find the characteristics in the person you like, will you still consider him / her your lifetime partner? Explain your answer in front of the class. Activity 20 - Am I Prepared? Be with your groupmates and discuss your answers to the following questions. Remember to share your answers with others after 5-10 minutes. What is your concept of marriage? Do you know of persons who are married? How long had they been married? Tell something about their relationship. 96 96. Activity 21 – Marriage Vows Here is a copy of the marriage vows from a Protestant Church. A member of couples today, are choosing to write their own marriage vows printed in their wedding invitation. Can you recall some? Share it with your classmates. In the space provided, write your own version of the marriage vows that highlight what is important to you. I (name), take you (name) to be my (husband/wife), my partner in life and my one true love. I will cherish our union and love you more each day than I did the day before. I will trust you and respect you, laugh with you and cry with you, love you faithfully through good times and the bad, regardless of the obstacles we may face together. I give you my hand, my heart, and my love, from this day forward for as long as we both shall live. Now, reflect on this marriage vow. Do you like it? It‟s you turn to write your own marriage vows in your diary and explain why you chose the vows you have written. Excellent job! You are truly in love. Keep it up for the next activity. 97 97. What to Transfer Activity 22 To fully understand courtship before and at present times, form a group and decide on which to portray: how courtship is done before or at present times. Your group will be given five minutes to prepare for the presentation. Refer to the rubric below to be used in the presentation: Scoring Criteria Relates to audience (5) Excellent (4) Good (3) Need Some improvement (2) Needs Much improvement (1) Fair Provides a fluent rendition of scenario Role plays scenario with feelings and expressions Varies intonation Present characters appropriately Gives the scenario its full range Very well! You may now enjoy your accumulated points. Let‘s continue with the next activity. Activity 23 Debate Be with your groupmates and prepare for a debate by reflecting on and answering these questions: At what stage in one‟s life should one be allowed to go on dates? Do you think a Grade 8 student like you should already be allowed to go on dates? Justify your stand. Assess your performance using this rubrics. . 98 98. Rubrics for Debate 1 = weak; 2 = developing; 3 = adequate; 4 = above average; 5 = strong 1. Opening statements clearly addressed the central issues of the debate 1 2 3 4 5 2. Overall impression on the presentation (eye contact, use of voice, etc.) 1 2 3 4 5 3. Claims showed evidence of research 1 2 3 4 5 4. Rebuttal statements effectively addressed the statements of the opposing team 1 2 3 4 5 5. The presentation demonstrated organization and forethought 1 2 3 4 5 6. Final statements effectively summarized salient points and improved the team‟s position 1 2 3 4 5 7. Participants adhered to rules and procedures 1 2 3 4 5 Activity 24 My Future Married Life In your activity notebook, project on and write a description of yourself as a married person 10 years from now. Use the following questions as a guide. 1. How many children do you envision to have? 2. How would you be like as a husband / wife? 3. How do you see yourself as a parent? 99 99. Activity 25 My Dream Family Make your dream family by writing your plans and then draw your dream family in the box intended for it. Below the diagram, explain why you choose your dream family. MY PLANS MY DREAM FAMILY ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ Activity 26 Reflection Think of a successful married couple you know. This couple might be your parents, guardians, grandparents, aunt and uncle, or neighbours. In your activity notebook, copy and complete the chart by putting a check mark at the appropriate column after each question. Remember the points that contribute to the success of their marriage. Name of Couple: Guide Questions 1. Do they communicate effectively? 2. Do they respect each other? 3. Do they have fun together? 4. Are they committed to the marriage? 5. Do they both make compromises? 6. Are they friends with each other? 7. Do they love each other? 8. Do they appear to be attracted to each other? 100 Always Sometimes Never 100. Focus questions: a. What do you think makes this marriage successful? Explain. b. What can you learn from the marriage? If you were to be asked, what would you do / follow when you get married to make your marriage successful? Summary Choosing a lifetime partner involves some processes: crushes or infatuation, dating, courtship, and engagement are practiced and exercised. Dating leads to the development of intimacy between couples or within a group. Dating steadily, dating in groups are all healthful ways of developing a healthy relationship. A couple or groups can date, going together to different places, such as the movies, parties, dances, fiestas, and other celebrations. Dating gives you a quality time to talk to people. Best of all, couple or group dating is fun. There are different traditional courtships in the Philippines like practices of singing romantic love songs, reciting poems, writing

letters, and gift-giving. The union of man and woman is given dignity by the sacrament of matrimony. Marriage is a promise, a covenant to keep the partnership for life not only for the sake of staying together but more for the growth and good of each other and for responsible rearing of children. Married couple should by all means protect the sanctity of their marriage and must be true to their vows. They should be strongly united and focused not only to each other but also practice responsible parenthood. 101 101. Lesson 2: Pregnancy-related Concerns and Pre-natal Care Introduction Pregnancy Pregnancy is a time of many changes. Your body will go through a lot on the way to creating a new person. This module is designed for you to be aware of pregnancyrelated concerns and prenatal care, importance of maternal nutrition during pregnancy, essential newborn protocol, and advantages of breastfeeding to have a harmonious relationship in a family. PREGNANT WOMAN) Objectives At the end of the lesson, you are expected to do the following: 1. Talk about pregnancyrelated concerns and prenatal care. 2. Explain the importance of maternal nutrition during pregnancy. 3. Discuss essential newborn protocols. 4. Recognize the advantages of breastfeeding. Pre-Assessment Choose the letter of the correct answer. Write it in your activity notebook. ___ 1. The reproductive process wherein the male gamete and female gamete unite to form a new single cell. A. Fertilization B. Ovulation C. Implantation D. Gestation ___ 2. The fertilized egg develops into a baby in the _______. A. Ovaries B. Fallopian tube C. Uterus D. Stomach ___ 3. The developing human is called ______. A. Fetus B. Zygote C. Baby 102 D. Embryo 102. ___ 4. The developing human is fed in the woman‟s womb through. A. Mammary gland B. Placenta C. Uterus D. Bladder ___ 5. The place of pregnancy that starts from week 13 to 27. A. First trimester C. Third Trimester B. Second Trimester D. Second and third trimesters ___ 6. The phase of pregnancy that lasts from weeks to birth A. First trimester C. Third Trimester B. Second Trimester D. Second and third trimesters ___ 7. The process of birth wherein the doctor removes the baby from the womb. A. Ceasarian section C. Surgical operation B. Normal delivery D. Painless Delivery ___ 8. The behavioural development of a healthy baby wherein he/she learns to vocalize and controls movement of the head. A. 0-1 month B. 4-5 months C. 6-7 months D. 2-3 months ___ 9. The best and ideal form of infant feeding is through _______. A. Breastfeeding C. Mix feeding B. Bottle feeding D. All of the above ___ 10. Lactation is the period of milk production initiated by what hormone in the mammary gland? A. Progesterone C. Prolactin B. Estrogen D. None of the above You did very well on this one. Keep it up! Learner‘s Goals and Targets In your health notebook / diary, you may now write your goals and targets for this lesson. 103 MY GOALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 103. What to Know Activity 27 Pregnancy Morning sickness Discomfort Trimester Health condition Complications Braxton Hicks Contraction Do you recognize the words above? Share what it means to the class. A. New Beginning After marriage, a couple‟s desire is to build a family. Humans are reproduced through sexual reproduction. In this kind of reproduction, the reproductive cells of man and woman join together to make a new human cell. This process is called fertilization. Fertilization is a reproductive process wherein half of the genes of the father and mother combine to form a single cell; the new cell then divides and forms more cells. This ball of cells enters the uterus and attaches itself to the uterine wall. The attachment of the developing cells to the uterus is called implantation. Pregnancy is the time when a new cell is formed during fertilization, grows and develops into a baby in the woman‟s uterus. From the time that the ovum and the sperm cell unite until the end of the eight week, the developing human is called embryo. From the eight week until birth, the developing human is called the fetus. A normal pregnancy generally lasts until 9 months or 38-40 weeks. Source: Teenage Pregnancy (Mccoy and Wibbelsman, 1992: 235-236) An unplanned and unwanted pregnancy can cause emotional anguish, possible health risks, and in some cases, limited life options.Teenage pregnancies are premature because they occur in mothers who may be too young and/or immature to care for a child adequately. In such cases, the mother may be so young endangering pregnancy. 104 104. Consider this statistics: 1. Teens 15 and younger face a 60% higher risk of death during pregnancy and child birth than young mothers on the age of 20. 2. Babies born to young teenage mothers are two to three times more likely to die during their first year than babies born to older mothers. 3. Teen mothers are twice more likely to have low birth weight infants (at risk for physical and mental defects as well as increased risk of dying). 4. Seventy percent of teen mothers get no medical care at all during critical first months of pregnancy and 25% get no prenatal care at all. This is specifically dangerous because, while a teen may be able to conceive a baby, her body may not be quite ready for the stresses of pregnancy and child birth. Thus, she is at higher risk for complications like high blood pressure, toxaemia, prolonged and difficult labor, more vaginal lacerations during childbirth, and more after-delivery complications and infections. 5. Even with good prenatal care, teenager mothers are more likely to have premature labor and to deliver low birth-weight babies. 6. Young teen mothers are likely to drop out of school and face high risk of unemployment, poverty, and dependence on parents. 7. If they marry due to pregnancy, their risk of break up or separation is high. 8. The young mother is more likely to be angered and disillusion by her baby‟s demands and may become an abusive parent.Each mother is a distinct individual. Some young women make wonderful mothers and manage to build satisfying lives for themselves. Unfortunately, these tend to be in minority. Chances are, if you are a pregnant teenager, young pregnancy is a problem for you and your family. Activity 28 Look at the pictures and spot their differences. Be guided by the questions below. 1: skinny pregnant woman 2: healthy pregnant woman a.

Describe the pictures. Are they different? b. Why do you think they differ? Explain your answer. You did very well. Keep it up! 105 105. Changes in vaginal discharge. A thin, milky-white discharge (leukorrhea) is normal throughout pregnancy. Also, the tissue lining of the vagina becomes thicker and less sensitive during pregnancy. 106 Hand pain, numbness, or weakness (carpal tunnel syndrome)  Stretch marks, itchiness, and other skin changes  Hemorrhoids and constipation ●Nosebleeds and bleeding gums  Back pain and sciatica ●Pelvic ache and hip pain  Hair changes ●Leg cramps  Breast changes ●Varicose veins  Sleep problems ●Heartburn  Fatigue ●Morning sickness Changes in the Mother‘s Body During pregnancy, a woman‟s body undergoes many changes. As soon as implantation happens, the mother‟s uterus releases special hormones, which is only released by the woman‟s body during pregnancy. Some of the hormones produced by the pregnant woman‟s body makes her nauseated, this situation is called ―morning sickness‖ and usually lasts for 3 months. The same hormones make the woman‟s breasts enlarge and prepare to produce milk. Over the 9-month period, the woman‟s uterus stretches to hold a full-sized newborn baby. This stretching makes her abdomen gets larger. A pregnant woman also experiences swelling of legs, difficulty in sleeping, restlessness, and irritability as the fetus gets larger. Many women, feel clumsy or uncomfortable too because of the changes taking place. Nourishing the Baby Almost everything that goes into the mother‟s body enters her bloodstream and goes to the placenta. The placenta is an organ that grows in the woman‟s uterus during pregnancy and allows nutrients, gases, and wastes to be exchanged between the mother and the fetus. The mother‟s blood circulates on one side of the placenta, while the fetus blood circulates on the other side. Nutrients, fluids, and oxygen flow through the membrane from the mother to the fetus. Waste products and carbon dioxide flow across the placenta from the fetus to the mother. During pregnancy, the fetus gets its nutrition from food that the mother eats. To ensure the health of the fetus, the mother needs to eat healthy foods and takes special vitamins. She should get regular medical check-ups to protect her health and the health of the growing fetus. Normal physical changes and symptoms throughout pregnancy Although they can range from mild to severe, the following conditions are common during pregnancy: 106. Frequent urination, caus Difficulty sleeping and finding a comfortable position. Lying on the back interferes with blood circulation, and lying on the stomach isn't possible. Sleep on the side, using pillows to support your belly and between your knees. Later in your pregnancy, it is best to lie on your left side. When you lie on your right side or on your back, the increasing weight of your uterus can partly block the large blood vessel in front of your backbone.  Mild swelling of the feet and ankles (edema). Pregnancy causes more fluid to build up in the body. This, plus the extra pressure that uterus places on the legs, can lead to the swelling of the feet and ankles.  Breathing difficulty, the expanding uterus is just below the rib cage, leaving lungs less room to expand.  Heartburn  Hemorrhoids and constipation  Pelvic ache and hip pain  Back pain  Fatigue  Braxton Hicks contractions, which are "warm-up" contractions that do not thin and open the cervix (do not lead to labor)  Hand pain, numbness, or weakness (carpal tunnel syndrome) Braxton Hicks contractions, which are "warm-up" contractions that do not thin and open the cervix (do not lead to labor) 107 Third trimester  Nosebleeds and bleeding gums  Heartburn (also a symptom of gastroesophag eal reflux disease, or  Hemorrhoids and constipation  Stretch marks and other skin changes  Pelvic ache and hip pain  Back pain  Leg cramps  Breast changes  Nausea with or without vomiting, also known as morning sickness Second trimester  Fullness or mild aching in the lower abdomen  Increased urination  Breast tenderness  Fatigue First trimester Descriptions characterizing condition ed by an enlarged uterus and the pressure of the fetus on the bladder. 107. Phases of Pregnancy The first trimester of pregnancy lasts from week 1 through week 12. Your first sign of pregnancy may be a missed menstrual period. The second trimester of pregnancy (from week 13 to week 27) is the time when most women start to look pregnant and may begin to wear maternity clothes. By 16 weeks, the top of your uterus, called the fundus, will be about halfway between your pubic bone and your navel. By 27 weeks, the fundus will be about 2 in. (5 cm) or more above your navel. You may find that the second trimester is the easiest part of pregnancy. For some women, the breast tenderness, morning sickness, and fatigue of the first trimester ease up or disappear during the second trimester, while the physical discomforts of late pregnancy have yet to start. Pressure on your bladder may be less as the uterus grows up out of the pelvis. The third trimester lasts from week 28 to the birth. Many women have some discomfort during this time as their belly gets bigger. Sleep problems are common during this period. Complications of Pregnancy Special Condition Nausea / Improper body weight Prevention and Management small frequent feedings instead of three large meals and high carbohydrates, low fat foods such as crackers and jelly and liquids should be taken between meals Toxemia proper nutrition iron and folic acid prescribed by the physician Morning sickness folic acid prescribed by the doctor Anemia proper nutrition Diabetes fluid intake, proper nutrition, and exercise Constipation 108 108. He should provide healthy diet meals for the mother and the child. 109 He should see to it that the necessary immunizations as scheduled are strictly followed.  He must take care of the mother and the baby.  See to it that

the mother gets the necessary pre-natal and post natal check-up.  Eat nutritious food. Father‘s role during and after the pregnancy of the wife:  Do exercises like walking, yoga, etc.  See to it that she gets the necessary pre-natal and post natal check-up.  Avoid stressful activities.  Avoid vices such as smoking and drinking alcoholic beverages. Birth The passage of a baby from its mother‟s uterus to the outside of her body is called birth. During birth, the uterus contracts many times and pushes the baby through the vagina and outside the mother‟s body. Labor is the process that lasts from the time contractions start until the delivery of the child and the placenta. Labor lasts a different amount of time for every woman and every pregnancy. There are three distinct stages of labor: 1st Stage – Begins with the first contraction and lasts until the cervix has opened enough to allow the baby to pass through. Contraction happens every few minutes and lasts a minute. nd 2 Stage – Starts when the cervix is completely open and lasts until the baby is delivered. During this period, contraction happens every 2-3 minutes. After the baby is born, the doctor cuts the umbilical cord. Healthy babies breathe and cry almost immediately. rd 3 Stage – This is the final stage of labor. It is when the placenta is delivered. In this stage, the mother‟s uterine contractions push the placenta or ―afterbirths‖ out of her body. At this time, the birth is completed. In some cases, doctors have to deliver a baby by a ceasarian section (CS). In this procedure, the doctor surgically removes the baby and the placenta from the mother‟s uterus. Cases like this happen when the mother cannot or is not capable of delivering a normal childbirth. Did You Know? Mother‘s role during and after pregnancy: 109. Go together with a pregnant woman during check-ups. You are very studious. I am positive you can work on these activities: Activity 29 - What to Avoid During Pregnancy When women are pregnant, they need to be very conscious of the food they eat and what they drink and the activities they engage in because more food, drinks, and activities may harm the child they are carrying. The following is a list of actions performed during pregnancy. If the action mentioned is something that pregnant women should avoid, put a cross (X) mark on the space provided. If the activity is something that would be good for pregnant women, put a slash (/) mark. Remember to copy the table in your activity notebook. Actions 1. drinking alcohol 2. drinking milk 3. dyeing hair 4. cleaning the cat‟s litter box 5. drinking water 6. eating varieties of fruits and vegetables 7. smoking cigarretes 8. sitting in a sauna, steam room, or hot tub 9. eating uncooked meat 10. taking vitamin B (folic acid) daily 11. taking over-the-counter drugs 110 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Let her sleep on her left side.  Listening to music relaxes a pregnant woman and the baby in her womb.  Give fruits, vegetables, and lots of water.  Accompany a pregnant woman in a daily exercise for motivation. Additional information How to Take Care of a Pregnant Woman Pregnant woman should be taken care of properly by doing the following: 110. 12. having an x-ray 13. drinking coffee 14. going for walks 15. eating sweets and junk foods ______ ______ ______ ______ Activity 30 - Use of Metacards 1. Group A with violet metacard: Discuss the nutritional status of pregnant women and explain its importance. 2. For group B with green metacard: Discuss nutritional needs of lactating women and explain the importance of breastfeeding. 3. For group C with orange metacard: Discuss the nutritional needs of infants and explain the importance of providing them the needed nutrition. Be informed of the following tasks you can choose from. Be with your groupmates and perform your task. Very good! Be ready for the next activity. Activity 31 What Shall I Eat? Consider this question: Do you know what a pregnant woman should eat? Name at least five kinds of food that a pregnant woman should eat. Write your ideas in your activity notebook. Pregnant women need to become aware of the food they eat. A baby in their womb absorbs all the nutrients a mother takes in. IMPORTANCE OF MATERNAL NUTRITION Maternal nutritional status affects the offspring‟s health development significantly during early embryogenesis, pregnancy, birth and lactation, and subsequently determines health during growth and even throughout adulthood. On the other end of the human lifetime scale, the importance of maternal nutrition expands into the time period before conception: Preconception nutritional status not only influences fertility, but also embryogenesis and life-long health. Predisposition for coronary heart diseases, type-2 diabetes mellitus, and hypertension can be caused by intrauterine adaptations to fetal malnutrition. Hence, optimizing nutrition for women during their reproductive period can be expected to have a great impact on the well being of the next generation. 111 111. DIETARY PLAN DURING PREGNANCY Body Building Foods Fish, Meat, Poultry Milk Eggs Dried Beans & Nuts 4 matchbox-sizes 2/3 cup whole 3-4/ week ½ cup cooked Energy-Giving Foods Enriched rice Root crops Sugar Fat 5 cup cooked 1 small or ½ cup sliced 7 teaspoon 6 teaspoons Regulating Foods Green leafy and yellow vegetables Vitamin C –rich foods Other fruits and vegetables ¾ cup cooked 2 medium or 2 slices big fruit 2 medium fruits and 2/3 cup cooked vegetables 112 112. Activity 32 - Please Feed Me In your activity notebook or a separate sheet of paper, copy and color the picture. Write down the needs of the baby as well. Baby‘s Needs: 1. __________________________ 2. __________________________ 3. __________________________ 4. __________________________ 5. __________________________ Newborn A new baby at home is exciting, but it can be scary, too. Newborns have many needs, like frequent feedings and diaper changes. Babies can have health issues that are different from older children and adults. Essential Newborn Care Protocol aimed to significantly reduce infant deaths in the country. Protocol can pave the way to the reduction of neonatal deaths. Essential Newborn Care is a comprehensive strategy

to improve the health of the newborn through interventions before conception, during pregnancy, soon after birth and in the post natal period. This protocol will focus on the first few hours of life of the newborn with the manual guiding the health workers and medical practitioners in providing evidence-based essential newborn care. The guidelines are categorized into the time bound and non-time bound plus unnecessary procedures. Time bound procedures should be routinely performed first which are: 1. immediate drying 2. skin to skin contact 3. clamping of the cord after 1-3 minutes 4. non-separation of the newborn from the mother 5. breastfeeding initiation Non-time bound interventions include: 1. immunizations 2. eye care 3. vitamin K administration 4. weighing 5. washing 6. routine suctioning 7. routine separation of newborn for observation 8. administration of prelacteals like glucose water or formula. New born babies should undergo a newborn screening as reflected in 113 113. REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9288 AN ACT PROMULGATING A COMPREHENSIVE POLICY AND A NATIONAL SYSTEM FOR ENSURING NEWBORN SCREENING Newborn means a child from the time of complete delivery to 30 days old. Newborn screening: Newborn Screening (NBS) is a simple procedure to find out if the baby has a congenital metabolic disorder that may lead to mental retardation or even death if left untreated. Importance of newborn screening: Most babies with metabolic disorders look "normal" at birth. By doing NBS, metabolic disorders may be detected even before clinical signs and symptoms are present. And as a result of this, treatment can be given early to prevent consequences of untreated conditions. When is screening done?: Newborn screening is ideally done on the 48th, to 72nd hour of life. However, it may also be done after 24 hours from birth. How is newborn screening done?: A few drops of blood are taken from the baby's heel, blotted on a special absorbent filter card and then sent to Newborn Screening Center (NSC). Who will collect the sample for newborn screening?: The blood sample for NBS may be collected by any of the following: physician, nurse, medical technologist, or trained midwife. Where is newborn screening available?: Newborn screening is available in hospitals, lying-ins, rural health unit, health centers, and some private clinics. If babies are delivered at home, babies may be brought to the nearest institution offering newborn screening. When are newborn screening results available?: Results can be claimed from the health facility where NBS was availed. Normal NBS results are available by 7 - 14 working days from the time samples are received at the NSC. Positive NBS results are relayed to the parents immediately by the health facility. Please ensure that the address and phone number provided to the health facility are correct. A NEGATIVE SCREEN MEANS THAT THE NBS RESULT IS NORMAL. A positive screen means that the newborn must be brought back to his/her health practitioner for further testing. What should be done when a baby is tested a positive NBS result?: Babies with positive results must be referred at once to a specialist for confirmatory testing and further management. Should there be no specialist in the area; the NBS secretariat office will assist its attending physician. 114 114. What are the disorders tested for newborn screening? The disorders tested for newborn screening are: 1. Congenital Hypothyroidism (CH) 2. Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (CAH) 3. Galactosemia (GAL) 4. Phenylketonuria (PKU) 5. Glucose-6-Phosphate-Dehydrogenase Deficiency (G6PD Def.) The behavioural development of a healthy baby: 0 -1 month suckles and smiles 2-3 months vocalizes and controls head 4-5 months controls hand and rolls over 6-7 months sits briefly and crawls 8-9 months grasps and pulls up 10 – 11 months walks with support and stands alone Here is a table of immunizations a baby should have: Kind of Immunization BCG (Anti-TB) OPV (Anti-Polio Vaccine) DPT (Anti-diphtheria, pertussis and tetanus) Hepa B vaccine MMR (measles, mumps, rubella) Age of Immunization 0-1 month old and 7 years old 0-½ month, 2½ months, 32 months 1 ½ months, 2½ months, 32 months 1 ½ months, 2½ months, 32 months 9 months to 1 year How will you assess a newborn baby? 115 115. Daily Dietary Allowances for Infants Breastmilk for a newborn, 0-6 months, is sufficient to meet the nutritional needs. ? Can you still remember the dietary allowance for infants? Let us see. Here is an exercise for you. Activity 33 - Baby Cup On a separate sheet of paper or activity notebook, draw a baby cup and indicate the nutrients needed by an infant for daily meal. Activity 34 – Keywords Using the letters in the word INFANT, form a keyword that you should remember in meeting the needs of a baby. I - ____________________ N - ____________________ F ____________________ A - ____________________ N - ____________________ T - ____________________ Activity 35 - Window Consider the following questions and answer them in your health notebook. Window Window Window Window 1: What can you say about breastfeeding? Where did you learn the word breastfeeding‖? 2: How about bottle feeding? What benefits can you get from it? 3: Which is more important, ―breastfeeding‖or‖ bottle feeding‖? Why? 4: If you were a mom, which feeding would you choose? Why? That‘s good! You are already on your way to deeper exploration of our lesson. 116 116. Republic Act No. 7600 This Act shall be known as "The Rooming-In and Breast-Feeding Act of 1992.‖ BREASTFEEDING It is the traditional and ideal form of infant feeding, meeting an infant‟s nutritional needs for his first four to six months of life. Human milk is clean. It lowers the risk of intestinal illness and general infection. Mother‟s milk provides a host of protective factors both cellular and hormonal. Breastmilk contains antibodies that helps the immune system of the infant strong. It is non-allergenic and easily digested. The State adopts rooming-in as a national policy to encourage, protect, and support the practice of breastfeeding. It shall create an environment where the basic physical, emotional, and psychological needs of mothers and infants are fulfilled through the practice of rooming-in and breastfeeding. Breastmilk is the best food since it contains essential nutrients suitable for the

infant‟s needs. It is also nature‟s first immunization, enabling the infant to fight potentially serious infections. It contains growth factors that enhance the maturization of an infant‟s organ systems. 117 LACTATION It is the period of milk production initiated by the prolactin hormone in the mammary glands. The mother‟s milk is bluish and watery. It has approximately 67 Kcalories / 100 mL or 20 Kcalories/ oz. and 1.2 grams protein per 100 mL. An average of 850 mL of mother‟s milk is produced everyday. The first thick yellowish fluid that comes out from second to the fifth day after delivery is called colostrum. It should be given to all newborns because of its high protein contents. Healthy childcare entails breastfeeding of the baby. 117. Remember: The advan Nutrient Kilocalories Protein (gm) Vitamin A (I.U) Vitamin D (I.U) Vitamin E (I.U) Vitamin C (mg) Folacin (mg) Niacin (mg) Riboflavin (mg) Thiamin (mg) Vitamin B6 (mg) Vitamin B12 (µg) Calcium (gm) Phosphorus (gm) Iodine (µg) Iron (mg) Potassium (mg) Magnesium (mg) 67.0 1.1 240.0 42.0 0.56 5.0 0.018 0.2 0.04 0.01 0.011 -----0.033 0.014 -----0.1 51.0 4.0 You are a smart student. Be ready for the next activity. What to Process 118                  Mother‟s milk has an antibody that protects the infant from certain diseases. What are the nutrients a baby can get from a mother‘s milk?  It promotes emotional bonding between the child and the mother.  It is economical and nutritious. tages of breastfeeding are: 118. Activity 36 – Article Analysis LEGAZPI CITY, Albay - Teenage pregnancies in the Philippines surged by 70 percent over one decade, a ranking official of the United Nations Population Fund Agency (UNFPA) said on Monday. Ugochi Daniels, UNFPA country representative, said the rising number of teenage pregnancies in the country is an area of concern that the agency is giving serious attention to, exposing as it does adolescent girls (10 to 19 years old) to high risk. Daniels said a strong advocacy campaign is needed to educate and advise young Filipinas about the dangers posed by early pregnancies, and to inform them about reproductive health (RH) in general. She added that the teen pregnancy concern, if not given focus, can derail and affect the country's program targets with respect to its Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). At 53 births per 1,000 women aged between 15 and 19, the teenage pregnancy rate in the Philippines is the highest among ASEAN six major economies, the United Nations Population Funds 2011 annual report says. Government statistics on female adolescent pregnancies indicates that the total number of annual births changed little over the preceding 10 years, but the number of teenage pregnancies rose 70 percent, from 114,205 in 1999 to 195,662 in 2009. Based on data compiled from birth certificates, of the 1.75 million live births in 2009, the latest review year, over 11 percent involved teenaged mothers. On Monday, Daniels and Albay Governor Joey Salceda signed a Letter of Understanding (LOU) to jointly undertake population development programs in Albay. Salceda said the joint partnership carries a P40-million funding spread over a five-year project timeline starting this year. He said the fund will be used to carry out reproductive health projects in the 15 towns and three cities of the province. The project involves an information-education campaign on RH on women, youngsters, trainings, and the pursuit of MDG components on maternal health, reduction of child mortality, promotion of gender equality, combating HIV/AIDS, and eradication of poverty. 119 119. Be with your groupmates, and read the article together. Remember to use the questions below as your guide. Guide Questions: 1. What is the moral lesson of this article? 2. What should you do if someone in your family got pregnant at your age? Why? 3. When is the right age to get pregnant? Justify your answer. 4. Are you in favour of teenage pregnancy? Support your answer. 5. What are the effects of early pregnancy? Activity 37 If you were on the shoes of a pregnant woman, think of some keywords or health tips that you should remember during the phases of your pregnancy. Write them in your health activity notebook. Pregnancy a. First trimester b. Second trimester c. Third trimester Activity 38 - Newspaper Collage Cut pieces of old newspaper and form these into a food pyramid for pregnant woman and paste it in a clean sheet of paper. Present it to the class. Activity 39 - Jigsaw Puzzle Be with your groupmates. Look at the figure inside and answer these guide questions: 1. 2. 3. 4. What figure have you formed? Where do you think it came from? What are the responsibilities of its cocreators? How do married man and woman form another human being? 120 120. Activity 40 - Brainstorm Are you / are you not in favour of breastfeeding? Be with your groupmates and discuss ideas with them. Share your group‟s standpoint with others. What to Reflect Activity 41: Alisa‘s Dilemma Read the situation carefully. Reflect on the focus questions. Copy and write answers to the questions in your activity notebook. Alisa is a 14 year-old girl who grew up in the province. When she was in grade eight, her aunt took her to Pasay to be a househelper in the morning and to study at night in the nearby public school. While studying, she fell in love with one of her classmates who is older than her. They got married and lived in the squatter area of Baclaran. She got pregnant but because her husband‟s salary is below minimum wage she did not go to any clinic or hospital for prenatal check-up. She saved money for the coming of the baby. She gave birth in a public lying-in clinic to an underweight child with several health complications. Alisa and her husband got so scared about their child‟s condition. Focus questions: 1. What could have prevented the poor health condition of the child? 2. What government

agencies could have helped Alisa during her pregnancy? 3. What insights and realization did you gain from the story? 121 121. Activity 42 - I Got It! Read and reflect on the following questions. Write your answers in your activity notebook. Why do pregnant women need to guard their 1. diet? 2. Give and explain the importance of maternal nutrition during pregnancy. 3. What foods are recommended for pregnant woman? Activity 43 - Child of My Own Cut a picture of a baby and paste it in your diary. Write down some features that you wanted to have for your future baby. (e.g., sharp nose, big eyes, dark skin, etc.) Explain. Activity 44: Needs of the Baby If you will have your own baby in the future, what are the needs you should provide him/her? List down at least ten in your diary. List of Baby‘s Needs 1. 4 7. 2. 5. 8. 3. 6. 9. 122 10. 122. Activity 45 If you were given a chance to become a politician and creates a bill for breastfeeding, what particular programs would you implement or support? List them according to preference. Explain your reasons for choosing such programs. Do this in your notebook. Programs Listed Based on Reasons for Choosing the Preference Programs 1. 2. 3. 1 2. 3.. Activity 46 Cut out some advertisements about breastfeeding from newspapers / magazines and explain how these support breastfeeding. Activity 47 Imagine that a lactating woman is invited by her bestfriend to a party. In the party she was offered an alcoholic drink and cigarette. Give three (3) examples of what she could say or do to refuse drinking and smoking. Explain why refusal is necessary. What to Transfer Activity 48 If you were a politician, what law would you like to impose for the care of pregnant women? Share your answer/s with your classmates. 123 123. Activity 49 - Pregnant Woman‘s Meal Plan Prepare a one week meal plan for a pregnant woman. Justify your answer. Copy the following table in your notebook and fill it out with entries called for. Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun Breakfast Snack Lunch Snack Dinner Activity 50 - Paper Plate Cut out pictures of different foods and paste them on a paper plate. Remember that these foods are what a woman should be eating during pregnancy. Activity 51 - Sing a Song Anak by Freddie Aguilar Nang isilang ka sa mundong ito Laking tuwa ng magulang mo At ang kamay nila ang iyong ilaw At ang nanay at tatay mo'y Di malaman ang gagawin Minamasdan pati pagtulog mo At sa gabi'y napupuyat ang iyong nanay Sa pagtimpla ng gatas mo At sa umaga nama'y kalong ka Ng iyong amang tuwang-tuwa sa iyo 124 124. Ngayon nga ay malaki ka na Nais mo'y maging malaya Di man sila payag Walang magagawa Ikaw nga ay biglang nagbago Naging matigas ang iyong ulo At ang payo nila'y sinuway mo Di mo man lang inisip na Ang kanilang ginagawa'y para sa iyo Pagkat ang nais mo'y Masunod ang layaw mo Di mo sila pinapansin Nagdaan pa ang mga araw At ang landas mo'y naligaw Ikaw ay nalulong sa masamang bisyo At ang una mong nilapitan Ang iyong inang lumuluha At ang tanong,"anak, ba't ka nagkaganyan" At ang iyong mga mata'y biglang lumuha ng di mo napapansin Nagsisisi at sa isip mo'y Nalaman mong ika'y nagkamali Nagsisisi at sa isip mo'y Nalaman mong ika'y nagkamali Nagsisisi at sa isip mo'y Nalaman mong ika'y nagkamali 125 125. 126 126. Activity 52 - Music Messages of Love Sing the popular song, ―Ugoy ng Duyan‖, while pretending to breastfeed a baby. Repeat it for several times. What do you think may be the effects of the song to the baby? Why? Write your ideas in your health activity notebook. Ugoy ng Duyan Sana‟y di nagmaliw ang dati kong araw Nang munti pang bata sa piling ni nanay Nais kong maulit ang awit ni inang mahal Awit ng pag-ibig habang ako‟y nasa duyan Sana‟y di nagmaliw ang dati kong araw Nang munti pang bata sa piling ni nanay Nais kong maulit ang awit ni inang mahal Awit ng pag-ibig habang ako‟y nasa duyan Refrain: Sa aking pagtulog na labis ang himbing Ang bantay ko‟y tala, ang tanod ko‟y bituin Sa piling ni nanay, langit ay buhay Puso kong may dusa sabik sa ugoy ng duyan Sana‟y di nagmaliw ang dati kong araw Nang munti pang bata sa piling ni nanay Nais kong maulit ang awit ni inang mahal Awit ng pag-ibig habang ako‟y nasa duyan Sa aking pagtulog na labis ang himbing Ang bantay ko‟y tala, ang tanod ko‟y bituin Sa piling ni nanay, langit ay buhay Puso kong may dusa sabik sa ugoy ng duyan Nais kong matulog sa dating duyan ko, inay Oh! Inay 127 127. Summary/Synthesis/Generalization Obviously, in this module you have learned that changes in the mother‟s body during pregnancy are evident due to the developing fetus. Pregnant woman should watch for her health, she should submit herself to regular check-ups and healthy lifestyle to give the baby sufficient nutrition. Giving birth can be safe and easy but during some deliveries, unexpected life-threatening problems may arise. Delivering in a hospital with qualified doctor is the safest way. Breastfeeding is essential in a proper childcare. Mother‟s milk is economical and nutritious and it promotes emotional bonding between the mother and the child. 128 128. Lesson : Responsible Parenthood Roles and Responsibilities of Parents, and Successful Family life Introduction In a traditional Filipino family, the father is considered the head and the provider of the family while the mother takes responsibility of the domestic needs and in charge of the emotional growth as well as values formation of the children.

They both perform different tasks and is treated differently by their children. Children see their mothers soft and calm, while they regard their fathers as strong and the most eminent figure in the family. However, at present, the family structure is evolving Moreover, Filipinos keep close connections with other relatives. They recognize them from 2nd degree to the last they can identify. As Filipinos say, ―not being able to know a relative is like turning their backs from where they come from. This module is designed for you to analyze the importance of responsible parenthood, to recognize the factors for a successful family life, to explain the effects of family size on health, to enumerate the important roles and responsibilities of parents in child rearing and care, and to propose ways on how to plan an ideal family size. 129 Aim Understand that responsible parenthood involves the choice of a partner, decisions on how many children to have and when to have them (based on family resources) and providing for the needs (physical and emotional) of the children throughout their development. Basic concepts The size of a family should be decided by both parents together, based on their available resources and the standard of living they wish to achieve. Even though young people may be physically able to become parents at a very early age, being a responsible parent means waiting until the health of the mother will not be endangered by pregnancy and until both parents are emotionally mature and able to deal with the needs of a family. By waiting to get married and have children, young people can give themselves more time to pursue the things that can help to make them better partners education, employment, personal maturity, self-confidence, etc. Spacing the birth of children helps to protect the health of the mother and allows both parents more time to give each child the attention and affection he or she needs. 129. Families have the same number of people. Families can celebrate different holidays. Families live in one house. Families celebrate birthdays in the same way. Families change all the time. Even though family members fight, they still love each other. In all families, mothers and fathers work. Mothers and fathers always live together. Different families have different rules. Families have children. Wow! You are a very smart student. Now, you can write down the goals you want to achieve Learner‘s Goals and Targets MY GOALS You may now write your goals and targets for this lesson in your health notebook/diary: 1. 2. 3. 4. 130         1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Objectives At the end of the lesson, you are expected to do the following: Analyze the importance of responsible parenthood. Recognize the factors for a successful family life. Explain the effects of family size on the health of the family. Examine the important roles and responsibilities of parents in child rearing and care. Explain the effects of rapid population growth on the health of the nation. Propose ways on how to plan an ideal family size. Pre-Assessment Be with your groupmates. Read the statements and discuss the truth or falsity of each. Justify your answer. 130. What to Know Activity 53 – Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down Hello! Let‟s play Thumbs Up, Thumbs Down. Read the statements below. Sign THUMBS UP if you agree with the statement and THUMBS DOWN if not. Explain the reason for your answer. _______1. Mom and Dad provide my basic needs. _______2. Security is the priority of my parents. _______3. Parents give love and care to their children. _______4. We live under the bridge because our parents are jobless. _______5. I get what I want from my parents. Parenthood is the state of being a parent. Traditionally, it means being a father or mother of the biological child. When adoption is involved, the parents are the legal father and mother of the child. Responsible parenthood is the will and ability to respond to the needs and aspirations of the family. Responsible parenting is defined as the series of decisions couples make to ensure the best possible life for the family and for the community to which the family belongs. It is the ability of the parents to raise children in the Filipino way and to satisfy the social, economic, and religious responsibilities of a family. Parenting also includes the inculcation of values and instilling of discipline.